Document:

Exhibit 10.1 - Credit Agreement, dated August 17, 2006

    Exhibit
      10.1

     

    
      	 
	 
	
              AGREEMENT

            
	
              US$80,000,000

               

              CREDIT
                FACILITIES

               

              for

               

              VIASYSTEMS
                KALEX PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD LIMITED

              VIASYSTEMS
                ASIA PACIFIC COMPANY LIMITED

              KALEX
                CIRCUIT BOARD (CHINA) LIMITED

               

              arranged
                by

               

              UBS
                AG HONG KONG BRANCH

               

              with

               

              UBS
                AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

              as
                Facility Agent

               

              and

               

              UBS
                AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

              as
                Security Agent

               

              17
                August, 2006

               

            

    

     

    
ALLEN
      & OVERY

    Allen
&
Overy

    36335-00362
      HK:2707197.11 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    CONTENTS

    

     

      

    
      	
              Clause

            	
              Page

            
	 	 
	
              1. Interpretation

            	
              1

            
	
              2. Facilities

            	
              28

            
	
              3. Purpose

            	
              30

            
	
              4. Conditions
                Precedent

            	
              31

            
	
              5. Utilisation
                - Loans

            	
              31

            
	
              6. Utilisation
                - Letters of Credit

            	
              33

            
	
              7. Letters
                of Credit

            	
              35

            
	
              8. Repayment

            	
              40

            
	
              9. Prepayment
                and Cancellation

            	
              42

            
	
              10. Interest

            	
              49

            
	
              11. Terms

            	
              50

            
	
              12. Market
                Disruption

            	
              52

            
	
              13. Taxes

            	
              52

            
	
              14. Increased
                Costs

            	
              54

            
	
              15. Mitigation

            	
              55

            
	
              16. Payments

            	
              56

            
	
              17. Guarantee
                and Indemnity

            	
              58

            
	
              18. Representations
                and Warranties

            	
              61

            
	
              19. Information
                Covenants

            	
              69

            
	
              20. Financial
                Covenants

            	
              74

            
	
              21. General
                Covenants

            	
              80

            
	
              22. Default

            	
              94

            
	
              23. Security

            	
              99

            
	
              24. The
                Administrative Parties

            	
              102

            
	
              25. Evidence
                and Calculations

            	
              108

            
	
              26. Fees

            	
              109

            
	
              27. Indemnities
                and Break Costs

            	
              109

            
	
              28. Expenses

            	
              111

            
	
              29. Amendments
                and Waivers

            	
              112

            
	
              30. Changes
                to the Parties

            	
              115

            
	
              31. Changes
                to the Obligors

            	
              119

            
	
              32. Disclosure
                of Information

            	
              120

            
	
              33. Set-off

            	
              121

            
	
              34. Pro
                rata Sharing

            	
              121

            
	
              35. Severability

            	
              122

            
	
              36. Counterparts

            	
              122

            
	
              37. Notices

            	
              123

            
	
              38. Language

            	
              125

            
	
              39. Governing
                Law

            	
              125

            
	
              40. Enforcement

            	
              126

            

    

    

    

    
      	
              36335-00362
                HK:2707197.11

            	
              2

            	 

    

    
      
        
           

        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    
      	
              Schedule

            	
              Page

            
	 	 
	
              1. Original
                Parties

            	
              128

            
	
              Part
                1 Original
                Obligors

            	
              128

            
	
              Part
                2 Original
                Lenders

            	
              129

            
	
              2. Conditions
                Precedent Documents

            	
              130

            
	
              Part
                1 To
                be delivered before the first Utilisation

            	
              130

            
	
              Part
                2 To
                be delivered in respect of an Additional Guarantor

            	
              133

            
	
              Part
                3 To
                be delivered in respect of Additional Security

            	
              135

            
	
              3. Form
                of Request

            	
              137

            
	
              4. Form
                of Transfer Certificates

            	
              138

            
	
              Part
                1 Transfers
                by Assignment, Release and Accession

            	
              138

            
	
              Part
                2 Transfers
                by Novation

            	
              141

            
	
              5. Security
                Documents

            	
              144

            
	
              6. Permitted
                Property Disposals

            	
              145

            
	
              7. Agreed
                Security Principles

            	
              146

            
	
              8. Form
                of Compliance Certificate

            	
              150

            
	
              9. Form
                of Margin Certificate

            	
              152

            
	
              10. Form
                of Accession Agreements

            	
              153

            
	
              Part
                1 Form
                of Guarantor Accession Agreement

            	
              153

            
	
              Part
                2 Form
                of Issuing Bank Accession Agreement

            	
              154

            
	
              Part
                3 Form
                of Additional Lender Accession Agreement

            	
              155

            
	
              11. Form
                of Letter of Credit

            	
              159

            
	
              12. Material
                Subsidiaries

            	
              162

            
	
              13. Form
                of Subordination Agreement

            	
              163

            
	 	 
	 	 
	
              Signatories

            	
              164

            

    

    

     

    

     

    

    
      	
              36335-00362
                HK:2707197.11

            	
              3

            	 

    

    
       

      
        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

      THIS
      AGREEMENT
      is
      dated
      17
      August, 2006

     

      BETWEEN:

     

    
      	(1)  	
              VIASYSTEMS
                INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                a
                Delaware corporation with its registered office at 101 South Hanley
                Road,
                St Louis, Missouri, 63105 U.S.A. (the Company);

            

    

     

    
      	(2)  	
              THE
                PERSONS listed
                in Part
                1
                of
                Schedule
                1
                (Original
                Parties)
                as borrowers (in this capacity the Borrowers);

            

    

     

    
      	(3)  	
              THE
                PERSONS listed
                in Part
                1
                of
                Schedule
                1
                (Original
                Parties)
                as original guarantors (in this capacity the Original
                Guarantors);

            

    

     

    
      	(4)  	
              UBS
                AG HONG KONG BRANCH
                as
                mandated lead arranger (in this capacity the Mandated
                Lead Arranger);

            

    

     

    
      	(5)  	
              THE
                PERSONS listed
                in Part
                2
                of
                Schedule
                1
                (Original
                Parties)
                as original lenders (the Original
                Lenders);

            

    

     

    
      	(6)  	
              UBS
                AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
                and UBS
                AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
                each as issuing bank (in this capacity the Issuing
                Bank);

            

    

     

    
      	(7)  	
              UBS
                AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
                as
                facility agent (in this capacity the Facility
                Agent);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(8)  	
              UBS
                AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
                as
                security agent and trustee (in this capacity the Security
                Agent).

            

    

     

      IT
      IS AGREED
      as
      follows:

     

    
      	1.  	
              INTERPRETATION

            

    

     

    
      	1.1  	
              Definitions

            

    

     

    In
      this
      Agreement:

     

    A
      Loan Facility means
      the
      loan facility referred to in paragraph (a) of Clause 2.1
      (A
      Loan
      Facility).

     

    Acceptable
      Bank means
      a
      bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured
      and
      non-credit enhanced debt obligations of AA or higher by S&P or Fitch or Aa2
      or higher by Moody's or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised
      credit rating agency.

     

    Accession
      Agreement means
      an
      Issuing Bank Accession Agreement or a Guarantor Accession
      Agreement.

     

    Accounting
      Date
      means
      each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December, except as adjusted with
      the consent of the Facility Agent.

     

    Accounting
      Period
      means a
      period of approximately one year or three months ending on an Accounting Date
      for which Accounts are required to be prepared under this
      Agreement.

     

    Accounting
      Standards
      means
      accounting standards which, as at the Closing Date, are:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              in
                the case of the Accounts of Viasystems, U.S. GAAP;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              in
                the case of the Accounts of any other member of the Group, generally
                accepted in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that member of the
                Group
                and approved by the relevant regulatory or other accounting bodies
                in that
                jurisdiction.

            

    

     

    Accounts
      means
      each set of financial statements required to be prepared by a member of the
      Group and supplied to the Facility Agent under this Agreement.

     

    Additional
      Guarantor
      means a
      member of the Group which becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date under
      Clause 31.2
      (Additional
      Guarantors).

     

    Additional
      Lender
      means a
      person who becomes a Lender (or a Lender who agrees to provide any Revolving
      Credit Commitment) after the date of this Agreement pursuant to an Additional
      Lender Accession Agreement, as more particularly defined in Clause 2.5 (Increase
      in the A Loan Facility).

     

    Additional
      Lender Accession Agreement
      means an
      agreement, substantially in the form of Part 3 of Schedule 10 (Form of
      Additional Lender Accession Agreement), with such amendments as the Facility
      Agent and the Additional Lenders may agree.

     

    Administrative
      Party
      means
      any of the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Facility Agent or
      the
      Security Agent.

     

    Affiliate
      means
      a
      Subsidiary or a Holding Company of a person or any other Subsidiary of that
      Holding Company.

     

    Agent
      means
      the Facility Agent or the Security Agent, as appropriate.

     

    Agent's
      Spot Rate of Exchange
      means
      the Facility Agent's spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant
      currency in the Singapore (or, if the Facility Agent is located in another
      jurisdiction, that jurisdiction's) foreign exchange market with the Base
      Currency as of 11.00 a.m. on a particular day.

     

    Agreed
      Security Principles
      means
      the agreed security principles set out in Schedule 7.

     

    Applicable
      Letter of Credit Commitment
      has the
      meaning given to it in Clause 6.2(d)(i)
      (Completion
      of Requests).

     

    Approved
      Bank
      means an
      Acceptable Bank which has been given and has acknowledged all notices (if any)
      required to be given to it under the Security Documents. If an Acceptable Bank
      is a Lender or an Administrative Party it will be deemed to have received and
      acknowledged those notices by virtue of being a Party.

     

    Auditors
      means
      PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte & Touche, Grant
      Thornton, BDO Stoy Haward, or such other independent public accountants of
      international standing which may be appointed by Viasystems as its auditors
      under Clause 19.6
      (Auditors).

     

    Availability
      Period
      means
      the period from and including the Closing Date to and including:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              for
                the A Loan Facility, the date falling 17 months after the Closing
                Date;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              for
                the B Revolving Credit Facility, the date falling one month prior
                to the
                Final Maturity Date.

            

    

     

    B
      Revolving Credit Facility
      means
      the revolving credit facility referred to in Clause 2.2
      (B
      Revolving Credit Facility).

     

    Bank
      Affiliate
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              for
                any person (other than a Fund), any other person directly or indirectly
                controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control
                with, that first person; for this purpose, a person has control of
                another
                person if that person possesses directly or indirectly, the
                power:

            

    

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              to
                vote twenty-five per cent. or more of the shares or securities having
                ordinary voting power for the election of directors of that other
                person;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              to
                direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that
                other
                person, whether through the ownership of voting shares or securities,
                by
                contract or otherwise; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              for
                a Fund, any other Fund which is advised or managed by the same investment
                adviser or an Affiliate of that investment
                adviser.

            

    

     

    Base
      Case Model
      means
      the base case financial model in the agreed form.

     

    Base
      Currency means
      US$.

     

    Base
      Currency Equivalent means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              for
                an amount expressed or denominated in any currency other than the
                Base
                Currency, the equivalent of that amount in the Base Currency converted
                at
                the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of the relevant calculation;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              for
                an amount expressed or denominated in the Base Currency, that
                amount.

            

    

     

    Break
      Costs
      means
      the amount (if any) which a Lender is entitled to receive under Clause
27.3
      (Break
      Costs).

     

    Budget
      has the
      meaning given to it in Clause 19.5
      (Budget).

     

    Business
      Day
      means a
      day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general
      business in Hong Kong and Singapore and
      if on
      that day a payment in or a purchase of a currency is to be made, the principal
      financial centre of the country of that currency. In the case of Clause
7.4(b)
      (Claims
      under a Letter of Credit) and Clause 7.8(c)
      (Letters
      of Credit to become Loans),
      a
      reference to a Business Day will also include a day (other than a Saturday
      or a
      Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and New
      York.

     

    BVI
      means
      Viasystems (BVI) Limited, a company organised under the laws of the British
      Virgin Islands with registered number 52-197593.

     

    Capital
      Expenditure, Consolidated Current Assets, Consolidated Current Liabilities,
      Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated
      Net Income,
      Consolidated
      Total Debt, Consolidated Total Net Debt, Consolidated Total Net Interest
      Payable, Consolidated Working Capital and
      EBITDA
      each
      has
      the meaning given to it in Clause 20.2
      (Financial
      Covenant Definitions).

     

    Cash
      means
      cash in hand or credit balances or amounts on deposit with any Acceptable Bank
      which is:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              accessible
                by a member of the Group within 60 days;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              not
                subject to any Security Interest (other than one existing under the
                Security Documents).

            

    

     

    Cash
      Equivalent
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              certificates
                of deposit or time deposits maturing within one year after the relevant
                date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable
                Bank;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by the
                government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, or
                by an
                instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit
                rating which:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              matures
                within one year after the relevant date of calculation;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              is
                not convertible to any other
                security;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              open
                market commercial paper not convertible to any other
                security:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              for
                which a recognised trading market
                exists;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              issued
                in the United States of America or the United
                Kingdom;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              which
                matures within three months after the relevant date of calculation;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              which
                has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or Fitch or P-1 or
                higher by Moody's, or, if no rating is available in respect of the
                commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term
                unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent
                rating;

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              Sterling
                bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England
                and
                accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialised
                equivalent);

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              investments
                accessible within 60 days in money market funds
                which:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              have
                a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or Fitch or P-1 or
                higher by Moody's; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              invest
                substantially all their assets in securities of the types described
                in
                paragraphs (a) to (d) (inclusive) above;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              any
                other debt security or investment approved by the Facility Agent
                (acting
                on the instructions of the Majority
                Lenders),

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case, to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time
      and
      which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to
      any
      Security Interest (other than one arising under the Security
      Documents).

     

    Change
      of Control
      means
      any "Person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
      of
      the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States of America, as amended
      (the Exchange
      Act)),
      excluding HM Capital Inc., GSC Partners, their principals and their affiliates
      and management (Sponsor)
      and
      their respective employees, directors and officers (the Sponsor
      Group)
      and all
      shares or equity interests in Viasystems held by the Sponsor Group, shall become
      the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the
      Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the percentage of the then
      outstanding common stock of Viasystems owned by the Sponsor Group (a
Trigger
      Event);
      provided that the occurrence of a Trigger Event shall not be deemed a Change
      of
      Control if:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              at
                any time prior to the consummation of initial public offering of
                common
                stock of Viasystems (an Initial
                Public Offering),
                and for any reason whatever, the Sponsor Group otherwise has the
                right to
                designate (and does so designate) a majority of the board of directors
                of
                Viasystems; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              at
                any time after the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, and
                for any
                reason whatever:

            

    

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              the
                Sponsor Group shall own greater than 10 per cent. of the outstanding
                common stock of Viasystems; and 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                board of directors of Viasystems shall consist of a majority of:
                

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              the
                directors of Viasystems on the Closing Date; and
                

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              each
                other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for
                election to the board of directors of Viasystems is recommended or
                supported by a majority of the directors of Viasystems on the Closing
                Date
                or such other director receives the vote of the Sponsor in his or
                her
                election by the shareholders of
                Viasystems.

            

    

     

    Charging
      Party
      means
      any member of the Group whose assets, shares or equity interests are provided
      as
      security for the Facilities (excluding any member of the Group who only provides
      security over the shares or equity interests in another person for the
      Facilities).

     

    Closing Date
      means
      the
      date of this Agreement.

     

    Commitment
      means
      the Term Loan Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment.

     

    Commitment
      Letter
      means
      the commitment letter between UBS AG Hong Kong Branch, UBS AG, Singapore Branch
      and Viasystems dated 21 June 2006 (as amended from time to time).

     

    Compliance
      Certificate
      means a
      certificate, substantially in the form of Schedule
      8
      (Form
      of
      Compliance Certificate).

     

    Conversion
      Date
      means
      the date falling 18 months after the Closing Date.

     

    Credit
      means
      a
      Loan or a Letter of Credit.

     

    Curative
      Equity
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              any
                subordinated Loan-Out advanced to a Borrower by a person who is not
                a
                member of the Group, provided such Loan-Out is advanced on the following
                terms:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              interest
                may accrue but shall not be payable during the life of the Facilities;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Borrower may only repay the Loan-Out
                if:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              no
                Event of Default has occurred and is outstanding; and
                

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              after
                such repayment, the Group would remain in compliance with its financial
                covenant obligations in Clause 20.1
                (Financial
                undertakings)
                on a pro forma basis; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                subscription by any shareholder of an Obligor or an Affiliate of
                such
                shareholder (other than a member of the Group) for share capital
                issued by
                a Borrower,

            

    

     

    in
      either
      case for the purpose specified in Clause 20.5 (Curative Equity) or, as
      appropriate, the proceeds thereof.

     

    Default
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              an
                Event of Default; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              an
                event or circumstance which would be (with the expiry of a grace
                period,
                the giving of notice, the making of any determination or the satisfaction
                of any other applicable condition under the Finance Documents or
                any
                combination of them) an Event of
                Default.

            

    

     

    Effective
      Date
      means
      each date on which the Total Revolving Credit Commitments for the A Loan
      Facility are increased pursuant to Clause 2.5
      (Increase
      in the A Loan Facility),
      as
      more particularly defined in Clause 2.5(k)
      (Increase
      in the A Loan Facility).

     

    Environmental
      Approval
      means
      any authorisation required by Environmental Law.

     

    Environmental
      Claim
      means
      any claim by any person in connection with:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              a
                breach, or alleged breach, of Environmental
                Law;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                accident, fire, explosion or other event of any type involving an
                emission
                or substance which is capable of causing harm to any living organism
                or
                the environment; or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
                	
              any
                other environmental contamination.

            

    

     

      
Environmental
      Law
      means
      any law or regulation concerning:

     

    
      	(a)
                 	
              the
                protection of human health;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              the
                pollution or protection of the environment;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              any
                emission or substance which is capable of causing harm to any living
                organism or the environment.

            

    

     

    Equity
      Contribution
      means
      the proceeds of an issue of ordinary shares or common stock by an Obligor to
      any
      shareholder of an Obligor or an Affiliate of such shareholder (other than a
      member of the Group).

     

    ERISA
      means
      the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 1974.

     

    Event
      of Default
      means an
      event specified as such in Clause 22
      (Default).

     

    Excess
      Cashflow
      means,
      for any annual Accounting Period of Viasystems, the excess of:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              the
                sum, without duplication, of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Consolidated
                EBITDA for such annual Accounting
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                amount of returned surplus assets of any Plan during such annual
                Accounting Period to the extent not included in Consolidated Net
                Income to
                determine Consolidated EBITDA for such annual Accounting
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              decreases
                in Consolidated Working Capital of the Group for such annual Accounting
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                amount of any Tax refund received by the
                Group;

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              cash
                dividends, cash interest and other similar cash payments received
                by
                Viasystems in respect of investments to the extent not included in
                Consolidated Net Income to determine Consolidated EBITDA for such
                annual
                Accounting Period; and

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              extraordinary
                cash gains to the extent subtracted or otherwise not included in
                Consolidated Net Income to determine Consolidated EBITDA for such
                annual
                Accounting Period,

            

    

     

    over

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                sum, without duplication, of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                aggregate amount of cash Capital Expenditures made by members of
                the Group
                during such annual Accounting
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                aggregate amount of all reductions of the Revolving Credit Commitments
                or
                payments or prepayments of the Term Loans during such annual Accounting
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                aggregate amount of payments of principal in respect of any Permitted
                Financial Indebtedness (other than under this Agreement) during such
                annual Accounting Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              increases
                in Consolidated Working Capital for such annual Accounting
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              cash
                interest expense and any other cash commissions, discounts, fees
                and other
                charges of the Group for such annual Accounting
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              taxes
                actually paid in such annual Accounting Period or to be paid in the
                subsequent fiscal year on account of such annual Accounting Period
                to the
                extent added to Consolidated Net Income to determine Consolidated
                EBITDA
                for such annual Accounting Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              extraordinary
                cash losses to the extent added to or otherwise not included in
                Consolidated Net Income to determine Consolidated EBITDA for such
                annual
                Accounting Period; 

            

    

     

    
      	(viii)  	
              any
                non-recurring charges included in determining Consolidated EBITDA
                (pursuant to paragraph (a)(vii) of the definition of "Consolidated
                EBITDA"
                in Clause 20.2
                (Financial
                Covenant Definitions));
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ix)  	
              any
                cost savings in connection with the power sub-station at the Guangzhou
                facility included in determining Consolidated EBITDA (pursuant to
                paragraph (a)(viii) of the definition of "Consolidated EBITDA" in
                Clause
                20.2
                (Financial
                Covenant Definitions)),

            

    

     

     

    provided
      that increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital resulting from
      any
      Permitted Disposal (other than the disposals described in paragraphs
(f)
      and
(k)
      of that
      definition) or Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded from the calculation
      of
      Excess Cashflow.

     

    Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, all payments made and received in connection with any Permitted
      Acquisition or any issuance of shares of Viasystems shall be excluded from
      the
      calculation of Excess Cashflow.

     

    Facility
      means
      the Term Loan Facility or a Revolving Credit Facility.

     

    Facility
      Office
      means
      the office(s) notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              on
                or before the date it becomes a Lender;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              by
                not less than five Business Days'
                notice,

            

    

     

    as
      the
      office(s) through which it will perform its obligations under this
      Agreement.

     

    Fee
      Letter
      means
      any letter entered into by reference to this Agreement between one or more
      Administrative Parties and the Borrowers setting out the amount of certain
      fees
      referred to in this Agreement.

     

    Final
      Maturity Date
      means
      the date falling four years from the Closing Date.

     

    Finance
      Document
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              a
                Fee Letter;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              an
                Accession Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              a
                Transfer Certificate;

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              a
                Security Document;

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              a
                Compliance Certificate;

            

    

     

    
      	(g) 
               	
              a
                Margin Certificate;

            

    

     

    
      	(h) 
               	
              a
                Request;

            

    

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              a
                Letter of Credit;

            

    

     

    
      	(j)
                	
              the
                Commitment Letter; 

            

    

     

    
      	(k) 
               	
              an
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(l)
                	
              any
                other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the
                Company.

            

    

     

    Finance
      Party
      means a
      Lender or an Administrative Party.

     

    Financial
      Indebtedness
      means
      any indebtedness for or in respect of the following (without double
      counting):

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              moneys
                borrowed and debit balances at financial
                institutions;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
                	
              any
                acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (including any
                dematerialised equivalent);

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              any
                bond (other than a performance bond issued in the ordinary course
                of
                business by one member of the Group in respect of its obligations
                or the
                obligations of another member of the Group), note, debenture, loan
                stock
                or other similar instrument;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              any
                share in any member of the Group which by its terms (or by the terms
                of
                any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable,
                in each case at the option of the holder of that security) is capable
                of
                maturing or being mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option
                of
                its holder in whole or in part on or before the date on which all
                obligations and liabilities of the Obligors under the Finance Documents
                have been discharged and settled in
                full;

            

    

     

    
      	(e)
                	
              any
                agreement treated as a finance or capital lease in accordance with
                the
                Accounting Standards;

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              receivables
                sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they
                are sold
                on a non-recourse basis);

            

    

     

    
      	(g) 
               	
              the
                acquisition cost of any asset or service to the extent payable before
                or
                after its acquisition or possession by the party liable where the
                advance
                or deferred payment:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              is
                arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the
                acquisition or construction of that asset or the acquisition of that
                service (but excluding trade credit on customary commercial terms);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              involves
                a period of more than six months before or after the date of acquisition
                or supply (but excluding trade credit on customary commercial terms);
                

            

    

     

    
      	(h)
                	
              any
                Treasury Transaction (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the
                then
                mark to market value of a Treasury Transaction will be used to calculate
                its amount; provided that positive and negative mark to market amounts
                for
                Treasury Transactions under the same agreement with Acceptable Banks
                may
                be netted (in accordance with the terms of such agreement) for this
                purpose and provided further that for the purposes of Clause 22.5
                (Cross-default),
                only the net amount not paid or that is payable thereunder shall
                be taken
                into account);

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              any
                other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement
                and
                any sale and sale back, sale and lease back or deferred purchase
                arrangement) which has the commercial effect of a
                borrowing;

            

    

     

    
      	(j)
                	
              any
                counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity,
                bond,
                letter of credit or other instrument issued by a bank or financial
                institution; or

            

    

     

    
      	(k)
                	
              any
                guarantee in respect of an underlying liability of any person which
                is of
                the nature referred to in the above
                paragraphs.

            

    

     

    Fitch
      means
      Fitch Ratings Ltd. or any successor to its rating business.

     

    Fund
      means
      any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established
      for
      the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in credits, securities or other
      financial assets.

     

    Group
      means
      Viasystems and its Subsidiaries.

     

    Guarantor
      means an
      Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor.

     

    Guarantor
      Accession Agreement
      means an
      agreement substantially in the form of Part
      1
      of
Schedule
      10
      (Form
      of
      Accession Agreements),
      with
      such amendments as the Facility Agent and the Company may agree.

     

    Holding
      Company
      of any
      other person, means a person in respect of which that other person is a
      Subsidiary.

     

    Holdings
      means
      Viasystems Group, Inc.

     

    HY
      Bond
      means
      the 10.50 per cent. senior subordinated notes due 15 January 2011 issued by
      Viasystems.

     

    HY
      Bond Indenture
      means
      the HY Bond indenture dated 17 December 2003, as amended or supplemented from
      time to time.

     

    Increased
      Cost
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              an
                additional or increased cost;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              a
                reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party's
                (or its Bank Affiliate's) overall capital;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              a
                reduction of an amount due and payable under any Finance
                Document,

            

    

     

    which
      is
      incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Bank Affiliates but only
      to the extent attributable to that Finance Party having entered into any Finance
      Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance
      Document.

     

    Indirect
      Tax
      means
      any goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or any tax of
      a
      similar nature.

     

    Industrial
      Competitor
      means
      any person engaging in the same or a similar line of business of, or who is
      in
      direct competition with, the Viasystems International Group.

     

    Information
      Package means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              the
                Base Case Model; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              (as
                and when agreed between Viasystems and the Mandated Lead Arranger)
                an
                information memorandum relating to the Group for use in connection
                with
                the syndication of the Facilities (including any appendices and/or
                attachments).

            

    

     

    Insurance
      means
      any contract of insurance taken out by or on behalf of a member of the Group
      or
      under which it has a right to claim.

     

    Intellectual
      Property Rights
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              any
                know-how, patent, trade mark, service mark, design, business name,
                domain
                name, topographical or similar
                right;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                copyright, data base or other intellectual property right;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              any
                interest (including by way of licence) in paragraphs (a) and (b)
                above,

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case whether registered or not, and includes any related
      application.

     

    Interest
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              interest
                and amounts in the nature of interest
                accrued;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              premiums,
                fees or costs incurred in repaying or prepaying any Financial
                Indebtedness;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              discount
                fees and acceptance fees payable or deducted in respect of any Financial
                Indebtedness, including fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit
                and
                any other letters of credit and
                guarantees;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              any
                net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, receipt) under any
                interest rate hedging agreement or instrument, taking into account
                any
                premiums payable; and

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              any
                other payments and deductions of similar effect (including the interest
                element of finance leases),

            

    

     

    and
      Interest
      includes
      commitment and non-utilisation fees (including those payable under the Finance
      Documents), but excludes agent's and front-end, management, arrangement and
      participation fees with respect to any Financial Indebtedness (including those
      payable under the Finance Documents).

     

    Issuing
      Bank
      means
      each person identified in the list of parties above as an Issuing Bank and
      any
      other Lender which has notified the Facility Agent that it has agreed to the
      Company's request to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
      (and if more than one Lender has so agreed, such Lenders shall be referred
      to
      whether acting individually or together as the Issuing
      Bank)
      provided that, in respect of a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant
      to the terms of this Agreement, the Issuing
      Bank
      shall be
      the Issuing Bank which has issued or agreed to issue that Letter of
      Credit.

     

    Issuing
      Bank Accession Agreement means
      an
      agreement substantially in the form of Part
      2
      of
Schedule
      10
      (Form
      of
      Accession Agreements),
      with
      such amendments as the Facility Agent and the Company may agree.

     

    JPM
      Facility
      means
      the credit agreement entered into on 31 January, 2003 between amongst others,
      Holdings, Viasystems and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as amended from time to
      time.

     

    Junior
      Creditor
      means
      any person (other than a Borrower or a Guarantor) that is a creditor of a
      Subordinated Loan.

     

    Lender
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              an
                Original Lender; 

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              an
                Additional Lender (if any); or

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              any
                person which becomes a Lender after the Closing Date under Clause
                30.1
                (Assignments
                and transfers by the Lenders).

            

    

     

    Letter
      of Credit
      means a
      standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by the Issuing Bank under this
      Agreement.

     

    LIBOR
      means
      for a Term of any Loan or overdue amount:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for US Dollars
                and
                that Term displayed on page 3750 of the Telerate screen;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              if
                no such rate is available under paragraph (a) above for US Dollars
                or that
                Term of that Loan or overdue amount, the arithmetic mean (rounded
                upward
                to four decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Facility
                Agent at
                its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the
                London
                interbank market,

            

    

     

    as
      of
      11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Rate Fixing Day for the offering of
      deposits in the currency of that Loan or overdue amount for a period comparable
      to that Term.

     

    Loan
      means
      the principal amount of each borrowing under a Facility or the principal amount
      outstanding of that borrowing.

     

    Loan-Out
      means
      any loan or other form of credit granted to any person.

     

    London
      Business Day means
      a
      day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general
      business in London.

     

    Majority
      Lenders
      means,
      at any time, Lenders:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              whose
                shares in the outstanding Credits and undrawn Commitments then aggregate
                662⁄3 per cent. or more of the aggregate of all the outstanding Credits
                and
                undrawn Commitments of all the
                Lenders;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              if
                there is no Credit then outstanding, whose undrawn Commitments then
                aggregate 662⁄3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              if
                there is no Credit then outstanding and the Total Commitments have
                been
                reduced to zero, whose Commitments aggregated 662⁄3 per cent. or more
                of the Total Commitments immediately before the
                reduction.

            

    

     

     

    Unless
      permitted by the Facility Agent (acting in its sole and absolute discretion),
      a
      Lender may not divide its Credits or Commitments into separate amounts to
      reflect participation or similar arrangements and require the separate amounts
      to be counted separately for the purpose of this definition.

     

    Management
      Agreement means
      the
      monitoring and oversight agreement dated 31 January 2003 between, amongst
      others, Holdings, Viasystems and Kalex Circuit Board (China)
      Limited.

     

    Margin
      means,
      for any amount (including an overdue amount) or
      Credit
      outstanding under a particular Facility, the rate per annum specified below
      in
      relation to that Facility (subject to adjustment under Clause 10.3
      (Margin
      adjustments)):

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                A Loan Facility, 2.00 per cent. per annum;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                B Revolving Credit Facility, 2.00 per cent. per
                annum.

            

    

     

    Margin
      Certificate
      means a
      certificate, substantially in the form of Schedule
      9
      (Form
      of
      Margin Certificate).

     

    Material
      Adverse Effect
      means
      any effect or
      circumstance:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              which
                is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse
                to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                business, assets (as a whole) or financial condition of the Viasystems
                International Group (taken as a whole);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform any of their
                payment
                obligations or meet any of their financial covenant obligations under
                the
                Finance Documents; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              subject
                to the Reservations, which affects the validity or enforceability
                of any
                of the Security Documents in any way which is materially adverse
                to the
                financial interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents taken
                as a
                whole.

            

    

     

    Material
      Group Member
      means an
      Obligor, a Material Subsidiary or a Charging Party.

     

    Material
      Intellectual Property Rights
      has the
      meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 18.13
      (Intellectual
      Property Rights).

     

    Material
      Subsidiary
      means a
      Subsidiary of the Company whose unconsolidated or, where it has Subsidiaries,
      consolidated gross assets or consolidated EBITDA equals or exceeds 7.5 per
      cent. of the consolidated gross assets or consolidated EBITDA (as the case
      may
      be) of the Viasystems International Group.

     

    For
      this
      purpose:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                gross assets and EBITDA of a Subsidiary of the Company will be determined
                from its financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries)
                upon
                which the financial statements of the Viasystems International Group
                for
                the previous four quarterly Accounting Periods have been
                based;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              if
                a Subsidiary of the Company becomes a member of the Viasystems
                International Group after the most recent Accounting Date, the gross
                assets and EBITDA of that Subsidiary will be determined from its
                latest
                financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              the
                consolidated gross assets and consolidated EBITDA of the Viasystems
                International Group will be determined from its financial statements
                for
                the previous four quarterly Accounting Periods adjusted (where
                appropriate) to reflect the gross assets or EBITDA of any company
                or
                business subsequently acquired or disposed
                of.

            

    

     

    Notwithstanding
      the above, each company identified in Schedule
      12
      (Material
      Subsidiaries)
      will be
      treated as a Material Subsidiary from the Closing Date.

     

    Maturity
      Date
      means,
      for a Revolving Credit Loan or a Letter of Credit, the last day of its
      Term.

     

    Measurement
      Period
      has the
      meaning given to it in Clause 20
      (Financial
      Covenants).

     

    Moody's
      means
      Moody's Investors Service Limited or any successor to its ratings
      business.

     

    Net
      Debt Leverage Ratio
      means
      the ratio calculated in accordance with Clause 20.1(a) (Financial
      undertakings).

     

    Net
      Proceeds
      has the
      meaning given to it in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 9.2
      (Mandatory
      prepayment - disposals).

     

    New
      Lender has
      the
      meaning given to it in Clause 30.1
      (Assignments
      and transfers by the Lenders).

     

    Non-Obligor
      means a
      member of the Group which is not an Obligor.

     

    Obligor
      means a
      Borrower, or Guarantor, or any other person providing any guarantee or security
      for the Facilities.

     

    Original
      Financial Statements
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                audited consolidated financial statements of Viasystems for its annual
                accounting period ended 31 December, 2005;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                unaudited consolidated financial statements of Viasystems for its
                quarterly accounting period ended 31 March, 2006;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              the
                audited unconsolidated financial statements of each Borrower for
                its
                annual accounting period ended 31 December 2004;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              the
                unaudited unconsolidated financial statements of each Borrower for
                its
                annual accounting period ended 31 December
                2005.

            

    

     

    Original
      Obligor
      means
      the persons listed in Part
      1
      of
Schedule
      1.

     

    Party
      means a
      party to this Agreement.

     

    Permitted
      Acquisition
      means
      the acquisition by a member of the Group of a business (the Acquisition
      Assets)
      of any
      company which is similar or related to that carried on by the Group
      where:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                aggregate acquisition consideration does not exceed (i) US$30,000,000
                in
                any financial year and (ii) US$50,000,000 over the life of the Facilities,
                plus in each case any cash consideration provided by any one or more
                of
                the following:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              further
                Equity Contributions;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              Excess
                Cashflow (but only in relation to financial years ending after the
                Closing
                Date) for any previous financial years after deducting any required
                mandatory payments and any Excess Cashflow applied in making Capital
                Expenditures under paragraph (c)(iv)(B) of Clause 20.1
                (Financial
                undertakings);

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                net proceeds of disposals which may be reinvested under Clause
                9.2(a)(ii)
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - disposals)
                in lieu of being applied in prepayment of the
                Facilities;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              any
                net proceeds from Financial Indebtedness permitted under paragraphs
                (h)
                and (n) of the definition of "Permitted Financial Indebtedness" in
                this
                Clause 1.1 (Definitions); or

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              the
                incurrence of Capital Expenditure up to the Capital Expenditure Limit
                for
                that annual Accounting Period in which the acquisition occurs (not
                including any amounts specified in paragraphs (c)(i) to (c)(iv)
                (inclusive) of Clause 20.1 (Financial
                undertakings)
                which increase the Capital Expenditure Limit) set out in such Clause
                20.1;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              no
                Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of (or
                will
                result from) the acquisition; 

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              subject
                to the Agreed Security Principles, a Security Interest over the
                Acquisition Asset is granted in favour of the Lenders;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(d)   	
              the
                acquisition is not a takeover where the board of directors of the
                person
                to be acquired has indicated publicly its opposition to the consummation
                of such acquisition (which opposition has not been publicly withdrawn);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(e)
                	
              on
                a pro forma basis taking into account the acquisition of the Acquisition
                Assets, each of the covenants under Clause 20
                (Financial
                Covenants)
                will be complied with as at the date of the relevant Permitted
                Acquisition.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      Disposal
      means a
      disposal:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
               
                (i)  among
                Charging Parties;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              among
                Obligors (other than any member of the Group who only provides security
                over the shares or equity interests in another person for the Facilities)
                who are non-Charging Parties; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              from
                a non-Charging Party to a Charging Party,

            

    

     

    provided
      in each case, (A) there is no disposal of any shares or equity interests in
      a
      Borrower, (B) 30 days prior written notice is provided to the Facility Agent
      of
      such disposal and (C) insofar as the assets being disposed are subject to any
      Security Interest in favour of the Security Agent, those assets will after
      the
      disposal be subject to the same Security Interest granted in favour of the
      Security Agent by the person to whom they have been disposed to (and without
      the
      imposition of any new hardening or perfection periods without the consent of
      the
      Facility Agent);

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              pursuant
                to any Permitted Reorganisation;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              constituted
                by a Permitted Security Interest;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              which
                is a Permitted Property Disposal;

            

    

     

    
      	(e)
                	
              of
                any asset (not being a business and not being shares, securities,
                interests in real property) to a Permitted Joint Venture on arm's
                length
                terms;

            

    

     

    
      	(f) 
               	
              of
                trading stock made on arm's length terms in the ordinary course of
                trading
                or, to the extent constituting intra-Group disposals of trading stock,
                consistent with past practices over the period between 1 January
                2005 and
                the Closing Date;

            

    

     

    
      	(g)
                	
              of
                any asset (not being a business and not being shares, securities,
                interests in real property or rights under any Finance Document)
                on arm's
                length terms in exchange for any other asset which is useful or beneficial
                to the business of the Group and provided that the exchange for that
                other
                asset will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the
                Lenders
                (but only if the relevant member of the Group grants security in
                favour of
                the Finance Parties (in form and substance satisfactory to the Security
                Agent) over any asset replacing one which was subject to a Security
                Interest created under a Security
                Document);

            

    

     

    
      	(h) 
               	
              of
                obsolete or redundant vehicles, plant and equipment, for cash on
                arm's
                length terms;

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              of
                Cash or Cash Equivalents on arm's length
                terms:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              for
                cash; or

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              in
                exchange for other Cash Equivalents;

            

    

     

    
      	(j)
                	
              constituted
                by a licence in respect of Intellectual Property Rights which is
                permitted
                pursuant to Clause 18.13
                (Intellectual
                Property Rights);

            

    

     

    
      	(k) 
               	
              the
                sale and discount of overdue accounts receivable in the ordinary
                course of
                business on a non-recourse basis but only in connection with the
                compromise or collection thereof;

            

    

     

    
      	(l) 
               	
              any
                disposal made with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent
                (acting
                on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(m) 
               	
              from
                a Charging Party to a non-Charging Party on arm's length terms where
                the
                Base Currency Equivalent of the higher of the market value and
                consideration receivable (when taken together with the higher of
                the
                market value and consideration receivable for any other such disposal
                not
                allowed under the preceding sub-paragraph) does not exceed US$15,000,000
                over the life of the Facilities,

            

    

     

    provided
      that at least 75% of the consideration for a Permitted Disposal described above
      in paragraphs (d), (f) and (m) shall be in the form of Cash.

     

    Notwithstanding
      any of the above, any disposal of shares or equity interests in a member of
      the
      Group which are pledged or charged in favour of the Security Agent pursuant
      to a
      Security Document without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent
      (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall not be a Permitted
      Disposal save to the extent constituting a Permitted Disposal under paragraph
      (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above.

     

    Permitted
      Distributions
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              payment
                of fees and the reimbursement of reasonable out of pocket expenses
                to the
                shareholders of Viasystems or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the
                Management Agreement, such fees being up to an aggregate amount in
                any
                annual Accounting Period equal to the lesser of (i) 2% of Consolidated
                EBITDA for such annual Accounting Period and (ii) US$1,500,000, which
                shall be deemed to be earned on the delivery of the financial statements
                in accordance with Clause 19.1(b)(i) (Financial Statements), provided
                no
                such fees shall be paid whilst an Event of Default is continuing
                (it being
                understood and agreed, however, that such fees may be accrued during
                any
                such Event of Default and then paid once no Event of Default is
                continuing); or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              if
                the Net Debt Leverage Ratio is
                1.75:1 or less (and would be 1.75:1 or less after giving effect to
                such
                payment) as demonstrated by the Compliance Certificate delivered
                to the
                Facility Agent for the relevant annual Accounting Period, payment
                of
                dividends in an amount up to 50 per cent. of the accumulated net
                Consolidated Net Income of Viasystems (which will take into account
                100
                per cent. of any deficit in the Consolidated Net Income in any prior
                annual Accounting Period) up to the end of the relevant annual Accounting
                Period provided no dividends shall be paid whilst an Event of Default
                is
                continuing.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      Financial Indebtedness means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              Financial
                Indebtedness incurred under the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness of any person acquired by a member of the
                Group
                after the Closing Date which is incurred under arrangements in existence
                at the date of acquisition, but not incurred or increased or its
                maturity
                date extended in contemplation of, or since, that acquisition, and
                outstanding only for a period of three months following the date
                of
                acquisition;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness under finance or capital leases of vehicles,
                plant,
                equipment or computers of Non-Obligors, provided that the Base Currency
                Equivalent of the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased
                under outstanding leases by Non-Obligors does not exceed US$25,000,000
                at
                any time;

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              any
                Permitted Treasury Transaction;

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              any
                Permitted Loan-Out;

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              any
                Permitted Third Party Guarantee;

            

    

     

    
      	(g)  	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness to the extent covered by a Letter of
                Credit;

            

    

     

    
      	(h)  	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness expressly permitted in writing by the Majority
                Lenders;

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness permitted under Clause 21.26(c) (HY
                Bond);

            

    

     

    
      	(j)
                	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Clause 20.5 (Curative
                Equity);

            

    

     

    
      	(k) 
               	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness denominated in US$ incurred by a U.S. Guarantor
                which, in aggregate (for any and all U.S. Guarantors), does not exceed
                US$15,000,000 in the year following the Closing Date (such annual
                limit to
                increase by US$5,000,000 per annum in each subsequent year provided
                that
                there shall be no ability to incur additional Financial Indebtedness
                under
                such facilities if an Event of Default has occurred and is
                continuing);

            

    

     

    
      	(l) 
               	
              any
                Permitted PRC Revolving Facility which, in aggregate, does not exceed
                the
                Base Currency Equivalent of US$10,000,000 at any time;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(m) 
               	
              any
                Financial Indebtedness incurred in order to comply with paragraph
                (c) of
                Clause 21.29 (Surplus Cash); or

            

    

     

    
      	(n) 
               	
              any
                unsecured Financial Indebtedness of any member or members of the
                Group not
                otherwise permitted by any of paragraphs (a) to (m) above the Base
                Currency Equivalent of which in aggregate (when taken together with
                the
                amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of a Permitted
                Security Interest) does not exceed US$15,000,000 at any
                time.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      Joint Venture
      means
      the acquisition of:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              shares,
                stocks, securities or other interests in any joint venture (including
                by
                way of transferring assets to, making loans to or providing guarantees
                or
                indemnities in respect of the obligations of a joint venture);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              a
                minority interest in the issued share capital of any limited liability
                company,

            

    

     

    provided
      that:

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              the
                aggregate amount invested in any financial year does not exceed the
                lesser
                of (A) US$15,000,000 and (B) the unused amount of Permitted Acquisitions
                available in any financial year, and the aggregate amount invested
                over
                the life of the Facilities does not exceed US$20,000,000;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                business of the relevant joint venture is similar or related to that
                carried on by the Group, or represents a reasonable extension of
                the
                business of the Group or is an investment that will yield reasonable
                benefits to the Group.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      Loan-Out
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              a
                Loan-Out from a Borrower or Guarantor to another Borrower or Guarantor;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              trade
                credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal
                commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              a
                Loan-Out in connection with, and as part of, a Permitted Joint Venture;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              a
                Loan-Out from any Borrower or any Guarantor to any other member of
                the
                Group not otherwise allowed under the preceding paragraphs the Base
                Currency Equivalent of which (when taken together with the aggregate
                actual or contingent liability under any guarantees permitted under
                paragraph (i)
                of
                "Permitted Third Party Guarantee" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions)) does
                not
                exceed US$15,000,000 at any time.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      PRC Revolving Facility
      means
      any unsecured, revolving credit facility denominated in Renminbi obtained from
      any person by a PRC Subsidiary.

     

    Permitted
      Property Disposal
      means a
      disposal of one or more of the properties described in Schedule
      6
      (Permitted Property Disposals).

     

    Permitted
      Reorganisation
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              a
                reorganisation on a solvent basis of a member of the Group (other
                than the
                Company or a Borrower) where:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              no
                Default is then outstanding and at least 30 days prior written notice
                is
                provided to the Facility Agent;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              all
                of the assets of that member (or those members) remain within the
                Group
                and the value or percentage of any minority interest in any member
                of the
                Group held by any person which is not a member of the Group is not
                increased; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                Lenders will enjoy (in the opinion of the Facility Agent (acting
                reasonably) and supported by any professional opinions and reports
                requested by it, acting reasonably) the same or equivalent guarantees
                from
                it (or its successor) and the same or equivalent security (and without
                the
                imposition of any new hardening or perfection periods without the
                consent
                of the Facility Agent) over the same assets and over the shares in
                it (or
                in each case its successor) after the reorganisation as the Lenders
                enjoyed before the reorganisation; 

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              a
                reorganisation as described in Clause 21.31 (Merger of PRC Subsidiaries);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              any
                other reorganisation of one or more members of the Group approved
                by the
                Majority Lenders.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      Security Interest
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              any
                Security Interest created or evidenced by the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                Security Interest (existing as at the Closing Date) over assets of
                any
                member of the Group, but only if that Security Interest is irrevocably
                released and discharged on the Closing
                Date;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              any
                Security Interest comprising a netting or set-off arrangement entered
                into
                by a member of the Group with an Approved Bank in the ordinary course
                of
                its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit
                balances, but only if:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                arrangement does not permit credit balances of Borrowers or Guarantors
                to
                be netted with debit balances of members of the Group who are not
                Borrowers or Guarantors; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                arrangement does not give rise to other Security Interests over the
                assets
                of Obligors or Charging Parties in support of the liabilities of
                members
                of the Group who are not Obligors or Charging
                Parties;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              any
                lien arising by operation of law or any lien or retention of title
                arrangement arising by agreement to substantially the same effect
                and in
                the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default
                or
                omission by any member of the
                Group;

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              any
                Security Interest on an asset acquired by a member of the Group after
                the
                Closing Date or on an asset (as at the date of a person's acquisition
                by a
                member of the Group) of that person, but only for the period of three
                months from the date of acquisition and to the extent
                that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              that
                Security Interest was not created in contemplation of that acquisition;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                principal amount secured by that Security Interest is permitted by
                paragraph (b) in the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness
                and has not been incurred or increased or its maturity date extended
                in
                     contemplation of, or since, that
                acquisition;

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              any
                Security Interest over goods and documents of title to such goods
                arising
                under documentary credit transactions entered into in the ordinary
                course
                of trade and on the relevant supplier's standard or usual
                terms;

            

    

     

    
      	(g)
                	
              any
                netting of payments under Permitted Treasury
                Transactions;

            

    

     

    
      	(h)
                	
              any
                Security Interest expressly permitted in writing by the Majority
                Lenders
                (but only if the amount secured by that Security Interest is not
                increased
                above the permitted amount); 

            

    

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              any
                Security Interest arising as a consequence of any finance lease permitted
                pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Financial
                Indebtedness;

            

    

     

    
      	(j)
                	
              any
                Security Interest for Taxes which are being contested in good faith
                by
                appropriate proceedings provided that adequate reserves with respect
                to
                such contested Taxes are maintained on the books of the appropriate
                members of the Group in conformity with the Accounting
                Standards;

            

    

     

    
      	(k)
                	
              deposits
                to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, Intellectual
                Property Rights, statutory obligations, Insurance contracts, surety
                and
                appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature
                incurred in the ordinary course of
                business;

            

    

     

    
      	(l) 
               	
              any
                Security Interest on the property of any member of the Group in favour
                of
                the landlord of such property securing licences, sub-leases or leases
                permitted hereunder;

            

    

     

    
      	(m)
                	
              any
                Security Interest arising under the standard terms and conditions
                for the
                opening and maintaining of bank accounts of any credit institutions
                with
                whom a member of the Group maintains a banking relationship in the
                ordinary course of business (other than any Security Interest over
                any
                account which is expressed to be the subject of a Security Interest
                under
                any Finance Document, save to the extent agreed with the Security
                Agent
                (acting on instructions from the Facility Agent));
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(n) 
               	
              any
                Security Interest (not being over any asset subject to any Security
                Interest under the Security Documents and not being over any asset
                of any
                of the Obligors or Charging Parties) securing that member of the
                Group's
                own indebtedness the Base Currency Equivalent of which (when taken
                together with any other indebtedness which has the benefit of a Security
                Interest not permitted under the preceding subparagraphs and, without
                double counting, any guarantee pursuant to paragraph (g) of "Permitted
                Third Party Guarantee" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions)) does not exceed
                US$15,000,000 at any time.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      Third Party Guarantee means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              any
                guarantee arising under the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              any
                guarantee comprising a netting or set-off arrangement entered into
                by a
                member of the Group with an Approved Bank in the ordinary course
                of its
                banking arrangements for the purposes of netting debit and credit
                balances
                of that member of the Group or of other members of the Group with
                that
                Approved Bank, provided that such arrangement does not permit credit
                balances of Borrowers and Guarantors to be netted with debit balances
                of
                members of the Group who are not Borrowers or
                Guarantors;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              the
                endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of
                trade;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              any
                performance bond guaranteeing performance by a member of the Group
                under
                any contract (not being in respect of Financial Indebtedness) entered
                into
                in the ordinary course of trade;

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              any
                guarantee provided in connection with, and as part of, a Permitted
                Joint
                Venture;

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              any
                guarantee by a member of the Group (other than a Borrower or a Guarantor)
                in respect of the Permitted Financial Indebtedness of another member
                of
                the Group; 

            

    

     

    
      	(g)
                	
              indemnities
                granted in the Management
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(h) 
               	
              any
                guarantees or indemnities made with the prior written consent of
                the
                Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              any
                guarantee not otherwise allowed under the preceding subparagraphs
                under
                which the Base Currency Equivalent of the aggregate liability (actual
                or
                contingent) of members of the Group (when taken together with the
                amount
                of any Financial Indebtedness under paragraph (d) of "Permitted Loan-Out"
                in Clause 1.1 (Definitions)) does not exceed US$15,000,000 at any
                time.

            

    

     

    Permitted
      Treasury Transaction
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              the
                currency hedge transactions with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., New York
                Branch existing prior to the Closing Date subject to:
                

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                aggregate mark-to-market exposure of the Group under them not exceeding
                US$3,000,000 as at the Closing Date;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              all
                such transactions being terminated by 31 December,
                2006;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                hedging/treasury transactions entered into with a Lender or an Affiliate
                of a Lender in connection with protection against fluctuation in
                interest
                rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              any
                hedging/treasury entered into with a Lender or an Affiliate of a
                Lender in
                connection with any interest-bearing liability or investment of any
                member
                of the Group,

            

    

     

    provided
      that such hedging/treasury transactions must be in the ordinary course of
      business and must not be for investment or speculative purposes.

     

    Plan
      means at
      a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by ERISA and
      in
      respect of which a member of the Group is (or, if such plan were terminated
      at
      such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer"
      as
      defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

     

    PRC
      means
      the
      People’s Republic of China, but excluding Hong Kong, the Macau Special
      Administrative Region and Taiwan.

     

    PRC
      Subsidiary
      means a
      Subsidiary of Viasystems organised under the laws of the PRC.

     

    Prime
      Rate
      means,
      for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of
      interest established by UBS AG, 

    Stamford
      Branch (or, if the Issuing Bank is not a branch of UBS AG, the prime rate of
      such Issuing Bank) from time to time; each change in the Prime Rate shall be
      effective on the date such change is announced to the public. The corporate
      base
      rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by UBS AG, Stamford Branch
      (or,
      if the Issuing Bank is not a branch of UBS AG, that Issuing Bank) to its
      customers.

     

    Pro
      Rata Share means
      the
      proportion which a Lender's Commitment under a Facility bears to all the
      Commitments under that Facility.

     

    Quasi
      Security Interest
      means
      any transaction described in paragraph (b)
      of
      Clause 21.5
      (Negative
      pledge).

     

    Rate
      Fixing Day
      means
      the
      second London Business Day before the first day of a Term or such other day
      as
      the Facility Agent determines is generally treated as the rate fixing day in
      the
      relevant currency by market practice in the relevant interbank
      market.

     

    Reconciliation
      Statement
      has the
      meaning given to it in paragraph (g)(ii) of Clause 19.2
      (Form
      and
      scope of financial statements).

     

    Recovery
      Event
      has the
      meaning given to it in paragraph (a)(iii) Clause 9.2
      (Mandatory
      prepayment - disposals).

     

    Reference
      Banks
      means
      the principal London offices of UBS AG, The
      Royal
      Bank of Scotland plc, United Overseas Bank Limited
      and
HSBC
      Bank
      plc
      and any
      other bank or financial institution appointed as such by the Facility Agent
      under this Agreement.

     

    Regulation
      S-X means
      the
      regulation that sets forth the form and content of and requirements for
      financial statements to be filed as part of registration statements under the
      Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     

    Renewal
      Request means
      a
      request issued in accordance with the terms of Clause 6.5
      (Renewal
      of a Letter of Credit).

     

    Renminbi
      means
      the
      lawful currency of the PRC.

     

    Repayment
      Instalment
      means
      each scheduled instalment for repayment of a Term Loan.

     

    Repeating
      Representations
      means
      each of the representations set out in Clauses 18.2
      (Status)
      to
18.7
      (Authorisations)
      (inclusive), paragraph (b) of Clause 18.9
      (Documents),
      paragraphs (a) to (c) (inclusive) of Clause 18.10
      (Financial
      statements),
      Clause
18.15
      (Assets),
      Clause
18.20
      (Immunity),
      Clause
18.22
      (Jurisdiction/governing
      law),
      Clause
18.23
      (United
      States laws),
      Clause
18.25
      (U.S.
      Guarantors)
      and
      Clause 18.26
      (Designated
      Senior Debt).

     

    Request
      means a
      request for a Credit, substantially in the form of Schedule
      3
      (Form
      of
      Request)
      or such
      other form as may be agreed between the Company and the Facility
      Agent.

     

    Reservations
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted
                or
                refused at the discretion of the court, the limitation of enforcement
                by
                laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation,
                court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally
                affecting the rights of creditors;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws, the possibility
                that an undertaking to assume liability for or to indemnify a person
                against non-payment of stamp duty may be void, defences of set-off
                or
                counterclaim; and

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  
                	
              any
                other general principles which are set out as qualifications as to
                matters
                of law in the legal opinions delivered to the Facility Agent under
                Schedule
                2
                (Conditions
                Precedent Documents).

            

    

     

    Revolving
      Credit Commitment
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              for
                an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Part
                2
                of
                Schedule
                1
                (Original
                Parties)
                under the heading Revolving
                Credit Commitments
                and when further designated A
                or
                B,
                as relating to the A Loan Facility or the B Revolving Credit
                Facility, and
                the amount of any other Revolving Credit Commitment, as so designated
                that
                it acquires; 

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              for
                an Additional Lender (if any), the amount set opposite its name in
                the
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement under the heading A
                Loan Facility Revolving
                Credit Commitments
                and the amount of any other Revolving Credit Commitment it acquires;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              for
                any other Lender, the amount of any Revolving Credit Commitment as
                so
                designated it acquires,

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case, to the extent not cancelled, transferred, converted or reduced under
      this
      Agreement.

     

    Revolving
      Credit Facility
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              the
                A Loan Facility until the Conversion Date;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                B Revolving Credit Facility.

            

    

     

    Revolving
      Credit Loan
      means a
      Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility, and when further designated
A
      or
B,
      as
      relating to the A Loan Facility or the B Revolving Credit Facility, the amount
      of any Revolving Credit Loan so designated.

     

    Revolving
      Credit Utilisation
      means a
      Revolving Credit Loan or a Letter of Credit issued by way of a utilisation
      of a
      Revolving Credit Facility.

     

    Rollover
      Credit
      means
      one or more Loans under a Revolving Credit Facility:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              to
                be made on the same day that a maturing Loan under that Facility
                is due to
                be repaid;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Loan;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              to
                be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing the maturing
                Loan.

            

    

     

    S&P
      means
      Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
      Inc. or any successor to its rating business.

     

    SEC
      means
      the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of
      America.

     

    Security
      Document
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              each
                document referred to in Schedule
                5
                (Security
                Documents)
                or entered or required to be entered into under Clause 21.28
                (Security);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                other document evidencing or creating any guarantee or security over
                any
                asset of any Obligor to secure any obligation of any Obligor to a
                Finance
                Party under the Finance Documents.

            

    

     

    Security
      Interest
      means
      any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge (fixed or floating), assignment,
      hypothecation, set-off or trust arrangement for the purpose of creating
      security, reservation of title or security interest or any other agreement
      or
      arrangement having a substantially similar effect.

     

    Subordinated
      Loan means
      either a loan: 

     

    
      	(a)   	
              from
                any member of the Group to Viasystems, a Borrower or a Guarantor;
                or
                

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              in
                the case of Curative Equity lent as a subordinated Loan-Out, from
                any
                person to a Borrower.

            

    

     

    Subordination
      Agreement
      means
      any subordination agreement entered into pursuant to Clause 21.28(d)
      (Security)
      substantially in the form of Schedule
      13
      (Subordination Agreement).

     

    Subsidiary
      means:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              an
                entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly
                or indirectly more than 50 per cent. of the voting capital or similar
                right of ownership and control
                for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the
                policies
                of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by
                contract
                or otherwise; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              an
                entity treated as a subsidiary in the financial statements of any
                person
                pursuant to the Accounting
                Standards.

            

    

     

    Syndication
      Date
      means
      the date on which the Facility Agent notifies the Company that primary
      syndication of the Facilities has been or is to be completed.

     

    Tax
      means
      any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature
      (including any related penalty or interest payable in connection with any
      failure to pay or delay in paying any of the same).

     

    Tax
      Credit
      means a
      credit against any Tax or any relief or remission for or rebate of Tax (or
      its
      repayment).

     

    Tax
      Deduction
      means a
      deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under any
      Finance Document.

     

    Tax
      Payment
      means an
      increased payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under
      Clause 13.1
      (Tax
      gross-up)
      or a
      payment under Clause 13.2
      (Tax
      indemnity).

     

    Term
      means
      each period determined under this Agreement:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              by
                reference to which interest on a Loan or an overdue amount is calculated;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              for
                which the Issuing Bank (in the case of a Letter of Credit issued
                by the
                Issuing Bank) may be under a liability under a Letter of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    Term
      Loan
      means
      the Loans under the A Loan Facility
      which
      are converted into term loans on the Conversion Date pursuant to Clause
5.4
      (Conversion).

     

    Term
      Loan Commitment
      means
      for a
      Lender under the A Loan Facility, an amount equal to its participation in the
      Loans under the A Loan Facility on the Conversion Date, to the extent not
      cancelled, transferred or reduced under this Agreement.

     

    Term
      Loan Facility
      means
      the term loan facility under the A Loan Facility from the Conversion
      Date.

     

    Threshold
      Test
      has the
      meaning given to it in paragraph (c) of Clause 21.27
      (Guarantees).

     

    Total
      Commitments
      means
      the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders.

     

    Total
      Revolving Credit Commitments
      means
      the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders, and when
      further designated A
      or
B
      (as
      relating to the A Loan Facility or B Revolving Credit Facility), the aggregate
      of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders bearing that
      designation.

     

    Total
      Term Loan Commitments
      means
      the aggregate of the Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders.

     

    Transfer
      Certificate
      means:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              for
                a transfer by assignment, release and accession, a certificate
                substantially in the form of Part
                1
                of
                Schedule
                4
                (Form
                of Transfer Certificates);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              for
                a transfer by novation, a certificate substantially in the form of
                Part
                2
                of
                Schedule
                4
                (Form
                of Transfer Certificates),

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case, with such amendments as the Facility Agent may approve or reasonably
      require or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the
      Company.

     

    Transfer
      Date means,
      in
      relation to a transfer, the later of:

     

    
      
        	(a)
                  	
                the
                  proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate;
                  and

              

      

       

      
        
          	(b) 
                   	
                  the
                    date on which the Agent executes the Transfer
                    Certificates.

                

        

      

    

     

    Treasury
      Transaction
      means
      any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against
      or
      to benefit from fluctuations in any rate, price, index or credit
      rating.

     

    U.S.
      Dollars
      and
US$
      means
      the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of
      America.

     

    U.S.
      GAAP
      means
      the international accounting standards generally accepted in the United States
      of America and approved by the relevant regulatory or other accounting bodies
      in
      that jurisdiction.

     

    U.S.
      Guarantor
      means
      any Guarantor organised under the laws of the United States of
      America.

     

    Utilisation
      Date
      means
      each date on which a Facility is utilised by the drawing of a Loan or the issue
      of a Letter of Credit.

     

    Viasystems
      means
      Viasystems, Inc., a company organised under the laws of the State of Delaware,
      the United States of America.

     

    Viasystems
      Group
      means
      the Company and its Subsidiaries and Viasystems, as a group.

     

    Viasystems
      International Group
      means
      the Company and its Subsidiaries.

     

    
      	1.2  	
              Construction

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              In
                this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference
                to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                document being in the agreed
                form
                means that the document is in a form previously agreed in writing
                by or on
                behalf of the Company and the Facility Agent or if not so agreed
                is in the
                form specified by the Facility
                Agent;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              an
                amendment
                includes an amendment, supplement, novation, re-enactment, replacement,
                restatement or variation and amend
                will be construed accordingly;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              associate
                has the meaning given to it in U.S.
                GAAP;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              assets
                includes businesses, undertakings, securities, properties, revenues
                or
                rights of every description and whether present or future, actual
                or
                contingent;

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              an
                authorisation
                includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, permit,
                licence,
                exemption, filing, registration or
                notarisation;

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              a
                disposal
                means a sale, transfer, assignment, grant, lease, licence, declaration
                of
                trust or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether
                pursuant to a single transaction or a series of transactions, and
                dispose
                will be construed accordingly;

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              the
                equivalent
                of
                an amount specified in a particular currency other than U.S. Dollars
                (the
                specified currency amount) shall be construed as a reference to the
                amount
                of the other relevant currency which can be purchased at the Agent's
                Spot
                Rate of Exchange;

            

    

     

    
      	(viii)  	
              a
                guarantee
                means
                (other than under Clause 17
                (Guarantee
                and Indemnity))
                any guarantee, bond (other than a performance bond issued in the
                ordinary
                course of business by one member of the Group in respect of its
                obligations or the obligations of another member of the Group), letter
                of
                credit, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss, or
                any
                obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase
                or
                assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in
                or loan
                to any person or to purchase assets of any person, where, in each
                case,
                that obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability
                of
                that person to meet any of its
                indebtedness;

            

    

     

    
      	(ix)  	
              incorporation
                includes the formation or establishment of a partnership or any other
                person and incorporate
                will be construed accordingly;

            

    

     

    
      	(x)  	
              indebtedness
                includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety
                and
                whether present or future, actual or contingent) for the payment
                or
                repayment of money;

            

    

     

    
      	(xi)  	
              joint
                venture
                has the meaning given to it in U.S.
                GAAP;

            

    

     

    
      	(xii)  	
              a
                jurisdiction
                of incorporation
                includes any jurisdiction under the laws of which a person is
                incorporated;

            

    

     

    
      	(xiii)  	
              know
                your customer requirements
                are the identification checks that a Finance Party requests in order
                to
                meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify
                a
                person who is (or is to become) its
                customer;

            

    

     

    
      	(xiv)  	
              a
                person
                includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association
                or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or
                consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity
                whether or not having separate legal
                personality;

            

    

     

    
      	(xv)  	
              a
                regulation
                includes any regulation, rule, order, official directive, request
                or
                guideline (in each case, whether or not having the force of law but,
                if
                not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person
                to
                which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental,
                inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or
                regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or
                organisation;

            

    

     

    
      	(xvi)  	
              a
                currency is a reference to the lawful currency for the time being
                of the
                relevant country;

            

    

     

    
      	(xvii)  	
              a
                Default being outstanding
                means that it has not been remedied or expressly waived in writing
                and an
                Event of Default being outstanding
                means that it has not been expressly waived in writing, each in accordance
                with Clause 29.4
                (Waivers
                and remedies cumulative);

            

    

     

    
      	(xviii)  	
              a
                provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied,
                amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate
                legislation;

            

    

     

    
      	(xix)  	
              a
                Clause, a Subclause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause or subclause
                of, or a schedule to, this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(xx)  	
              a
                Party or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted
                assigns and permitted transferees;

            

    

     

    
      	(xxi)  	
              a
                Finance Document or other document includes (without prejudice to
                any
                prohibition on amendments) all amendments (however fundamental) to
                that
                Finance Document or other document, including any amendment providing
                for
                any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(xxii)  	
              a
                time of day is a reference to Singapore
                time.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Unless
                the contrary intention appears, a reference to a month
                or
                months
                is
                a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and
                ending
                on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or
                the
                calendar month in which it is to end, except
                that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              if
                the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, the period
                will
                end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or the
                preceding Business Day (if there is
                not);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period
                will
                end on the last Business Day in that month;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              notwithstanding
                subparagraph (i)
                above,
                a
                period which commences on the last Business Day of a month will end
                on the
                last Business Day in the next month or the calendar month in which
                it is
                to end, as appropriate.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Unless
                expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person
                who is
                not a party to a Finance Document may not enforce any of its terms
                under
                the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 and, notwithstanding
                any
                term of any Finance Document, no consent of any third party is required
                for any amendment (including any release or compromise of any liability)
                or termination of that Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Unless
                the contrary intention appears:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                reference to a Party will not include that party if it has ceased
                to be a
                party under this Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                word or expression used in any other Finance Document or in any notice
                given in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning
                in that
                Finance Document or notice as in this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              if
                there is any inconsistency or conflict between the obligations,
                representations and undertakings of any member of the Group under
                this
                Agreement and the obligations, representations and undertakings of
                such
                member of the Group under another Finance Document, the obligations,
                representations and undertakings of such member of the Group set
                forth in
                this Agreement will prevail, and no breach of such other obligation,
                representation or undertaking shall be deemed to have occurred under
                another Finance Document if the member of the Group has complied
                with its
                obligations, representations and undertakings under this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              any
                obligation of an Obligor under the Finance Documents which is not
                a
                payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation
                of an Obligor is or may be or is capable of becoming outstanding
                under the
                Finance Documents; and

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              any
                obligation of an Obligor under the Finance Documents includes an
                obligation on that Obligor not to contract or agree to do something
                or not
                to do something which would breach that first obligation unless such
                contract or agreement is conditional on the approval of the Lenders
                or the
                Majority Lenders (as required under this
                Agreement).

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              No
                part of this Agreement is intended to or shall create a registrable
                Security Interest.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              The
                index to and headings in this Agreement do not affect its
                interpretation.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              FACILITIES

            

    

     

    
      	2.1  	
              A
                Loan Facility

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the
                agreed
                Borrowers a loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the A Total
                Revolving Credit Commitments.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              On
                the Conversion Date the A Loan Facility will be converted into the
                Term
                Loan Facility.

            

    

     

    
      	2.2  	
              B
                Revolving Credit Facility

            

    

     

    Subject
      to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the agreed
      Borrowers a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the B
      Total Revolving Credit Commitments.

     

    
      	2.3  	
              Letters
                of Credit

            

    

     

    The
      B
      Revolving Credit Facility may also be utilised by way of Letters of Credit
      in an
      aggregate amount up to the Applicable Letter of Credit Commitment.

     

    
      	2.4  	
              Nature
                of a Finance Party's rights and
                obligations

            

    

     

    Unless
      all the Finance Parties agree otherwise:

     

    
      	(a)  	
              the
                obligations of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are
                several;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              failure
                by a Finance Party to perform its obligations does not affect the
                obligations of any other Party under the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              no
                Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance
                Party under the Finance Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              the
                rights of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are separate
                and
                independent rights;

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              a
                Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents,
                separately enforce those rights;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              a
                debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party is a
                separate
                and independent debt.

            

    

     

    
      	2.5  	
              Increase
                in the A Loan Facility

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Borrowers may, by notice to the Facility Agent (the Increase
                Request)
                delivered after the Syndication Date but prior to the date falling
                16
                months from the date of this Agreement, request an increase in the
                A Loan
                Facility (the Increase),
                to be provided by one or more banks or financial institutions (each
                an
                Additional
                Lender)
                designated by the Borrower in such Increase
                Request.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                availability of an Increase is conditional
                upon:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              no
                Default has occurred and is outstanding or would result from the
                Increase;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Borrowers notifying the Facility Agent of the names and details (including
                Facility Office, account and contact details) of each Additional
                Lender
                which agrees to make available to the Borrowers credit facilities
                for the
                purpose of such Increase and the amount such Additional Lender agrees
                to
                make available to the Borrowers for the purpose of such
                Increase.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Upon
                receipt of a duly completed Increase Request, the Facility Agent
                must
                promptly notify each Lender and Additional Lender of such Increase
                Request.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              An
                Increase Request will not be regarded as having been duly completed
                unless
                it sets out:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Borrowers' request for the Increase and the amount of the Increase
                requested (the Requested
                Increase Amount);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              confirmation
                that the Requested Increase Amount (when aggregated with any and
                all other
                Requested Increase Amounts) shall not result in the Total Revolving
                Credit
                Commitments for the A Loan Facility exceeding
                US$65,000,000;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                proposed Effective Date, which must
                be:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              subject
                to (B) below, a date falling not less than 30 days and not more than
                60
                days from the date of that Increase Request;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              the
                proposed Effective Date must occur before the last day of the Availability
                Period for the A Loan Facility; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                amount of the fee described in Clause 26.4
                (Increase
                fee)
                in respect of the Increase that the Borrowers will agree to
                pay.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              An
                Increase Request is irrevocable.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              The
                Borrowers shall procure that each Additional Lender to which an Increase
                relates will notify the Facility Agent within 14 days after the date
                of
                the Facility Agent's notification under paragraph (c)
                above:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              whether
                it agrees to make available to the Borrowers additional amounts for
                the
                purpose of such Increase; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                it agrees under sub-paragraph (i) above, the maximum additional amount
                (which must not exceed the Requested Increase Amount and must be
                a minimum
                of US$5,000,000 and an integral multiple of US$1,000,000) that it
                agrees
                to make available to the Borrowers for the purpose of such Increase
                (the
                Agreed
                Additional Commitment).

            

    

     

    
      	(g)  	
              Subject
                to the other provisions of this Subclause, on and from the Effective
                Date
                to which an Increase relates, the Total Revolving Credit Commitments
                for
                the A Loan Facility shall be increased by the aggregate of each Agreed
                Additional Commitment of the relevant Additional
                Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	(h)  	
              The
                Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers, all Lenders and
                all
                Additional Lenders the details, and the amount of the Revolving Credit
                Commitments, of each Lender and each Additional
                Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              The
                Borrowers shall procure that each relevant Additional Lender delivers
                to
                the Facility Agent an Additional Lender Accession Agreement duly
                executed
                by it not later than five Business Days (or such shorter period agreed
                by
                the Facility Agent) prior to the proposed Effective Date set out
                in the an
                Increase Request.

            

    

     

    
      	(j)  	
              The
                Borrowers shall enter into a Fee Letter with the Facility Agent pursuant
                to Clause 26.4 (Increase fee) in form and substance satisfactory
                to the
                Facility Agent (acting reasonably) on or before the proposed Effective
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(k)  	
              An
                Increase is effected on the later
                of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              subject
                to the proviso below, the date on which the Facility Agent executes
                the
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                proposed Effective Date as set out in the relevant Increase
                Request,

            

    

     

    (the
      Effective
      Date),
      provided
      that the
      Facility
      Agent must execute any
      Additional Lender Accession Agreement which appears on its face to be in order
      as
      soon
      as reasonably practicable.

     

    
      	(l)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has
                executed an Additional Lender Accession Agreement, send a copy of
                such
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement to each of the Borrowers, the
                Additional Lenders and the other Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	(m)  	
              The
                Obligors agree that they shall have no rights whatsoever against
                a Finance
                Party if such Finance Party determines, in its sole discretion, not
                to
                participate in the Increase, and that no Finance Party shall have
                any
                obligation to procure the Increase.

            

    

     

    
      	2.6  	
              Nature
                of the Borrowers'
                obligations

            

    

     

    The
      obligations of the Borrowers under the Finance Documents are joint and
      several.

     

    
      	3.  	
              PURPOSE

            

    

     

    
      	3.1  	
              Facilities

            

    

     

    The
      Facilities will be applied in or towards general corporate and working capital
      purposes and any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

     

    
      	3.2  	
              Letters
                of Credit

            

    

     

    Each
      Letter of Credit may only be issued by way of the issue of a Letter of Credit,
      for the purposes set out in Clause 3.1
      (Facilities).

     

    
      	3.3  	
              No
                obligation to monitor

            

    

     

    No
      Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the utilisation of a Facility and
      no
      Finance Party will be responsible for, or for the consequences of, such
      utilisation.

     

    
      	4.  	
              CONDITIONS
                PRECEDENT

            

    

     

    
      	4.1  	
              Conditions
                precedent documents

            

    

     

    A
      Request
      may not be given until the Facility Agent has notified the Company and the
      Lenders that it has received all of the documents and evidence set out in
Part
      1
      of
Schedule
      2
      (Conditions
      Precedent Documents)
      in form
      and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent must give
      this notification to the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so
      satisfied.

     

    
      	4.2  	
              Further
                conditions precedent

            

    

     

    The
      obligations of each Lender to participate in any Credit are subject to the
      further conditions precedent that on both the date of the Request and the
      Utilisation Date for that Credit:

     

    
      	(a)  	
              the
                Repeating Representations are correct in all respects;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              no
                Default is outstanding or would result from the
                Credit,

            

    

     

    provided
      that, prior to the Facility Agent giving notice (under Clause 22.20
      (Acceleration)),
      in
      relation to a Rollover Credit the conditions precedent specified in paragraphs
      (a) and (b) above need not be satisfied.

     

    
      	4.3  	
              Maximum
                number

            

    

     

    Unless
      the Facility Agent agrees, a Request may not be given if, as a result of making
      the utilisation requested, there would be more than 3 Term Loans, 10 Revolving
      Credit Loans or 6 Letters of Credit outstanding.

     

    
      	4.4  	
              Initial
                Utilisation

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                amount outstanding under the Facilities prior to the receipt by the
                Facility Agent of satisfactory evidence of the satisfaction of the
                condition in Clause 21.32(a)
                (Conditions
                Subsequent)
                shall not exceed US$15,000,000.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              To
                the extent the JPM Facility will be repaid from proceeds of initial
                Utilisation, such proceeds of initial Utilisation must be paid directly
                to
                the "Administrative Agent" as defined in the JPM
                Facility.

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              UTILISATION
                - LOANS

            

    

     

    
      	5.1  	
              Giving
                of Requests

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              A
                Borrower may borrow a Loan by giving to the Facility Agent a duly
                completed Request.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Unless
                the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the latest time for receipt
                by the
                Facility Agent of a duly completed Request is 11.00 a.m. one Business
                Day before the Rate Fixing Day for the proposed
                borrowing.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Request is irrevocable.

            

    

     

    
      	5.2  	
              Completion
                of Requests

            

    

     

    A
      Request
      for a Loan will not be regarded as having been duly completed
      unless:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              it
                identifies the Borrower;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              it
                identifies the Facility under which the Loan is to be
                made;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              the
                Utilisation Date is a Business Day falling within the relevant
                Availability Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              the
                amount of the Loan requested is:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                minimum of US$5,000,000 and an integral multiple of
                US$1,000,000;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                maximum undrawn amount available under the relevant Facility on the
                proposed Utilisation Date; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              such
                other lower amount as the Facility Agent may agree;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              the
                proposed Term complies with this Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(f) 
               	
              to
                the extent the JPM Facility will be repaid from the proceeds of initial
                Utilisation, such proceeds of initial Utilisation are paid directly
                to the
                bank account of the "Administrative Agent" as defined in the JPM
                Facility.

            

    

     

    Only
      one
      Loan may be requested in a Request.

     

    
      	5.3  	
              Advance
                of Loan

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must promptly notify each Lender of the details of
                the
                requested Loan and the amount of its share in that
                Loan.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                amount of each Lender's share of each Loan will be equal to its Pro
                Rata
                Share of such Loan on the proposed Utilisation
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              No
                Lender is obliged to participate in a Loan if as a
                result:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              its
                share in the outstanding Credits under the relevant Facility would
                exceed
                its Commitment for that Facility;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                outstanding Credits under the relevant Facility would exceed the
                Total
                Commitments for that Facility.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              If
                the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender
                must
                make its share in the Loan available to the Facility Agent for the
                relevant Borrower through its Facility Office on the Utilisation
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              For
                the avoidance of doubt, any reference to a "Loan" under this Clause
                5.3
                includes any Loan drawn in accordance with Clause 7.8
                (Letters
                of Credit to become Loans).
                

            

    

     

    
      	5.4  	
              Conversion

            

    

     

    Each
      A
      Revolving Credit Loan which is outstanding at the opening of business on the
      Conversion Date shall be automatically converted and consolidated into up to
      three term loans, with no more than one term loan borrowed by each Borrower
      (and
      in amounts equal to the amounts then outstanding from each Borrower under the
      A
      Loan Facility) repayable in accordance with Clause 8.1
      (Repayment
      of Term Loan).

     

    
      	6.  	
              UTILISATION
                - LETTERS
                OF CREDIT

            

    

     

    
      	6.1  	
              Giving
                of Requests

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              A
                Borrower may request a Letter of Credit to be issued under the B
                Revolving
                Credit Facility by giving to the Facility Agent a duly completed
                Request.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Unless
                the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the latest time for receipt
                by the
                Facility Agent of a duly completed Request is 11.00 a.m. three
                Business Days before the proposed Utilisation
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Request is irrevocable.

            

    

     

    
      	6.2  	
              Completion
                of Requests

            

    

     

    A
      Request
      for a Letter of Credit will not be duly made unless:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              it
                identifies the Borrower (and, if to be issued in the name of an Obligor
                or
                Holdings, that Obligor or Holdings subject to the Facility Agent's
                consent);

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              it
                specifies that it is for a Letter of
                Credit;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              the
                Utilisation Date is a Business Day falling within the relevant
                Availability Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              the
                amount of the Letter of Credit requested
                is:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              when
                aggregated with all the Letters of Credit outstanding on the proposed
                Utilisation Date, equal to or less than US$15,000,000 (the Applicable
                Letter of Credit Commitment);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                minimum of US$100,000 or, if less, the entire amount of the Applicable
                Letter of Credit Commitment; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              such
                other lower amount as the Facility Agent may
                agree;

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              the
                proposed beneficiary is:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              an
                Acceptable Bank; 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                provider(s) for the time being of any Insurance policy or policies
                for any
                member of the Group; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              any
                other beneficiary acceptable to the Issuing
                Bank;

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              the
                form of Letter of Credit is attached to the Request and has previously
                been agreed by the Issuing Bank and by the Facility Agent (acting
                on the
                instructions of the Lenders whose Commitments in the relevant Facility
                then aggregate 66 2/3 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments
                for the B
                Revolving Credit Facility) or is in the form set out in Schedule
                11
                (Form
                of Letter of Credit);

            

    

     

    
      	(g)
                	
              the
                Request is accompanied by such duly completed application form(s),
                documents and other papers and information as may be customary for
                letters
                of credit of the kind being requested and as the Issuing Bank may
                reasonably request;

            

    

     

    
      	(h)
                	
              the
                expiry date of the Letter of Credit will fall on or before the scheduled
                Final Maturity Date for the B Revolving Credit
                Facility;

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
                	
              the
                delivery instructions for the Letter of Credit are specified;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(j)
                	
              subject
                to Clause 7.9
                (Letters
                of Credit - automatic extension),
                the Letter of Credit is issued for a maximum period of 12
                months.

            

    

     

    Only
      one
      Letter of Credit may be requested in a Request.

     

    
      	6.3  	
              Issue
                of Letter of Credit

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must promptly notify the Issuing Bank and each relevant
                Lender of the details of the requested Letter of Credit and the amount
                of
                such Lender's share of that Letter of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                amount of each Lender's share in a Letter of Credit will be equal
                to its
                Pro Rata Share of such Letter of Credit on the proposed Utilisation
                Date
                or, if applicable, the date the amendment of the face value of that
                Letter
                of Credit is effective.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing
                Bank
                must issue the Letter of Credit on the proposed Utilisation
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	6.4  	
              Conditions
                precedent

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Issuing Bank is not obliged to (x) issue any Letter of Credit or
                (y)
                increase the face value of any existing Letter of Credit or (z) extend
                the
                expiry date of an existing Letter of Credit
                if:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              as
                a result:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              the
                Issuing Bank would breach any law or regulation applicable to
                it;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              a
                Lender's share in the outstanding Credits under the B Revolving Credit
                Facility would exceed its Commitment for that Facility;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              the
                outstanding Credits under the B Revolving Credit Facility would exceed
                the
                Total Revolving Credit Commitments for that Facility;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Issuing Bank has not approved the identity of any New Lender (to
                the
                extent required by Clause 30.2
                (Assignments
                and transfers - Issuing Bank)).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Issuing Bank is not obliged to issue any Letter of Credit if either
                on the
                date of the Request or the Utilisation
                Date:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Repeating Representations are not correct in any respect;
                and/or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                Default is outstanding or would result from the issue of that Letter
                of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    The
      Issuing Bank has no duty to enquire of any person whether or not any of the
      conditions precedent set out in this Clause 6.4 have been met. The Issuing
      Bank
      may assume that those conditions have been met unless it is expressly notified
      to the contrary by the Facility Agent. The Issuing Bank will have no liability
      to any person for issuing a Letter of Credit based on any such
      assumption.

     

    
      	6.5  	
              Renewal
                of a Letter of Credit

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              A
                Borrower may request that any Letter of Credit issued on behalf of
                that
                Borrower be renewed or the face value be amended by delivery to the
                Facility Agent of a Renewal Request in substantially similar form
                to a
                Request for a Letter of Credit at least three Business Days before
                the
                expiry date of that Letter of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Finance Parties shall treat any Renewal Request in the same way as
                a
                Request for a Letter of Credit except that the conditions set out
                in
                Clause 6.2(f)
                (Completion
                of Requests)
                shall not apply.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                terms of each renewed or amended Letter of Credit shall be the same
                as
                those of the relevant Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal
                or
                amendment, except that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              its
                amount may be more (subject to Clause 6.4
                (Conditions
                precedent))
                or less than the amount of the Letter of Credit immediately prior
                to its
                renewal or amendment; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              its
                Term shall start on the date specified in the Renewal Request (provided
                such date is at least three Business Days after the date of that
                Renewal
                Request) or, if unspecified, the date which was the expiry date of
                the
                Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal or amendment, and
                shall
                end on the proposed expiry date specified in the Renewal
                Request.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              If
                the conditions set out in this Clause 6.5
                have been met, the Issuing Bank shall amend and/or re-issue any Letter
                of
                Credit pursuant to a Renewal Request.

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              LETTERS
                OF CREDIT

            

    

     

    
      	7.1  	
              General

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              A
                Letter of Credit is repaid
                or
                prepaid
                to
                the extent that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                Borrower provides cash cover for that Letter of
                Credit;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                Borrower has made a payment under Clause 7.4(b)
                (Claims
                under a Letter of Credit)
                in respect of that Letter of Credit or a Borrower has made a reimbursement
                in respect of that Letter of Credit under Clause 7.5(e)
                (Indemnities);

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                maximum amount payable under the Letter of Credit is reduced or cancelled
                in accordance with its terms;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                Letter of Credit is returned by the beneficiary with his written
                confirmation that the Issuing Bank's liabilities under that Letter
                of
                Credit are fully discharged and released and that Letter of Credit
                is
                cancelled; or

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              the
                Issuing Bank is satisfied (acting reasonably) that it has no further
                liability under that Letter of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    The
      amount by which a Letter of Credit is repaid or prepaid under
      subparagraphs (i)
      to
(v)
      above
      is the
      amount of the relevant cash cover, payment, release, cancellation or
      reduction.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              If
                a Letter of Credit or any amount outstanding under a Letter of Credit
                becomes immediately payable under this Agreement, the Borrower that
                requested the issue of the Letter of Credit must repay or prepay
                that
                Letter of Credit or that amount
                immediately.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              A
                Borrower provides cash
                cover
                for a Letter of Credit if it pays an amount in the currency of the
                Letter
                of Credit to an interest-bearing account with an Approved Bank in
                the name
                of the relevant Borrower and the following conditions are
                met:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              until
                no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Credit,
                withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay the Finance
                Party
                (including withdrawals by the Issuing Bank to pay any claim in connection
                with that Letter of Credit in accordance with Clause 7.4(a) (Claims
                under
                a Letter of Credit)) for which the cash cover is provided under this
                Clause; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Borrower has executed and delivered a Security Document over that
                account,
                in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting
                reasonably), creating a first ranking security interest over that
                account.

            

    

     

    References
      to cash cover include any interest accrued on that cash cover. The relevant
      Borrower will be entitled to withdraw the interest accrued on the cash cover
      (at
      the time such interest is due and payable), including to pay any fronting fee
      or
      letter of credit fee referred to in Clause 7.3
      (Fees
      in
      respect of Letters of Credit)
      provided that the amount of that cash cover (after such withdrawal) is at least
      equal to the amount outstanding under the relevant Letter of
      Credit.

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                outstanding
                or
                principal
                amount of a Letter of Credit at any time is the maximum amount (actual
                or
                contingent) that is or may be payable by the relevant Issuing Bank
                or the
                Lenders in respect of that Letter of Credit at that time less any
                amount
                of cash cover provided in respect of that Letter of Credit which
                has not
                been applied in payment to the Issuing Bank or any
                Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              The
                amount of cash cover will be ignored in calculating the undrawn Commitment
                of each Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	7.2  	
              Illegality

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Issuing Bank must notify the Company promptly if it becomes aware
                that it
                is unlawful in any jurisdiction for the Issuing Bank to perform any
                of its
                obligations under a Finance Document or to have outstanding any Letter
                of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              After
                notification under paragraph (a)
                above:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Company must use its best endeavours to ensure the release of the
                liability of the Issuing Bank under each outstanding Letter of
                Credit;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              failing
                this, each Borrower must repay or prepay the share of each Lender
                in each
                Letter of Credit requested by it on the date specified in
                paragraph (c)
                below;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              no
                further Letters of Credit will be
                issued.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender's share in a Letter
                of Credit
                will be the date specified by the Issuing Bank in the notification
                under
                paragraph (a)
                above
                and which must not be earlier than the last day of any applicable
                grace
                period allowed by law.

            

    

     

    
      	7.3  	
              Fees
                in respect of Letters of
                Credit

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Borrower must pay to the Facility Agent:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              for
                the account of the Issuing Bank a fronting fee in respect of each
                Letter
                of Credit requested by it in an amount equal to 0.125 per cent. per
                annum
                of the face value of the Letter of Credit;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                letter of credit fee computed at a rate equal to the then applicable
                Margin for B Revolving Credit Loans on the outstanding amount of each
                Letter of Credit requested by it for the period from and including
                the
                date of the issue of that Letter of Credit until and including its
                expiry
                date. This fee will be distributed to the Lenders according to each
                Lender's Pro Rata Share on the Utilisation Date of the relevant Letter
                of
                Credit, adjusted to reflect any subsequent
                assignment or transfer in accordance with Clause 30.6
                (Procedure
                for transfer).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                fronting fee and the letter of credit fee described in paragraph
                (a) above
                are each payable quarterly in arrear and the letter of credit fee
                is also
                payable at the end of any shorter period that ends on the expiry
                date for
                that Letter of Credit. In the case of the fronting fee, if so requested
                by
                the Issuing Bank, such fronting fee shall also be payable at the
                end of
                any shorter period that ends on the expiry date for that Letter of
                Credit.
                Any accrued fronting fee or letter of credit fee is also payable
                to the
                Facility Agent on the cancelled amount of any Lender's Revolving
                Credit
                Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective if that Commitment
                is
                cancelled in full and its participation in the Credits is prepaid
                or
                repaid in full (other than, if such cancellation results from a transfer
                or assignment pursuant to Clause 30.1 (Assignments and transfers
                by the
                Lenders)). 

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                a Borrower provides cash cover for any part of a Letter of Credit,
                then
                the letter of credit fee payable for the account of each Lender in
                respect
                of any part of a Letter of Credit which is the subject of cash cover
                will
                continue to be payable until the expiry of that Letter of Credit
                in an
                amount equal to the interest accrued on that cash cover (provided
                that if
                the interest accrued on this part of a Letter of Credit which is
                the
                subject of cash cover (i) exceeds the Margin or (ii) is lower than
                one-third of the Margin, such fee payable shall be (in the case of
                (i))
                the Margin or (in the case of (ii)) one-third of the Margin).
                

            

    

     

    
      	7.4  	
              Claims
                under a Letter of Credit

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Borrower and Lender irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the
                Issuing
                Bank to pay any claim made or purported to be made under a Letter
                of
                Credit requested by that Borrower and which appears on its face to
                be in
                order (a claim).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              With
                respect to each Demand Amount (as defined in Clause 7.8(b)
                (Letters
                of Credit to become Loans))
                in relation to any Letter of Credit, to the extent that such Demand
                Amount
                and interest thereon (calculated in accordance with (ii) below) is
                not
                funded by the proceeds of a B Revolving Loan received by the Issuing
                Bank
                in accordance with the terms of this Clause 7 or cash cover provided
                for
                that Letter of Credit, the Borrower which requests such Letter of
                Credit
                must, by the earlier of the Final Maturity Date for the B Revolving
                Credit
                Facility and the date falling three Business Days after the date
                of the
                demand, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Issuing
                Bank an
                amount equal to the aggregate of (i) the amount of any claim under
                that
                Letter of Credit and (ii) interest on the amount of such claim under
                that
                Letter of Credit (less the amount of any cash cover that has been
                or will
                be applied towards satisfaction of such claim) calculated on the
                basis of
                the percentage rate per annum equal to the aggregate of the applicable
                Margin and the Prime Rate (as at the date of payment of such claim
                by the
                Issuing Bank) from the date of payment of such claim by the Issuing
                Bank.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Borrower and each Lender acknowledges that the Issuing
                Bank:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              is
                not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation
                from
                any other person before paying a claim;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              deals
                in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of
                a claim
                or any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim
                or
                other defence of any person,

            

    

     

    and
      the
      Issuing Bank may assume that any demand, certificate, statement or document
      which appears on its face to be in order is correct and properly
      made.

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                obligations of each Borrower and each Lender under this Clause will
                not be
                affected by:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing
                a claim
                or other document.

            

    

     

    
      	7.5  	
              Indemnities
                to the Issuing Bank

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              A
                Borrower must immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against
                any
                loss or liability which the Issuing Bank incurs under or in connection
                with any Letter of Credit requested by it, except to the extent that
                the
                loss or liability is directly caused by the gross negligence or wilful
                misconduct of the Issuing Bank.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                Lender must immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against
                its
                share of any loss or liability which the Issuing Bank incurs under
                or in
                connection with any Letter of Credit and which at the date of demand
                has
                not been paid for by an Obligor, except to the extent that the loss
                or
                liability is directly caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct
                of the Issuing Bank.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                any Lender is not permitted (by its constitutional documents or any
                applicable law) to comply with paragraph (b) above, then that Lender
                will
                not be obliged to comply with paragraph (b) and shall instead be
                deemed to
                have taken, on the date the Letter of Credit is issued (or if later,
                on
                the date the Lender's share in the Letter of Credit is transferred
                or
                assigned to the Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement),
                an
                undivided interest and share in the Letter of Credit in an amount
                equal to
                its Pro Rata Share of that Letter of Credit. On receipt of demand
                from the
                Agent, that Lender shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the
                Issuing
                Bank) an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount
                demanded.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              A
                Lender's share of the liability or loss referred to in
                paragraph (b)
                above
                will be its Pro Rata Share on the Utilisation Date of the relevant
                Letter
                of Credit, adjusted to reflect any subsequent assignment or transfer
                in
                accordance with Clause 30.6
                (Procedure
                for transfer).

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              The
                relevant Borrower must immediately on demand reimburse any Lender
                for any
                payment it makes to the Issuing Bank under this
                Clause.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              The
                obligations of each Borrower and Lender under this Clause are continuing
                obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable
                by
                that Borrower or Lender under or in connection with any Letter of
                Credit,
                regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in
                part.

            

    

     

    
      	(g)  	
              The
                obligations of each Borrower and Lender under this Clause will not
                be
                affected by any act, omission or thing which, but for this provision,
                would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this
                Clause (whether or not known to it or any other person). This
                includes:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                time or waiver granted to, or composition with, any
                person;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                release of any person under the terms of any composition or
                arrangement;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or
                refusal
                or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or
                security
                over assets of, any person;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              any
                non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement
                in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value
                of
                any security;

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              any
                incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or
                dissolution or change in the members or status of any
                person;

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              any
                amendment (however fundamental) of a Finance Document or any other
                document or security;

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              any
                unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any
                person
                under any Finance Document or any other document or security;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(viii)  	
              any
                insolvency or similar proceedings.

            

    

     

    
      	7.6  	
              Lender
                as Issuing Bank

            

    

     

    A
      Lender
      which is also the Issuing Bank shall be treated as a separate entity in those
      capacities and capable, as a Lender, of contracting with itself as the Issuing
      Bank.

     

    
      	7.7  	
              Rights
                of contribution

            

    

     

    No
      Obligor will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any
      Finance Party in respect of any payment it may make under this
      Clause.

     

    
      	7.8  	
              Letters
                of Credit to become Loans

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                to paragraph (e) below, any amount of principal demanded from and
                paid by
                the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit representing a drawing
                of the B
                Revolving Credit Facility, subject in each case to paragraphs (b)
                and (c)
                below, shall constitute a B Revolving Credit Loan made by the Issuing
                Bank
                on behalf of the Lenders under the B Revolving Credit Facility to
                the
                relevant Borrower who requested that Letter of Credit in the same
                proportions as their liabilities arise with respect to such Letter
                of
                Credit pursuant to Clause 7.5
                (Indemnities
                to
                the Issuing Bank), in each case to the extent that there remains
                a
                sufficient amount of the B Revolving Credit Commitments undrawn at
                the
                time (and for this purpose the relevant utilisation (or the relevant
                part
                thereof) by that Letter of Credit being deemed not to be outstanding
                to
                the extent of the amount demanded).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of any claim
                received by it under and in accordance with the Letter of Credit
                (including details of the Letter of Credit under which such claim
                has been
                received and the amounts payable under that claim in accordance with
                Clause 7.4(a)
                (Claims
                under a Letter of Credit)
                (the Demand
                Amount))
                and the Facility Agent shall forthwith notify the relevant Borrower
                who
                requested that Letter of Credit and each of the Lenders under the
                B
                Revolving Credit Facility. 

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                relevant Borrower shall immediately on receipt of any notice from
                the
                Facility Agent under paragraph (b) above (unless the relevant Borrower
                immediately notifies the Facility Agent otherwise or there is an
                insufficient amount of the B Revolving Credit Commitments undrawn
                at the
                time) be deemed to have delivered to the Facility Agent a duly completed
                Request requesting a B Revolving Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate
                of the Demand Amount (less any cash cover) and, if applicable, interest
                on
                the Demand Amount (less any cash cover) paid calculated on the basis
                of
                the percentage rate per annum equal to the aggregate of the applicable
                Margin and the Prime Rate (as at the date of payment) from the date
                of
                payment of such claim (in aggregate, the Deemed
                Utilisation Amount)
                which shall be drawn three Business Days (such date being the Utilisation
                Date for such B Revolving Loan) following receipt by the Facility
                Agent of
                the claim and applied by the Issuing Bank on behalf of the relevant
                Borrower in discharge of the Deemed Utilisation Amount in full provided
                that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              unless
                the relevant Borrower delivers an irrevocable notice received by
                the
                Facility Agent not later than 11 a.m. one Business Day before the
                Rate
                Fixing Date for such Term in accordance with Clause 11 (Term) designating
                the Term of the B Revolving Loan, the Term shall, subject to Clause
                11
                (Term), be one month;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Utilisation Date must be a Business Day falling within the Availability
                Period for the B Revolving Credit Facility;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                conditions set out in Clause 4.2
                (Further
                conditions precedent)
                and Clause 4.3
                (Maximum
                number)
                have been met (in the case of Clause 4.2
                (Further
                conditions precedent),
                as if the relevant B Revolving Loan were a Rollover
                Credit).

            

    

     

    If
      any
      such B Revolving Loan is not made by the operation of one or more provisions
      of
      this Agreement, the relevant Borrower must immediately comply with its
      obligations under Clauses 7.4
      (Claims
      under a Letter of Credit)
      and
7.5
      (Indemnities
      to the
      Issuing Bank).

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                Deemed Utilisation Amount is due and payable by the relevant Borrower
                to
                the Issuing Bank on the Utilisation Date for such B Revolving
                Loan.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              No
                Letter of Credit may become a Loan pursuant to this Clause 7.8
                after the end of the Availability Period for the B Revolving Credit
                Facility.

            

    

     

    
      	7.9  	
              Letters
                of Credit - automatic
                extension

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                requested by the relevant Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Facility
                Agent may agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension
                provisions which provide (i) for the automatic extension of the term
                thereof for additional periods of no more than one year and (ii)
                that the
                Issuing Bank shall have the right to elect not to permit any such
                automatic extension by giving no less than 30 days’ and no more than 90
                days' prior notice (a Non-Renewal
                Notice)
                to the beneficiary(ies) of such Letter of Credit (provided that such
                Letter of Credit has an absolute final expiry date falling on or
                before
                the Final Maturity Date for the B Revolving Credit Facility unless
                otherwise agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Facility Agent), save
                where
                the Issuing Bank would not have been permitted to issue such Letter
                of
                Credit in its extended or revised form under any other terms applicable
                to
                the B Revolving Credit Facility.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Issuing Bank may, and (if so directed by the Facility Agent) shall,
                deliver a Non-Renewal Notice for a Letter of Credit. The Facility
                Agent
                may direct the Issuing Bank to deliver a Non-Renewal Notice if (i) the
                term of the relevant Letter of Credit, if extended in accordance
                with the
                automatic extension provisions thereunder, will expire after the
                Final
                Maturity Date or (ii) so directed by the Majority
                Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	8.  	
              REPAYMENT

            

    

     

    
      	8.1  	
              Repayment
                of Term Loan

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the Borrowers (in aggregate) must
                ensure
                that, as between themselves, they repay on each date specified below
                an
                amount equal to the percentage set out opposite that date of the
                aggregate
                amount outstanding at the Conversion Date in respect of the Term
                Loan
                Facility:

            

    

     

      

    
      	 	
               

              Repayment
                Date

               

            	
               

                Percentage
                Repaid

               

            
	 	30
              April 2008	
              7.50

            
	 	
              31
                July 2008

            	
              7.50

            
	 	
              31
                October 2008

            	
              7.50

            
	 	
              31
                January 2009

            	
              7.50

            
	 	
              30
                April 2009

            	
              10.00

            
	 	
              31
                July 2009

            	
              10.00

            
	 	
              31
                October 2009

            	
              10.00

            
	 	
              31
                January 2010

            	
              10.00

            
	 	
              30
                April 2010

            	
              12.50

            
	 	
              31
                July 2010

            	
              17.50

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                amounts repaid under paragraph (a)
                above
                may not be re-borrowed.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Any
                amount of a Term Loan still outstanding on the scheduled date for
                the
                payment of the last Repayment Instalment relating to that Term Loan
                shall
                be repaid on that date.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                Company may designate, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than
                five
                Business Days' prior notice, which Term Loan(s) a Repayment Instalment
                will be applied against, provided that the Company may not make a
                designation if as a result more than one Term Loan will be partially
                repaid.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              If
                the Company fails to deliver a notice to the Facility Agent in accordance
                with paragraph (d) above, the Facility Agent shall designate which
                Term
                Loan(s) a Repayment Instalment will be applied
                against.

            

    

     

    
      	8.2  	
              Repayment
                of Revolving Credit Loans

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                to paragraph (b) below, each Borrower must repay each Revolving Credit
                Loan made to it in full on its Maturity
                Date.

            

    

     

    Where
      the
      Maturity Date of an A Revolving Credit Loan occurs on the Conversion Date,
      that
      A Revolving Credit Loan shall not be repaid on its Maturity Date but shall
      be
      converted into a Term Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4
      (Conversion)
      and be
      repaid in accordance with Clause 8.1
      (Repayment
      of Term Loan).

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Subject
                to the other terms of this Agreement, any amounts repaid under
                paragraph (a)
                above
                may be re-borrowed.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Without
                prejudice to any Borrower's obligation to repay the full amount of
                each
                Revolving Credit Loan on its Maturity Date, on the date of any Rollover
                Credit drawn by any Borrower, the amount of the Revolving Credit
                Loan to
                be repaid and the amount to be drawn down by such Borrower on such
                date in
                the same currency shall be netted off against each other so that
                the
                amount of cash which such Borrower is actually required to pay or,
                as the
                case may be, the amount of cash which the Lenders are actually required
                to
                pay to such Borrower, shall be the net
                amount.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Any
                amount of any Revolving Credit Loan still outstanding on the Final
                Maturity Date shall be repaid on the Final Maturity
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	8.3  	
              Repayment
                of Letters of Credit

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Borrower must repay in accordance with Clause 7.1(a)
                (General)
                each Letter of Credit issued on its behalf in full on the date stated
                in
                that Letter of Credit to be its expiry date (it being agreed that
                for the
                purposes of this Clause 8,
                the expiry of a Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms (provided
                that any claim thereunder has been repaid in accordance with Clause
                7.1(a)
                (General))
                constitutes a repayment in full of such Letter of Credit without
                any
                utilisation of the B Revolving Credit
                Facility).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Subject
                to the other terms of this Agreement, any amounts repaid under
                paragraph (a)
                above may be re-utilised.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Any
                Letter of Credit which constituted a utilisation of the B Revolving
                Credit
                Facility still outstanding on the Final Maturity Date shall be repaid
                in
                accordance with Clause 7.1(a)
                (General)
                on that date.

            

    

     

    
      	9.  	
              PREPAYMENT
                AND CANCELLATION

            

    

     

    
      	9.1  	
              Mandatory
                prepayment - illegality

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              A
                Lender must promptly notify the Facility Agent and the Company if
                it
                becomes aware that it is unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction
                for that
                Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document
                or to
                fund or maintain its share in any
                Credit.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              After
                notification under paragraph (a)
                above
                the Facility Agent must notify the Company
                and:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              each
                Borrower must repay or prepay the share of that Lender in each Credit
                utilised by such Borrower on the date specified in
                paragraph (c)
                below;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Commitments of that Lender will be immediately
                cancelled.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender's share in a Credit
                will
                be:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                last day of the current Term of that Credit;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notification under
                paragraph (a)
                above
                and which must not be earlier than the last day of any applicable
                grace
                period allowed by law.

            

    

     

    
      	9.2  	
              Mandatory
                prepayment - disposals

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              In
                this Subclause:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Net
                Proceeds
                in
                relation to any disposal of an asset by a Charging Party to a person
                which
                is not a Charging Party or any claim under any contract of insurance
                by an
                Obligor or a Charging Party, means the amount received in Cash or
                Cash
                Equivalents (or other instruments which upon receipt are readily
                convertible into Cash on reasonable commercial terms) by that Obligor
                or,
                as the case may be, that Charging Party in respect of such disposal
                or
                claim:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              including
                the amount of any intercompany loan repaid to continuing members
                of the
                Group;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              treating
                any amount owing to and set off by any purchaser of assets as
                consideration received in Cash;

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              treating
                consideration initially received in a form other than Cash, Cash
                Equivalents or such other instruments as being received when and
                if that
                consideration is converted into Cash or Cash Equivalents or becomes
                readily so convertible on reasonable commercial
                terms;

            

    

     

    
      	(D)  	
              after
                deducting Taxes (and amounts reasonably reserved in respect of Taxes)
                payable by that Obligor or, as the case may be, that Charging Party
                in
                respect of that disposal or claim;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(E)  	
              after
                deducting reasonable costs and expenses incurred by that Obligor
                or, as
                the case may be, that Charging Party directly in connection with
                that
                disposal or claim.

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              Recovery
                Event
                means:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              the
                disposal of an asset by a Charging Party to a person which is not
                a
                Charging Party, other than:

            

    

     

    
      	I.  	
              where
                an asset (not being shares or any other ownership interest in a person)
                is
                to be (and is) replaced by other assets which are useful or beneficial
                to
                the business of that Charging Party (being a fixed asset in the case
                of a
                disposal of a fixed asset) and provided that the acquisition of such
                assets will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the
                Lenders,
                within 12 months of the date of disposal and pending such replacement
                the
                Net Proceeds of that disposal are deposited in a holding account
                (to the
                extent such Net Proceeds are received in Cash Equivalents (or other
                permitted instruments), fixed security shall be granted over such
                Cash
                Equivalents or other permitted instruments or an equivalent amount
                shall
                be deposited instead of those Cash Equivalents or other permitted
                instruments); or

            

    

     

    
      	II.  	
              any
                disposal referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d)
                (inclusive), (f),
                (g),
                (i),
                (j)
                and (k)
                of
                the definition of "Permitted Disposal" in Clause 1.1
                (Definitions);

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              a
                claim by any Obligor or Charging Party under any contract of insurance
                (other than in respect of third party liability policies), other
                than
                where the Net Proceeds are to be (and are) applied within 12 months
                of the
                occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim in reinstating
                or
                replacing (on a like for like basis) any asset, or applied in defraying
                the loss or liability, to which the claim relates and pending such
                application the Net Proceeds are deposited in a holding account
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Subject
                to paragraph (e) of Clause 9.5
                (Payment
                into a holding account or a mandatory prepayment account),
                if the Base Currency Equivalent of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              where
                such Recovery Event is the disposal of an asset by a Charging Party
                to a
                person which is not a Charging Party, the aggregate amount of Net
                Proceeds
                from such Recovery Event is equal to or exceeds US$1,500,000 during
                any
                annual Accounting Period of Viasystems;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              where
                such Recovery Event is a claim by an Obligor or Charging Party under
                any
                contract of insurance the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from such
                Recovery Event is equal to or exceeds US$1,500,000 during any annual
                Accounting Period of Viasystems,

            

    

     

    (each
      such amount being a Threshold
      Amount),
      the
      relevant Borrower must immediately apply and the Company must procure the
      application of an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds in excess
      of the Threshold Amounts, in or towards prepaying the Credits in accordance
      with
      Clause 9.11
      (Application
      between Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facilities).

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Any
                prepayment of a Credit under this Subclause must be
                made:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              on
                or before the last day of the Term of that Credit in which the relevant
                Net Proceeds were received or recovered;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              (in
                the case of Net Proceeds already deposited in a holding account under
                subparagraph (a)(ii)
                above
                or
                Clause 9.5(e)
                (Payment
                into a holding account or a mandatory prepayment account))
                on or before the last day of the Term of that Credit in which the
                relevant
                time limit expired.

            

    

     

    
      	9.3  	
              Mandatory
                prepayment - Excess
                Cashflow

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              With
                effect from the annual Accounting Period of Viasystems ending on
                31
                December 2007, if the annual audited consolidated Accounts of Viasystems
                demonstrate that Excess Cashflow has arisen during the annual Accounting
                Period to which such Accounts relate, the Borrowers must apply and
                the
                Company must procure the application of an amount equal to the applicable
                percentage in the table below of that Excess Cashflow, which corresponds
                to the Net Debt Leverage Ratio as at the end of the relevant annual
                Accounting Period, towards prepaying the A Revolving Credit Loans
                or, as
                the case may be, the Term Loans.

            

    

     

      

    
      	
               

              Column
                1

              Net
                Debt Leverage Ratio

               

            	
               

              Column
                2

              Applicable
                Percentage of Excess Cashflow to be

              Prepaid

            
	
               

               Greater
                than 2.0:1

            	
               

              50

            
	
               

               Less
                than or equal to 2.0:1 and greater than

               1.5:1

            	
               

              25

            
	
               

               Less
                than or equal to 1.5:1

            	
               

              0

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                prepayment under this Subclause must be made on or before the last
                day of
                the then current Term(s) of the A Revolving Credit Loans or, as the
                case
                may be, the Term Loans in which the annual audited consolidated Accounts
                of Viasystems establishing that there has been Excess Cashflow are
                delivered to the Facility Agent, pending which an amount equal to
                the
                amount to be prepaid must be deposited in a mandatory prepayment
                account.

            

    

     

    
      	9.4  	
              Mandatory
                Prepayment - Permitted PRC Revolving
                Facilities

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                a Permitted PRC Revolving Facility is entered into after the Closing
                Date,
                the Company must immediately notify the Facility Agent, and the relevant
                Borrower must cancel, pro
                rata,
                the equivalent amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the
                Lenders
                thereunder (and prepay, to the extent necessary, any Credits in excess
                of
                those Commitments following such
                cancellation).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              To
                the extent a prepayment of a Credit under this Clause 9.4
                is
                required, such prepayment must be made on the earlier
                of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                last day of the Term of that Credit in which that Permitted PRC Revolving
                Facility was entered into; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                date of first utilisation under that Permitted PRC Revolving
                Facility.

            

    

     

    
      	9.5  	
              Payment
                into a holding account or a mandatory prepayment
                account

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              In
                this Clause:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              holding
                account
                means an interest bearing account in the name of a Borrower with
                the
                Facility Agent or the Security Agent (or branch designated by the
                Facility
                Agent or the Security Agent) or an Approved Bank, governed by Hong
                Kong
                law and subject to a first-ranking floating Security Interest in
                favour of
                the Finance Parties; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              mandatory
                prepayment account
                means an interest bearing account in the name of a Borrower with
                the
                Facility Agent or the Security Agent (or branch designated by the
                Facility
                Agent or the Security Agent) or an Approved Bank, governed by Hong
                Kong
                law and subject to a first-ranking fixed Security Interest in favour
                of
                the Finance Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Subject
                to paragraphs (d)
                and (e)
                below,
                when it is established that a Borrower will be required to prepay
                Credits
                on the last day of the then current Term(s) for those Credits, the
                relevant Borrower must and the Company must procure that the relevant
                Borrower (unless the relevant Net Proceeds are already deposited
                in a
                holding account under Clause 9.2(a)(ii)
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - disposals))
                promptly deposits in a mandatory prepayment account an amount equal
                to the
                amounts to be prepaid unless the Company, on giving not less than
                five
                Business Days' notice to the Facility Agent (which notice the Facility
                Agent shall promptly give to the Lenders), specifies that the relevant
                Borrower intends to prepay the relevant amount within five Business
                Days
                in which case the prepayment shall (subject to the other provisions
                of
                this Agreement) be made on the date specified in such
                notice.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Borrower irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to apply any amount
                deposited with it under paragraph (b)
                above towards prepayment of the Credits on the last day of the relevant
                Term(s) or earlier if the Company so
                directs.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                Company and each Borrower irrevocably authorise the Facility Agent
                to
                apply:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              amounts
                credited to any mandatory prepayment account;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              amounts
                credited to any holding account pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of
                Clause
                9.2 (Mandatory prepayment - disposals) which have not been applied
                in
                permitted reinvestment, replacement, reinstatement or repair of assets
                or
                the discharge of liabilities (as applicable in accordance with Clause
                9.2(a)(ii) (Mandatory prepayment - disposals)) within 12 months of
                the
                date of receipt of the relevant proceeds (or such longer time period
                as
                the Facility Agent (acting on the instruction of the Majority Lenders)
                may
                agree), 

            

    

     

    to
      prepay
      Credits and otherwise for application in or towards amounts due and payable
      under the Finance Documents.

     

    
      	(e)  	
              The
                Company and each Borrower further irrevocably authorise the Facility
                Agent:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              to
                apply amounts credited to the holding account, whether or not 12
                months
                have elapsed since receipt of those proceeds, if an Event of Default
                has
                occurred and is continuing, in prepayment of amounts due and payable
                under
                the Finance Documents; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                12 months have elapsed since receipt of these proceeds, to transfer
                any
                amounts credited to a holding account to a mandatory prepayment account
                pending payment of amounts due and payable under the Finance Documents
                (provided that if all such amounts have been paid, any such amounts
                remaining credited to a mandatory prepayment account shall (unless
                an
                Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) be transferred back
                to a
                holding account).

            

    

     

    
      	9.6  	
              Restriction
                on upstreaming moneys

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Prepayment
                of Credits shall not be required pursuant to Clause 9.2 (Mandatory
                prepayment - disposals) in relation to Net Proceeds arising from
                any
                disposal of an asset if and to the extent
                that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              in
                order to effect such prepayment, moneys (being the relevant Net Proceeds
                or an equivalent amount available elsewhere in the Group) would need
                to be
                transferred from one member of the Group to another;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              it
                is not possible to make that transfer of moneys
                without:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              breaching
                a legal restriction (including any prohibition on financial assistance,
                any rule relating to corporate benefit or any fiduciary or statutory
                duty)
                applicable to a member of the Group or any of its directors;
                and/or

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              any
                member of the Group (on a consolidated basis) incurring a materially
                adverse tax cost as determined by the Company or the relevant Borrower
                acting in good faith,

            

    

     

    provided
      that all relevant members of the Group have used all reasonable endeavours
      to
      remit other Cash in the Group which is not subject to the obstacles referred
      to
      in paragraph (a)(ii) above, to a Borrower to allow it (or to an Obligor to
      allow
      it, on behalf of the Borrowers) to prepay the requisite amount.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Where
                a Borrower would have been, but for paragraph (a) above, required
                to
                prepay Credits on the last day of the then current Term(s) for those
                Credits:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Obligors must use all reasonable endeavours to overcome the restrictions
                referred to in paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) above in relation to, and/or
                to
                minimise the costs of, that prepayment;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                at any time paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) above cease to apply in respect
                of
                such prepayment, that Borrower will immediately prepay the relevant
                Credits together with any Break
                Costs.

            

    

     

    
      	9.7  	
              Voluntary
                prepayment

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                as provided in this Subclause, any Borrower may, by giving not less
                than
                five Business Days' prior notice to the Facility Agent, prepay (or
                procure
                prepayment of) any Credit at any time in whole or in
                part.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                prepayment of part of a Credit must be in a minimum amount of US$500,000
                and an integral multiple of US$100,000
                or
                such lesser amount as may be outstanding or such other amount as
                may be
                agreed by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority
                Lenders). 

            

    

     

    
      	9.8  	
              Automatic
                cancellation

            

    

     

    The
      Commitments of each Lender under each Facility will be automatically cancelled
      at the close of business in Singapore on the last day of the Availability Period
      for that Facility to the extent undrawn at that date.

     

    
      	9.9  	
              Voluntary
                cancellation

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Company may, by giving not less than 5 Business Days' prior notice
                to the
                Facility Agent, cancel the unutilised amount of the Total Commitments
                in
                whole or in part.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Partial
                cancellation of the Commitments under any Facility pursuant to this
                Subclause must be in a minimum amount of US$500,000 and an integral
                multiple of US$100,000 or such lesser amount as may be undrawn and
                uncancelled or such other amount as may be agreed by the Facility
                Agent
                (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
                

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Any
                cancellation in part of the Commitments under any Facility pursuant
                to
                this Subclause will be applied against the Commitment of each Lender
                in
                that Facility pro
                rata.

            

    

     

    
      	9.10  	
              Right
                of repayment and cancellation of a single
                Lender

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                an Obligor is, or will be, required to pay to a
                Lender:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                Tax Payment; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              an
                Increased Cost,

            

    

     

    the
      Company may, while the requirement continues and provided no Default is
      outstanding, give notice to the Facility Agent requesting prepayment by the
      relevant Borrower of that Lender's share of the affected Credits utilised by
      that Borrower and cancellation of the corresponding Commitments of that
      Lender.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              After
                notification under paragraph (a)
                above:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              that
                Borrower must repay or prepay that Lender's share in each affected
                Credit
                utilised by it on the date specified in paragraph (c)
                below;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              those
                Commitments of that Lender will be immediately
                cancelled.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender's share in a Credit
                will
                be:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                last day of the current Term for that Loan or in the case of a Letter
                of
                Credit, 5 days after the date of the notification;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                earlier, the date specified by the Company in its
                notification.

            

    

     

    
      	9.11  	
              Application
                between Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit
                Facilities

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Prior
                to the Conversion Date, any amount to be applied in prepayment of
                Credits
                (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any amount prepaid under
                Clause
                9.3
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - Excess Cashflow))
                must be applied:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              first,
                in prepayment of the B Revolving Credit
                Loans;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              second,
                in prepayment of the A Revolving Credit Loans;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              third,
                to
                provide cash cover for outstanding Letters of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              On
                and after the Conversion Date, any amount to be applied in prepayment
                of
                Credits must be applied:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              first,
                in prepayment of the Term Loans;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              second,
                in prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              thirdly,
                to provide cash cover for outstanding Letters of
                Credit.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Any
                partial prepayment of the Loans comprised in a Facility will be applied
                pro
                rata
                against those Loans, unless (in the case of a voluntary prepayment)
                the
                Company specifies at least five Business Days before the date for
                such
                prepayment which of those Loans are to be
                prepaid.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Where
                there is a mandatory or involuntary prepayment under Clause 9.1
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - illegality),
                Clause 9.2
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - disposals),
                Clause 9.3
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - Excess Cashflow)
                or Clause 9.4
                (Mandatory
                Prepayment - Permitted PRC Revolving Facilities)
                of a Credit, the relevant Commitments will, at the same time, be
                permanently reduced by the amount
                prepaid.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Where
                a mandatory or involuntary prepayment of a Revolving Credit Utilisation
                is
                required under Clause 9.1
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - illegality),
                Clause 9.2
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - disposals),
                Clause 9.3
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - Excess Cashflow)
                or Clause 9.4
                (Mandatory
                Prepayment - Permitted PRC Revolving Facilities)
                but there is no or insufficient Revolving Credit Utilisation to be
                prepaid, to the extent there is insufficient Revolving Credit Utilisation
                to be prepaid the relevant Revolving Credit Commitment will be reduced
                on
                the day the amount which would have been required to be applied in
                prepayment of the Revolving Credit Utilisations pursuant to the relevant
                clause had they been outstanding at that time had been
                received.

            

    

     

    
      	9.12  	
              Partial
                prepayment of Term Loans

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                where this Clause expressly provides otherwise, any partial prepayment
                of
                the Term Loans will be applied against the remaining Repayment Instalments
                pro
                rata.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                prepayment of the Term Loans under Clause 9.3
                (Mandatory
                prepayment - Excess Cashflow)
                or Clause 9.7
                (Voluntary
                prepayment)
                will be applied against the remaining Repayment Instalments in the
                order
                as directed by the Borrower.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              No
                amount of the Term Loans prepaid under this Agreement may subsequently
                be
                re-borrowed.

            

    

     

    
      	9.13  	
              Re-borrowing
                of Revolving Credit
                Utilisations

            

    

     

    Any
      prepayment of a Revolving Credit Utilisation under Clause 9.3
      (Mandatory
      prepayment - Excess Cashflow)
      or
      Clause 9.7
      (Voluntary
      prepayment)
      may be
      re-borrowed on the terms of this Agreement. Any other prepayment of a Revolving
      Credit Utilisation may not be re-borrowed.

     

    
      	9.14  	
              Miscellaneous
                provisions

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Any
                notice of prepayment and/or cancellation under this Agreement is
                irrevocable and must specify the relevant date(s) and the affected
                Credits
                and Commitments. The Facility Agent must notify the Lenders promptly
                of
                receipt of any such notice.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              All
                prepayments under this Agreement must be made with accrued interest
                on the
                amount prepaid. No premium or penalty is payable in respect of any
                prepayment except for Break Costs.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Majority Lenders may agree a shorter notice period for a voluntary
                prepayment or a voluntary
                cancellation.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              No
                prepayment or cancellation is allowed except in accordance with the
                express terms of this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              No
                amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may
                subsequently be reinstated.

            

    

     

    
      	10.  	
              INTEREST

            

    

     

    
      	10.1  	
              Calculation
                of interest

            

    

     

    The
      rate
      of interest on each Loan for each Term is the percentage rate per annum equal
      to
      the aggregate of the applicable:

     

    
      	(a) 
                	
              Margin;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              LIBOR.

            

    

     

    
      	10.2  	
              Payment
                of interest

            

    

     

    Except
      where it is provided to the contrary in this Agreement, each Borrower must
      pay
      accrued interest on each Loan made to it on the last day of each Term and also,
      if the Term is longer than six months, on the dates falling at six-monthly
      intervals after the first day of that Term.

     

    
      	10.3  	
              Margin
                adjustments

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Viasystems
                must supply to the Facility Agent a Margin Certificate within 45
                days of
                the end of each quarterly Accounting Period, beginning with the first
                quarterly Accounting Period ending on or after the Closing
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                Margin Certificate must specify the Net Debt Leverage Ratio for the
                four
                quarterly Accounting Periods ending on the most recent Accounting
                Date and
                be signed by the chief financial officer and another director of
                Viasystems.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Subject
                to paragraphs  (d)
                and (e) below, the Margin in respect of the Loans will be determined
                by
                reference to the table below and the information set out in the relevant
                Margin Certificate with effect from the date of delivery of that
                Margin
                Certificate.

            

    

     

      

    
      	
               

              Column
                1

              Net
                Debt Leverage Ratio

               

            	
               

              Column
                2

              Margin

              (per
                cent. per annum)

               

            
	
               

                More
                than 1.75:1

            	
               

                2.000

            
	
               

                Less
                than or equal to 1.75:1 but more than 1.5:1

            	
               

                1.625

            
	
               

                Less
                than or equal to 1.5:1

            	
               

                1.250

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              For
                so long as:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Viasystems
                is in default of its obligation under this Agreement to provide a
                Margin
                Certificate; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                Default is outstanding,

            

    

     

    the
      applicable Margin in respect of the Loans will be the highest applicable rate
      for the relevant Facility set out in the table in paragraph (c)
      above.

     

    
      	(e)  	
              If
                the applicable Margin has been determined under this Subclause in
                reliance
                on a Margin Certificate (or unaudited Accounts) but the audited Accounts
                of the Group for the period covered by the relevant Margin Certificate
                show that a higher Margin applies, the applicable Margin for the
                relevant
                Facilities will instead be that calculated by reference to the audited
                Accounts. If, in this event, any amount of interest (or any amount
                of
                Letter of Credit fee) has been paid by a Borrower on the basis of
                the
                relevant Margin Certificate, that Borrower must immediately pay to
                the
                Facility Agent any shortfall in that amount as compared to that which
                would have been paid to the Lenders if the applicable Margin for
                the
                relevant Facilities had been calculated by reference to the relevant
                audited Accounts.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              Any
                moneys received or recovered as a result of an adjustment to the
                Margin
                pursuant to this Subclause shall be reimbursed on a pro
                rata
                basis amongst the Lenders participating in the relevant Credits under
                the
                relevant Facilities as at the date of such receipt or
                recovery.

            

    

     

    
      	10.4  	
              Interest
                on overdue amounts

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance
                Documents, it must immediately on demand by the Facility Agent pay
                interest on the overdue amount from its due date up to the date of
                actual
                payment, both before, on and after
                judgment.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Interest
                on an overdue amount is payable at a rate determined by the Facility
                Agent
                to be one per cent. per annum above the rate which would have been
                payable
                if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted
                a
                Loan having the same designation and in the same currency as the
                Loan or
                Facility to which the overdue amount is in the reasonable opinion
                of the
                Facility Agent referable. For this purpose, the Facility Agent may
                (acting
                reasonably):

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              select
                successive Terms of any duration up to three months;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              determine
                the appropriate Rate Fixing Day for that
                Term.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Notwithstanding
                paragraph (b)
                above,
                if the overdue amount is a principal amount of a Loan and becomes
                due and
                payable prior to the last day of its current Term,
                then:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                first Term for that overdue amount will be the unexpired portion
                of that
                Term; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                rate of interest on the overdue amount for that first Term will be one per
                cent. per annum above the rate then payable on that
                Loan.

            

    

     

    After
      the
      expiry of the first Term for that overdue amount, the rate on the overdue amount
      will be calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)
      above.

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Interest
                (if unpaid) on an overdue amount will be compounded with that overdue
                amount at the end of each of its Terms but will remain immediately
                due and
                payable.

            

    

     

    
      	10.5  	
              Notification
                of rates of interest

            

    

     

    The
      Facility Agent must promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination
      of
      a rate of interest under this Agreement.

     

    
      	11.  	
              TERMS

            

    

     

    
      	11.1  	
              Selection
                - Term Loan

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Term Loan has successive Terms.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                Borrower must select each Term for a Term Loan in an irrevocable
                notice
                received by the Facility Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. one Business
                Day
                before the Rate Fixing Day for that Term. Each Term for a Term Loan
                will
                start on the Conversion Date or on the expiry of its preceding
                Term.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                a Borrower fails to select a Term for an outstanding Term Loan under
                paragraph (b)
                above, that Term will, subject to the other provisions of this Clause,
                be
                three months.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Subject
                to the following provisions of this Clause 11,
                each Term for a Term Loan will be one, two, three or six months or
                any
                other period agreed by the Company and the Lenders. In addition,
                a
                Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may select a Term of less
                than one
                Month if necessary so as to ensure that there are sufficient Term
                Loans
                (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Repayment
                Instalment) which have a Term ending on a date for repayment of a
                Repayment Instalment for the Borrowers to make the Repayment Instalment
                due on that date. 

            

    

     

    
      	11.2  	
              Selection
                - Revolving Credit Loans

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Revolving Credit Loan has one Term
                only.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Subject
                to Clause 7.8(c)
                (Letters
                of Credit to become Loans),
                a Borrower must select the Term for a Revolving Credit Loan in the
                relevant Request.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Subject
                to the following provisions of this Clause, each Term for a Revolving
                Credit Loan will be one, two, three or six months or any other period
                agreed by the Company and the
                Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Until
                the date which is the earlier of three months after the Closing Date
                and
                the Syndication Date, the duration of each Term shall be one month
                or such
                other period (not exceeding one month) so as to ensure that the Terms
                for
                all Loans then outstanding end on the same date or such other period
                (not
                exceeding six months) as may be agreed between the Company and the
                Facility Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	11.3  	
              No
                overrunning the Final Maturity
                Date

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                a Term for a Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan (other than a Letter
                of
                Credit) would otherwise overrun the date for the payment of the last
                Repayment Instalment for that Term Loan or the Final Maturity Date
                for
                that Revolving Credit Loan, it will be shortened so that it ends
                on that
                date.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              If
                a Term for a Letter of Credit would otherwise overrun the scheduled
                Final
                Maturity Date for the B Revolving Credit Facility, it will be shortened
                so
                that it ends on that day. 

            

    

     

    
      	11.4  	
              No
                overrunning of Conversion
                Date

            

    

     

    If
      the
      Term of an A Revolving Credit Loan would otherwise overrun the Conversion Date,
      it will be shortened so that it ends on that date.

     

    
      	11.5  	
              Other
                adjustments

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Facility Agent and the Company may enter into such other arrangements
                as
                they may agree for the adjustment of Terms and the consolidation
                and/or
                splitting of Loans, but no Term in excess of six months may be agreed
                by
                the Facility Agent without the prior consent of all the
                Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              If
                the Company fails to make a selection in the circumstances envisaged
                in
                Clause 11.1(d)
                (Selection
                - Term Loan)
                above, the Facility Agent may before the Rate Fixing Day for the
                relevant
                Term shorten any Term for a Term Loan to achieve the same
                result.

            

    

     

    
      	11.6  	
              Notification

            

    

     

    The
      Facility Agent must notify each relevant Party of the duration of each Term
      promptly after ascertaining its duration.

     

    
      	12.  	
              MARKET
                DISRUPTION

            

    

     

    
      	12.1  	
              Failure
                of a Reference Bank to supply a
                rate

            

    

     

    If
      LIBOR
      is to be calculated by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank
      does not supply a rate by 12.00 noon (London time) on a Rate Fixing Day, the
      applicable LIBOR will, subject as provided below, be calculated on the basis
      of
      the rates of the remaining Reference Banks.

     

    
      	12.2  	
              Market
                disruption

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              In
                this Clause, each of the following events is a market
                disruption event:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              LIBOR
                is to be calculated by reference to the Reference Banks but no, or
                (where
                there is more than one Reference Bank) only one, Reference Bank supplies
                a
                rate by 12.00 noon (London time) on the Rate Fixing Day;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Facility Agent receives by close of business on the Rate Fixing Day
                notification from Lenders whose shares in the relevant Loan exceed
                30 per cent. of that Loan that the cost to them of obtaining matching
                deposits in the relevant interbank market is in excess of LIBOR for
                the
                relevant currency and Term.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of
                a
                market disruption event.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              After
                notification under paragraph (b)
                above,
                the rate of interest on each Lender's share in the affected Loan
                for the
                relevant Term will be the aggregate of the
                applicable:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Margin;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              rate
                notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable,
                and
                in any event within five Business Days before interest is due to
                be paid
                in respect of that Term, to be that which expresses as a percentage
                rate
                per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its share in that Loan
                from
                whatever source it may reasonably
                select.

            

    

     

    
      	12.3  	
              Alternative
                basis of interest or
                funding

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                a market disruption event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Company
                so
                requires, the Company and the Facility Agent must enter into negotiations
                for a period of not more than 30 days with a view to agreeing an
                alternative basis for determining the rate of interest and/or funding
                for
                the affected Loan.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                alternative basis agreed will be, with the prior consent of all the
                Lenders, binding on all the
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	13.  	
              TAXES

            

    

     

    
      	13.1  	
              Tax
                gross-up

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              All
                payments to be made by an Obligor or Junior Creditor to any Finance
                Party
                under the Finance Documents shall be made free and clear of and without
                any Tax Deduction unless such Obligor or Junior Creditor is required
                to
                make a Tax Deduction, in which case the sum payable by such Obligor
                (in
                respect of which such Tax Deduction is required to be made) shall
                be
                increased to the extent necessary to ensure that such Finance Party
                receives a sum net of any deduction or withholding equal to the sum
                which
                it would have received had no such Tax Deduction been made or required
                to
                be made.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor or Junior
                Creditor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in
                the
                rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly.
                Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in
                respect
                of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such
                notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that
                Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                an Obligor or Junior Creditor is required to make a Tax Deduction,
                that
                Obligor or Junior Creditor shall make that Tax Deduction any payment
                required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed
                and
                in the minimum amount required by
                law.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Within
                30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required
                in
                connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor or Junior Creditor
                making
                that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party
                entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that
                Finance
                Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any
                appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing
                authority.

            

    

     

    
      	13.2  	
              Tax
                indemnity

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Without
                prejudice to Clause 13.1 (Tax gross-up), if any Finance Party is
                required
                to make any payment of or on account of Tax on or in relation to
                any sum
                received or receivable under the Finance Documents (including any
                sum
                deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance
                Party whether or not actually received or receivable) or if any liability
                in respect of any such payment is asserted, imposed, levied or assessed
                against any Finance Party, the Company shall within three Business
                Days of
                demand of the Agent promptly indemnify the Finance Party which suffers
                a
                loss or liability as a result against such payment or liability,
                together
                with any interest penalties costs and expenses payable or incurred
                in
                connection therewith provided that this Clause 13.2 shall not apply
                to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income actually
                received or receivable by such Finance Party (but, for the avoidance
                of
                doubt, not including any sum deemed for purposes of Tax to be received
                or
                receivable by such Finance Party but not actually receivable) by
                the
                jurisdiction in which such Finance Party is incorporated;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                Tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income of the
                Facility Office of such Finance Party actually received or receivable
                by
                such Finance Party (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including
                any sum
                deemed for purposes of Tax to be received or receivable by such Finance
                Party but not actually receivable) by the jurisdiction in which its
                Facility Office is located.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                Finance Party making or intending to make, a claim under
                paragraph (a)
                shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, whereupon
                the Agent shall notify the Company
                thereof.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              A
                Finance Party shall on receiving a payment from an Obligor under
                this
                Clause 13.2 notify the Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	13.3  	
              Tax
                credit

            

    

     

    If
      an
      Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines
      that:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              a
                Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which
                that
                Tax Payment forms a part or to that Tax Payment;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              that
                Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax
                Credit,

            

    

     

    the
      Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party
      determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position
      as
      it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the
      Obligor.

     

    
      	13.4  	
              Stamp
                taxes

            

    

     

    The
      Company shall:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              pay;
                and 

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              within
                three Business Days of demand indemnify (or procure that an Obligor
                pays
                and indemnifies),

            

    

     

    each
      Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs
      in
      relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in
      respect of any Finance Document.

     

    
      	13.5  	
              Indirect
                tax

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              All
                consideration expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by
                any
                Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any amount
                of
                Indirect Tax. Subject to paragraph (b) below, if any amount of Indirect
                Tax is properly chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party
                to any
                Party in connection with a Finance Document, that Party shall pay
                to the
                Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the
                consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the Indirect
                Tax.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Where
                a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party
                for any
                costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and
                indemnify that Finance Party against all Indirect Tax incurred by
                that
                Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent the
                Finance Party reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit
                or
                repayment in respect of the Indirect
                Tax.

            

    

     

    
      	14.  	
              INCREASED
                COSTS

            

    

     

    
      	14.1  	
              Increased
                Costs

            

    

     

    Except
      as
      provided below in this Clause, the Company must pay (or procure that an Obligor
      pays) to a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that
      Finance Party or any of its Bank Affiliates as a result of:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                introduction of, or any change in, or any change in the interpretation,
                administration or application of, any law or regulation;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              compliance
                with any law or regulation, 

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case made after the Closing Date.

     

    
      	14.2  	
              Exceptions

            

    

     

    The
      Company need not make any payment for an Increased Cost to the extent that
      the
      Increased Cost is:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              compensated
                for under another Clause or would have been but for an exception
                to that
                Clause; 

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              attributable
                to a Finance Party or its Affiliate wilfully failing to comply with
                any
                law or regulation.

            

    

     

    
      	14.3  	
              Claims

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              A
                Finance Party intending to make a claim for an Increased Cost must
                notify
                the Facility Agent of the circumstances giving rise to, and the amount
                of,
                the claim, following which the Facility Agent will promptly notify
                the
                Company.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                Finance Party must, as soon as practicable after a demand by the
                Facility
                Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased
                Cost,
                setting out in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount (provided
                that Finance Party shall not be required to reveal any confidential
                information).

            

    

     

    
      	15.  	
              MITIGATION

            

    

     

    
      	15.1  	
              Mitigation

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Finance Party must, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable
                steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which result
                or would
                result in:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Tax Payment or Increased Cost being payable to that Finance Party;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              that
                Finance Party being able to exercise any right of prepayment and/or
                cancellation under this Agreement by reason of any
                illegality,

            

    

     

    including
      transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to an
      Affiliate or changing its Facility Office.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a)
                above
                does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the
                Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Company must indemnify (or procure that an Obligor indemnifies) each
                Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that
                Finance Party as a result of any step taken by it under this
                Subclause.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              A
                Finance Party is not obliged to take any step under this Subclause
                if, in
                the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might
                be
                prejudicial to it.

            

    

     

    
      	15.2  	
              Conduct
                of business by a Finance
                Party

            

    

     

    No
      term
      of the Finance Documents will:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              interfere
                with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (Tax or
                otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks
                fit;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              oblige
                any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission
                or
                repayment available to it in respect of Tax or the extent, order
                and
                manner of any claim; or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              oblige
                any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs
                (Tax
                or otherwise) or any computation in respect of
                Tax.

            

    

     

    
      	16.  	
              PAYMENTS

            

    

     

    
      	16.1  	
              Place

            

    

     

    Unless
      a
      Finance Document specifies that payments under it are to be made in another
      manner, all payments by a Party (other than the Facility Agent) under the
      Finance Documents must be made to the Facility Agent to its account at such
      office or bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant
      currency as it may notify to that Party for this purpose by not less than five
      Business Days' prior notice.

     

    
      	16.2  	
              Funds

            

    

     

    Payments
      under the Finance Documents must (unless otherwise expressly provided) be made
      to the Facility Agent for value on the due date at such times and in such funds
      as the Facility Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary
      at
      the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the
      place for payment.

     

    
      	16.3  	
              Distribution

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents
                for
                another Party must, except as provided below, be made available by
                the
                Facility Agent to that Party by payment (as soon as practicable after
                receipt) to its account with such office or bank in the principal
                financial centre of the country of the relevant currency as it may
                notify
                to the Facility Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business
                Days' prior notice.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                payments which are payable to an Obligor under the Finance Documents
                shall
                be paid to a bank account or bank accounts as advised by the Borrowers
                in
                writing to the Facility Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Facility Agent may apply any amount received by it for an Obligor
                in or
                towards payment (as soon as practicable after receipt) of any amount
                due
                from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards the
                purchase of any amount of any currency to be so
                applied.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Where
                a sum is paid to the Facility Agent under this Agreement for another
                Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that
                Party
                until it has established that it has actually received it. However,
                the
                Facility Agent may assume that the sum has been paid to it, and,
                in
                reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding
                amount. If it transpires that the sum has not been received by the
                Facility Agent, that Party must immediately on demand by the Facility
                Agent refund any corresponding amount made available to it together
                with
                interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt
                by
                the Facility Agent at a rate calculated by the Facility Agent to
                reflect
                its cost of funds.

            

    

     

    
      	16.4  	
              Currency

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Unless
                a Finance Document specifies that payments under it are to be made
                in a
                different manner, the currency of each amount payable under the Finance
                Documents is determined under this
                Subclause.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Interest
                is payable in the currency in which the principal amount in respect
                of
                which it is payable is denominated.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              A
                repayment or prepayment of any Letter of Credit or principal amount
                is
                payable in the currency in which that Letter of Credit or principal
                amount
                is denominated on its due date.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Amounts
                payable in respect of Taxes, fees, costs and expenses are payable
                in the
                currency in which they are
                incurred.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Each
                other amount payable under the Finance Documents is payable in the
                Base
                Currency.

            

    

     

    
      	16.5  	
              No
                set-off or counterclaim

            

    

     

    All
      payments made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents must be calculated
      and
      made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or
      counterclaim.

     

    
      	16.6  	
              Business
                Days

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                a payment under the Finance Documents is due on a day which is not
                a
                Business Day, the due date for that payment will instead be the next
                Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the
                preceding
                Business Day (if there is not).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              During
                any extension of the due date for payment of any principal under
                this
                Agreement interest is payable on that principal at the rate payable
                on the
                original due date.

            

    

     

    
      	16.7  	
              Partial
                payments

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                the Facility Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all
                the
                amounts then due and payable by the Obligors under the Finance Documents,
                the Facility Agent must apply that payment towards the obligations
                of the
                Obligors under the Finance Documents in the following
                order:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              first,
                in or towards payment pro
                rata
                of
                any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Administrative Parties
                under
                the Finance Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              second,
                in or towards payment pro
                rata
                of
                any accrued interest or fees due but unpaid under this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              third,
                in or towards payment pro
                rata
                of
                any principal amount due but unpaid under this Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              fourth,
                in or towards payment pro
                rata
                of
                any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary
                the
                order set out in subparagraphs (a)(ii)
                to
                (iv)
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              This
                Subclause will override any appropriation made by an
                Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	16.8  	
              Timing
                of payments

            

    

     

    If
      a
      Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due, that
      payment will be due within five Business Days of demand by the relevant Finance
      Party.

     

    
      	17.  	
              GUARANTEE
                AND INDEMNITY

            

    

     

    
      	17.1  	
              Guarantee
                and indemnity

            

    

     

    Each
      Guarantor jointly and severally and irrevocably and
      unconditionally:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              guarantees
                to each Finance Party due and punctual performance by each Obligor
                of all
                its obligations under the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              undertakes
                with each Finance Party that, whenever an Obligor does not pay any
                amount
                when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it must
                immediately on demand by the Facility Agent pay that amount as if
                it were
                the principal obligor in respect of that amount;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              indemnifies
                each Finance Party immediately on demand against any loss or liability
                suffered by that Finance Party if any obligation expressed to be
                guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal;
                the
                amount of the loss or liability under this indemnity will be equal
                to the
                amount the Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to
                recover.

            

    

     

    
      	17.2  	
              Continuing
                guarantee

            

    

     

    This
      guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance
      of
      all sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of
      any
      intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

     

    
      	17.3  	
              Reinstatement

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                any discharge (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor
                or any
                security for those obligations or otherwise) or arrangement is made
                in
                whole or in part on the faith of any payment, security or other
                disposition which is avoided or must be restored on insolvency,
                liquidation, administration or otherwise without limitation, the
                liability
                of each Guarantor under this Clause will continue or be reinstated
                as if
                the discharge or arrangement had not
                occurred.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                Finance Party may concede or compromise any claim that any payment,
                security or other disposition is liable to avoidance or
                restoration.

            

    

     

    
      	17.4  	
              Waiver
                of defences

            

    

     

    The
      obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause will not be affected by any
      act,
      omission or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4,
      would
      reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause (whether
      or not known to it or any Finance Party). This includes:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              any
                time or waiver granted to, or composition with, any
                person;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              any
                release of any person under the terms of any composition or
                arrangement;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              the
                taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or
                refusal
                or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or
                security
                over assets of, any person;

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              any
                non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement
                in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value
                of
                any security;

            

    

     

    
      	(e)   	
              any
                incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or
                dissolution or change in the members or status of any
                person;

            

    

     

    
      	(f) 
               	
              any
                amendment (however fundamental) of a Finance Document or any other
                document or security; 

            

    

     

    
      	(g) 
               	
              any
                unenforceability, illegality, invalidity or non-provability of any
                obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other
                document
                or security or the failure by any member of the Group to enter into
                or be
                bound by any Finance Document; or

            

    

     

    
      	(h) 
               	
              any
                insolvency or similar proceedings.

            

    

     

    
      	17.5  	
              Immediate
                recourse

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance
                Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against
                or
                enforce any other right or security or claim payment from any person
                or
                file any proof or claim in any insolvency, administration, winding-up
                or
                liquidation proceedings relative to any other Obligor or any other
                person
                before claiming from that Guarantor under this
                Clause.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              This
                waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance
                Document to the contrary.

            

    

     

    
      	17.6  	
              Appropriations

            

    

     

    Until
      all
      amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection
      with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance
      Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may without affecting the
      liability of any Guarantor under this Clause:

     

    
      
        	(a)  
                     (i)  	
                refrain
                  from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights
                  held or
                  received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its
                  behalf)
                  against those amounts; or

              

      

       

    

    
      	  (ii)  	
              apply
                and enforce them in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether
                against
                those amounts or otherwise); and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  
                	
              hold
                in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from
                any
                Guarantor or on account of that Guarantor's liability under this
                Clause
                17.

            

    

     

    
      	17.7  	
              Non-competition

            

    

     

    Unless:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              all
                amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in
                connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid
                in full;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              the
                Facility Agent otherwise directs,

            

    

     

    no
      Guarantor will, after a claim has been made or by virtue of any payment or
      performance by it under this Clause:

     

    
      	(i)  	
              be
                subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable
                by any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its
                behalf);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              be
                entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity in respect of
                any
                payment made or moneys received on account of that Guarantor's liability
                under this Clause;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              claim,
                rank, prove or vote as a creditor of any Obligor or Charging Party
                or its
                estate in competition with any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent
                on
                its behalf); or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              receive,
                claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security
                from or
                on account of any Obligor or Charging Party, or exercise any right
                of
                set-off as against any Obligor or Charging
                Party.

            

    

     

    Each
      Guarantor must hold in trust for and must promptly pay or transfer to the
      Facility Agent for the Finance Parties any payment or distribution or benefit
      of
      security received by it contrary to this Clause or in accordance with any
      directions given by the Facility Agent under this Clause.

     

    
      	17.8  	
              Release
                of Guarantors' right of
                contribution

            

    

     

    If
      any
      Guarantor (a Retiring
      Guarantor)
      ceases
      to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for
      the
      purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Guarantor, then on the date such
      Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              that
                Retiring Guarantor will be released by each other Guarantor from
                any
                liability whatsoever to make a contribution to any other Guarantor
                arising
                by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations
                under the Finance Documents; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              each
                other Guarantor will waive any rights it may have by reason of the
                performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take
                the
                benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or
                otherwise) of any right of any Finance Party under any Finance Document
                or
                of any other security taken under, or in connection with, any Finance
                Document where the rights or security are granted by or in relation
                to the
                aspects of the Retiring Guarantor.

            

    

     

    
      	17.9  	
              Additional
                security

            

    

     

    This
      guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other
      security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

     

    
      	17.10  	
              Limitations

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              This
                guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would
                result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance
                within
                the meaning of Section 151 of the Companies Act 1985 or any
                equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction
                of
                incorporation of the relevant
                Guarantor.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 17 shall be
                limited
                to a maximum aggregate amount equal to the greatest amount that would
                not
                render such U.S. Guarantor's obligations under this Clause 17 subject
                to
                avoidance or turnover as a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance
                or
                otherwise under Section 548 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, any applicable
                provisions of comparable law of one or more of the states comprising
                the
                United States of America or any other applicable bankruptcy or fraudulent
                transfer law (collectively, the Fraudulent
                Transfer Laws).

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                obligations of any Additional Guarantor are subject to the limitations
                (if
                any) set out in the Guarantor Accession Agreement executed by that
                Additional Guarantor. 

            

    

     

    
      	18.  	
              REPRESENTATIONS
                AND WARRANTIES

            

    

     

    
      	18.1  	
              Representations
                and warranties

            

    

     

    Save
      where otherwise provided, the representations and warranties set out in this
      Clause are made to each Finance Party by each Obligor. References in this Clause
      to it
      or
its
      are
      references to each Obligor. 

     

    
      	18.2  	
              Status

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              It
                and each of its Subsidiaries is a limited liability company or
                corporation, duly incorporated or established and validly existing
                and, if
                applicable in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
                incorporation.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              It
                and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and
                carry on
                its business as it is being and will be
                conducted.

            

    

     

    
      	18.3  	
              Powers
                and authority

            

    

     

    It
      has
      the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to
      authorise the entry into and performance of, the Finance Documents to which
      it
      is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance
      Documents.

     

    
      	18.4  	
              Legal
                validity

            

    

     

    Subject
      to the Reservations:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              each
                Finance Document to which it is a party constitutes its legally binding,
                valid and, enforceable obligation;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              each
                Security Document to which it is a party creates the Security Interests
                which that Security Document purports to create and such Security
                Interests are valid and effective;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              each
                Finance Document to which it is a party is in the proper form for
                its
                enforcement in the jurisdiction of its
                incorporation.

            

    

     

    
      	18.5  	
              Non-conflict

            

    

     

    The
      entry
      into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
      Documents to which it is or will be party do not and will not:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              conflict
                with any law or regulation applicable to
                it;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              conflict
                with its or its Subsidiaries' constitutional documents;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              conflict
                with any document which is binding upon it or its Subsidiaries or
                any of
                its or its Subsidiaries' assets or constitute a default or termination
                event (however described) under any such document, in each case to
                an
                extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	18.6  	
              No
                default

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                Default is outstanding or is reasonably likely to result from the
                entry
                into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any
                Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or
                with the
                expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any
                determination or the satisfaction of any other applicable condition
                will
                constitute) a default or termination event (however described) or
                an event
                resulting in an obligation to create security under any document
                which is
                binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or its
                Subsidiaries' assets to an extent or in a manner which has a Material
                Adverse Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	18.7  	
              Authorisations

            

    

     

    Except
      for registration where required of each Security Document, including without
      limitation, in any statutory register, all authorisations required by
      it:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              in
                connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability
                of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents have
                been
                (or will on the first Utilisation Date be) obtained or effected (as
                appropriate) and are (or will on the first Utilisation Date be) in
                full
                force and effect; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              to
                carry on its or its Subsidiaries' business in the ordinary course
                and in
                all material respects as it is being conducted have been obtained
                or
                effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect except
                to the
                extent failure to obtain or effect those authorisations would not
                have a
                Material Adverse Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	18.8  	
              Original
                Financial Statements

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              As
                at the Closing Date, the Original Financial
                Statements:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              have
                been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards consistently
                applied;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              give
                a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly present (if unaudited)
                the
                consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the
                Group
                (or, as applicable, the financial condition and results of operations
                of
                each Borrower) as at and for the accounting period ended the date
                to which
                they were drawn up; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              do
                not include or consolidate the results of any company or business
                which is
                not part of the Group.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              As
                at the Closing Date, there has been no material adverse change in
                the
                assets or consolidated financial condition of the Group since the
                latest
                date to which any of the Original Financial Statements were drawn
                up.

            

    

     

    
      	18.9  	
              Documents

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              As
                at the Closing Date, the documents delivered to the Facility Agent
                by or
                on behalf of any Obligor or PRC Subsidiary under Clause 4.1
                (Conditions
                precedent documents)
                are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete
                and
                accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and
                in
                full force and effect (or if a copy, the original is up-to-date and
                in
                full force and effect) and have not been
                amended.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              As
                at the date of their delivery, each document required to be delivered
                to
                the Facility Agent pursuant to any provision of Clause 10.3(a)
                (Margin
                adjustments),
                paragraph (a)
                of
                Clause 19.1
                (Financial
                statements),
                Clauses 19.3
                (SEC
                Filings)
                to 19.5
                (Budget),
                Clause 19.7
                (Information
                - miscellaneous),
                Clause 19.8
                (Notification
                of Default)
                or Clause 19.11
                (Know
                your customer requirements),
                Clause 31.2(b)
                and (c) (Additional
                Guarantors)
                or Clause 21.28(g)
                (Security)
                by or on behalf of any Obligor after the Closing Date are genuine
                (or, in
                the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies
                of
                originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and
                effect
                (or, if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and
                effect)
                and have not been amended.

            

    

     

    
      	18.10  	
              Financial
                statements

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Its
                latest Accounts supplied pursuant to Clause 19.1
                (Financial
                statements)
                (taken together with any Reconciliation Statement accompanying
                them):

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              have
                been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards used in
                preparing the Original Financial Statements consistently applied;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              give
                a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly present (if unaudited)
                its
                consolidated financial condition as at the Accounting Date to which
                they
                were drawn up, and the consolidated results of operations for the
                Accounting Period for which they were drawn up, subject to normal
                year-end
                adjustments.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                budgets and forecasts supplied under this Agreement were arrived
                at after
                careful consideration, have been prepared in good faith on the basis
                of
                recent historical information and on the basis of assumptions which
                were
                reasonably believed by it to be reasonable as at the date they were
                prepared and supplied and were not misleading in any material
                respect.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Since
                the date of the latest Accounts delivered to the Facility Agent there
                has
                been no material adverse change in the assets (as a whole) or financial
                condition of the Group (taken as a
                whole).

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                Base Case Model has been prepared in a manner consistent in all material
                respects with the manner in which the Original Financial Statements
                were
                prepared.

            

    

     

    
      	18.11  	
              Information
                Package

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              In
                relation to the Information Package only, Viasystems makes the
                representations and warranties in this Clause 18.11 to the best of
                its
                knowledge and belief (after making all reasonable enquiries in respect
                of
                information provided on its behalf or by or on behalf of the
                Group).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                factual information contained in the Information Package was true
                and
                accurate in all material respects as at the date of the relevant
                report or
                document containing the information or (as the case may be) as at
                the date
                the information is expressed to be
                given.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Any
                financial projection or forecast contained in the Information Package
                has
                been prepared in good faith on the basis of recent historical information
                and on the basis of assumptions believed to be reasonable by Viasystems
                as
                of the date of the Information Package, and was fair (as at the date
                of
                the relevant report or document containing the projection or forecast),
                arrived at after careful consideration and is not misleading in any
                material respect in the context of a person determining whether or
                not to
                extend credit to a Borrower.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of Viasystems
                for the purposes of the Information Package were made after careful
                consideration and were fair and based on reasonable grounds as at
                the date
                on which they are stated to have been given and can be properly
                supported;

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Nothing
                has occurred that Viasystems has failed to disclose in writing or
                been
                omitted from the Information Package, and no information has been
                given or
                withheld, which would necessitate a revision to the information,
                opinions,
                intentions, forecasts and projections contained in the Information
                Package
                in order for them to be fair and reasonable in all material respects,
                or
                in order for it not to be misleading, in any material respect, as
                at the
                date of the Information Package or the Syndication Date (it being
                acknowledged by the Finance Parties that such forecasts and projections
                are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are
                beyond
                the Obligors’ control, and that they may differ from actual
                results).

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              All
                information provided by any member of the Group (including its advisers)
                to a Finance Party was true, complete and accurate in all material
                respects as at the date it was provided or (if appropriate) as at
                the date
                (if any) at which it is stated to be given and is not misleading
                in any
                respect in the context of a person determining whether or not to
                extend
                credit to a borrower.

            

    

     

    
      	(g)  	
              Viasystems
                may make specific written disclosures in reasonable detail to the
                Facility
                Agent (to be received by the Facility Agent at least five Business
                Days
                prior to the Syndication Date) against paragraphs (b) and (c) above
                for
                the purpose of their repetition as at the Syndication Date and paragraphs
                (b) and (c) will be deemed to be qualified by those written
                disclosures.

            

    

     

    
      	18.12  	
              Litigation
                etc.

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                litigation, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution (including
                an
                expert determination) or administrative proceedings are current or,
                to its
                knowledge, pending or threatened against any member of the Group,
                which
                have or, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                member of the Group has breached any law or regulation which breach
                would
                have a Material Adverse Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              No
                labour disputes are current or, to its knowledge, threatened against
                any
                member of the Group which have or would have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	18.13  	
              Intellectual
                Property Rights

            

    

     

    Each
      member of the Viasystems Group:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              is
                the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal
                commercial terms all the Intellectual Property Rights which are material
                in the context of its business and which are required by it in order
                to
                carry on its business in all material respects as it is being conducted
                and as contemplated in the Base Case Model (the Material
                Intellectual Property Rights);

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              has
                taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees)
                required to maintain those Material Intellectual Property Rights
                where
                failure to do so would have a Material Adverse
                Effect;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              none
                of those Material Intellectual Property Rights is being infringed,
                nor (to
                its knowledge) is there any threatened infringement of any of those
                Material Intellectual Property Rights, in any material respect;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              does
                not, in carrying on its business, infringe any Intellectual Property
                Rights of any third party in any respect which has a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	18.14  	
              Environment

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                member of the Viasystems Group is in compliance with paragraph (a)
                of
                Clause 21.11
                (Environmental
                matters)
                and to the best of its knowledge and belief no circumstances have
                occurred
                which would prevent or interfere with such compliance;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              there
                is no Environmental Claim pending or formally threatened against
                any
                member of the Viasystems Group and there are no past or present acts,
                omissions, events or circumstances that would form, or are reasonably
                likely to form, the basis of any Environmental Claim (including any
                arising out of the generation, storage, transport, disposal or release
                of
                any dangerous substance) against any member of the Group which, if
                adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	18.15  	
              Assets

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              It
                is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the shares and other assets
                which it charges or purports to charge under any Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                member of the Viasystems Group owns or has leased or licensed to
                it all
                material assets necessary to conduct its business as it is being
                or will
                be conducted.

            

    

     

    
      	18.16  	
              Financial
                Indebtedness and Security
                Interests

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding which
                is
                not permitted by the terms of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                Security Interest exists over the whole or any part of the assets
                of any
                member of the Group except for those permitted under Clause 21.5
                (Negative
                pledge).

            

    

     

    
      	18.17  	
              Insurance

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              There
                is no outstanding insured loss or liability incurred by any member
                of the
                Viasystems Group in an amount the Base Currency Equivalent of which
                is
                US$5,000,000 or more which is not expected to be covered to the full
                extent of that loss or liability.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              There
                has been no non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term
                of any
                material Insurance which would entitle any insurer of that Insurance
                to
                repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole
                or in
                part or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf
                of any
                member of the Viasystems Group.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              No
                insurer of any material Insurance provided to a member of the Viasystems
                Group is in run-off or has entered into any insolvency
                proceedings.

            

    

     

    
      	18.18  	
              Taxes
                on payments

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                member of the Group is overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or
                filings
                relating to any material amount of Tax and no member of the Group
                is
                overdue in the payment of any material amount of, or in respect of,
                Tax.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                claims or investigations by any Tax authority are being or are reasonably
                likely to be made or conducted against any member of the Group which
                are
                reasonably likely to result in a liability of or claim against any
                member
                of the Group to pay any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax,
                save
                for any claims contested in good faith and in respect of which adequate
                provision has been made and disclosed in the latest financial
                statements.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              For
                Tax purposes, it is resident only in the jurisdiction of its
                incorporation.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Subject
                to the Reservations, all amounts payable by it as an Obligor under
                the
                Finance Documents may be made without any Tax
                Deduction.

            

    

     

    
      	18.19  	
              Stamp
                duties

            

    

     

    Subject
      to the Reservations, no stamp or registration duty or similar Tax or charge
      is
      payable in its jurisdiction of incorporation in respect of any Finance
      Document.

     

    
      	18.20  	
              Immunity

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                entry into by it of each Finance Document constitutes, and the exercise
                by
                it of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Finance
                Document will constitute private and commercial acts performed for
                private
                and commercial purposes; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              it
                will not be entitled to claim immunity from suit, execution, attachment
                or
                other legal process in any proceedings taken in its jurisdiction
                of
                incorporation in relation to any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	18.21  	
              No
                adverse consequences

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              It
                is not necessary under the laws of its jurisdiction of
                incorporation:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              in
                order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any
                Finance
                Document; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              by
                reason of the entry into any Finance Document or the performance
                by it of
                its obligations under any Finance
                Document,

            

    

     

    that
      any
      Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry
      on
      business in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

     

    
      	(b)  	
              no
                Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying
                on business in its jurisdiction of incorporation by reason only of
                the
                entry into, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	18.22  	
              Jurisdiction/governing
                law

            

    

     

    Subject
      to the Reservations:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              its:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              irrevocable
                submission under this Agreement to the jurisdiction of the courts
                of
                England; 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              agreement
                that this Agreement is governed by English law;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              agreement
                not to claim any immunity to which it or its assets may be
                entitled,

            

    

     

    are
      legal, valid and binding under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;
      and

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                judgment obtained in England will be recognised and be enforceable
                by the
                courts of its jurisdiction of
                incorporation.

            

    

     

    
      	18.23  	
              United
                States laws

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              In
                this Subclause:

            

    

     

    Anti-Terrorism
      Law
      means
      each of:

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Executive
                Order No. 13224 of September 23, 2001 - Blocking Property and Prohibiting
                Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten To Commit, or Support
                Terrorism (the Executive
                Order);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools
                Required
                to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56
                (commonly known as the USA Patriot Act);

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Public Law 99-570;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              any
                similar law enacted in the United States of America subsequent to
                the
                Closing Date.

            

    

     

    holding
      company
      has the
      meaning given to it in the United States Public Utility Holding Company Act
      of
      1935.

     

    investment
      company
      has the
      meaning given to it in the United States Investment Company Act of
      1940.

     

    public
      utility
      has the
      meaning given to it in the United States Federal Power Act of 1920.

     

    Restricted
      Party means
      any
      person listed:

     

    
      	(i)  	
              in
                the Annex to the Executive Order; 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              on
                the "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" list maintained
                by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department
                of
                the Treasury; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              in
                any successor list to either of the
                foregoing.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                member of the Group is:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                holding company or subject to regulation under the United States
                Public
                Utility Holding Company Act of 1935;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                public utility or subject to regulation under the United States Federal
                Power Act of 1920;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              an
                investment company required to be registered as an investment company
                or
                subject to regulation under the United States Investment Company
                Act of
                1940; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              subject
                to regulation under any United States Federal or State law or regulation
                that limits its ability to incur or guarantee
                indebtedness.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              To
                the best of its knowledge, neither it nor any of its
                Affiliates:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              is,
                or is controlled by, a Restricted Party;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              has
                received funds or other property from a Restricted Party;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              is
                in breach of or is the subject of any action or investigation under
                any
                Anti-Terrorism Law; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              has
                failed to take reasonable measures to ensure compliance with the
                Anti-Terrorism Laws.

            

    

     

    
      	18.24  	
              Pensions

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                member of the Group has any material unfunded liability in respect
                of any
                pension scheme which should be, but is not disclosed in the Group's
                financial statements where such liability would have a Material Adverse
                Effect; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              each
                member of the Group is in compliance in all material respects with
                all
                material applicable laws and material contracts relating to and the
                governing provisions of the pension schemes maintained by or for
                the
                benefit of any member of the Group and/or any of its employees where
                such
                liability would have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	18.25  	
              U.S.
                Guarantors

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                U.S. Guarantor acknowledges that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              it
                will receive valuable direct or indirect benefits as a result of
                the
                transactions financed by the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              those
                benefits will constitute reasonably equivalent value and fair
                consideration for the purpose of any Fraudulent Transfer
                Law.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                U.S. Guarantor represents and warrants to each Finance Party
                that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                aggregate amount of its debts (including its obligations under the
                Finance
                Documents) is less than the aggregate value (being the lesser of
                fair
                valuation and present fair saleable value) of its
                assets;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              its
                capital is not unreasonably small to carry on its business as it
                is being
                conducted;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              it
                has not incurred and does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability
                to
                pay as they mature; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              it
                has not made a transfer or incurred any obligation under any Finance
                Document with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its present
                or
                future creditors.

            

    

     

    
      	18.26  	
              Designated
                Senior Debt

            

    

     

    For
      the
      purposes of the HY Bond Indenture, the Facilities: 

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              shall
                constitute both "Senior Debt" and "Designated Senior Debt";
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              replace
                or refinance the JPM Facility for the purposes of the definition
                of
                "Credit Agreement". 

            

    

     

    
      	18.27  	
              Times
                for making representations and
                warranties

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Unless
                otherwise specified, the representations and warranties set out in
                this
                Clause 18
                are made by each Obligor on the Closing Date except for the
                representations and warranties set out in Clause 18.11 (Information
                Package) which are deemed to be made by Viasystems on the date the
                Information Package is approved by it and released by the Arranger
                for
                distribution in connection with syndication, and on the Syndication
                Date,
                provided that Viasystems may supplement the information in the Information
                Package prior to the repetition of this representation on the Syndication
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                Repeating Representation is deemed to be repeated
                by:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              each
                Additional Guarantor on the date on which that Additional Guarantor
                becomes a Guarantor; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              each
                Obligor on the date of each Request, on each Utilisation Date, on
                each
                Effective Date and on the last day of each
                Term.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              When
                a representation and warranty is a Repeating Representation, it is
                deemed
                to be made by reference to the circumstances existing at the time
                of
                repetition.

            

    

     

    
      	19.  	
              INFORMATION
                COVENANTS

            

    

     

    
      	19.1  	
              Financial
                statements

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Company must supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for
                all the
                Lenders:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                audited consolidated financial statements of Viasystems for each
                annual
                Accounting Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                audited financial statements of each Borrower for each annual Accounting
                Period as required under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                unaudited consolidated financial statements of Viasystems for each
                quarterly Accounting Period.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              All
                Accounts must be supplied as soon as they are available
                and:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              in
                the case of Viasystems' audited consolidated Accounts, within 90 days
                of its financial year end;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              in
                the case of Viasystems' unaudited consolidated quarterly Accounts,
                within
                45 days of the end of the relevant Accounting Period;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              in
                the case of any Borrower's audited Accounts, within the time period
                (including any time extensions) required or allowed by the laws of
                its
                jurisdiction of incorporation.

            

    

     

    
      	19.2  	
              Form
                and scope of financial
                statements

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Company must ensure that all Accounts supplied under this
                Agreement:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              give
                (if audited) a true and fair view of, or (if unaudited) fairly present,
                the financial condition (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) of
                the
                relevant person as at the date to which those Accounts were drawn
                up and
                the results of operations for the Accounting Period then ended;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              comprise
                at least a balance sheet, profit and loss account and cashflow statement
                for the Accounting Period then ended and (in the case of quarterly
                Accounts) the annual Accounting Period to date and the last four
                (or less,
                taking into account Clause 20.4 (Initial
                periods))
                consecutive quarterly Accounting
                Periods.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Viasystems
                must ensure that all annual audited consolidated Accounts are prepared
                in
                accordance with the Accounting Standards used in the preparation
                of the
                Original Financial Statements consistently
                applied.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Viasystems
                must ensure that all unaudited Accounts are prepared in accordance
                with or
                on a basis consistent in all material respects with the Accounting
                Standards used in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements,
                consistently applied, and show at least the information provided
                for in
                the Original Financial Statements; 

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              If
                Viasystems is no longer required to file the information described
                below
                in paragraphs (d)(i)-(iii) (inclusive) with the SEC, Viasystems must
                ensure that each set of Accounts for an annual or quarterly Accounting
                Period is accompanied by a report of the chief financial officer
                of
                Viasystems:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              explaining
                the main financial issues arising during that
                period;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              explaining
                any material changes against the Base Case Model or Budget (as
                applicable); and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              comparing
                the financial performance for such period against the equivalent
                period in
                the previous financial year. 

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Viasystems
                must ensure that each set of Accounts for an annual Accounting Period
                is
                accompanied by a report on such Accounts addressed to the management
                of
                Viasystems by the Auditors and accompanying those Accounts and such
                report
                must not contain any qualification by the Auditors as to whether
                any
                Material Group Member remains a going concern or similar
                qualification.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              Viasystems
                must notify the Facility Agent of any intended change to the manner
                in
                which any Accounts are prepared.

            

    

     

    
      	(g)  	
              Following
                any notification under paragraph (f) above, if requested by the Facility
                Agent, Viasystems must promptly supply to the Facility
                Agent:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                full description of any change notified under paragraph (f)
                above;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                statement (the Reconciliation
                Statement)
                signed by the chief financial officer of
                Viasystems.

            

    

     

    
      	(h)  	
              A
                Reconciliation Statement will show sufficient information, in such
                detail
                and format as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to
                enable
                the Finance Parties:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              to
                make a proper comparison between the financial position shown by
                the set
                of Accounts prepared on the changed basis and its most recent audited
                consolidated Accounts (or if none, the Original Financial Statements)
                delivered to the Facility Agent under this Agreement and prepared
                according to the Accounting Standards used in the preparation of
                the
                Original Financial Statements and the Budget;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              to
                test the financial covenants in Clause 20
                (Financial
                Covenants)
                as if the set of Accounts prepared on the changed basis had been
                prepared
                according to the Accounting Standards used in the preparation of
                the
                Original Financial Statements and the
                Budget.

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Following
                any notification under paragraph (f) above, if requested by the Facility
                Agent, Viasystems must enter into discussions for a period of not
                more
                than 30 days with a view to agreeing any amendments required to be
                made to this Agreement to place the Finance Parties in the same position
                as they would have been in if the change notified under paragraph
                (f)
                above
                had not happened. Any agreement between Viasystems and the Facility
                Agent
                with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders will be binding on
                all the
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	(j)  	
              If
                no agreement is reached under paragraph (i)
                above
                on
                the required amendments to this Agreement, Viasystems must ensure
                that
                each set of Accounts is accompanied by a Reconciliation
                Statement.

            

    

     

    
      	(k)  	
              Viasystems
                will procure that, if requested by the Facility Agent, (acting reasonably)
                the Auditors will review the Reconciliation Statement and will report
                to
                the Finance Parties on the results of such
                review.

            

    

     

    
      	19.3  	
              SEC
                Filings

            

    

     

    Viasystems
      must
      supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, within
      five Business Days of filing, all financial statements and 8-K reports which
      Viasystems may file with the SEC.

     

    
      	19.4  	
              Compliance
                Certificate

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Viasystems
                must supply to the Facility Agent
                with each set of its annual and quarterly Accounts, a Compliance
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                Compliance Certificate must be signed by the chief financial officer
                of
                Viasystems and another director of
                Viasystems.

            

    

     

    
      	19.5  	
              Budget

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Viasystems
                must supply to the Facility Agent as soon as it is available and
                in any
                event not more than 45 days after the beginning of each annual Accounting
                Period, a board approved budget (as the same may be updated or changed
                pursuant to paragraph (c) below, the Budget)
                for the Group for that annual Accounting
                Period.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Budget must be:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              prepared
                in the same manner as and show the information provided for in the
                Base
                Case Model; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              prepared
                in a manner consistent in all material respects with the manner in
                which
                the most recent audited consolidated financial statement of Viasystems
                were prepared.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                Viasystems updates or changes the Budget referred to above in any
                material
                respect, it must promptly and in any event within not more than 15
                days
                after the update or change being made deliver to the Facility Agent
                in
                sufficient copies for all the
                Lenders:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              an
                updated or changed Budget; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                written explanation of the main changes in that
                Budget.

            

    

     

    
      	19.6  	
              Auditors

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Viasystems
                must promptly ensure that one of the firms named in the definition
                of
                Auditors
                to
                audit its consolidated annual financial statements and the annual
                financial statements of each
                Borrower.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Viasystems
                must ensure that each of it and the Borrowers may only replace its
                Auditors with the prior approval of the Facility Agent (acting on
                the
                instructions of the Majority Lenders), such approval not to be
                unreasonably withheld or delayed.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              During
                the continuance of a Default (or if the Facility Agent (acting reasonably)
                believes that a Default has occurred and is continuing), the Facility
                Agent shall have the right to discuss the financial position of any
                member
                of the Group with the Auditors, provided that the Facility Agent
                shall
                notify Viasystems of its intention to do so in advance, stating the
                questions or issues which the Facility Agent wishes to discuss with
                the
                Auditors. In this event, Viasystems must ensure that the Auditors
                are
                authorised (at the expense of the
                Company):

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              to
                discuss the financial position of each member of the Group with the
                Facility Agent on request from the Facility Agent;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              to
                disclose to the Facility Agent for the Finance Parties any information
                which the Facility Agent may reasonably
                request,

            

    

     

    provided
      that Viasystems shall be permitted to participate in any such discussions and
      shall receive copies of any such disclosures.

     

    
      	19.7  	
              Information
                - miscellaneous

            

    

     

    The
      Company must supply to the Facility Agent, in sufficient copies for all the
      Lenders if the Facility Agent so requests:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              at
                the same time as they are despatched, copies of all documents despatched
                by Viasystems or its shareholders generally (or any class of them)
                or
                despatched by any member of the Group to its creditors generally
                (or any
                class of them);

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              promptly
                upon becoming aware of them, details of any litigation, arbitration
                or
                administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending
                and
                which are reasonably likely to be adversely determined and which
                would, if
                adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect or involve liability
                in an amount in excess of the Base Currency Equivalent of
                US$5,000,000;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              details
                of any notice or communication received by a member of the Group
                from, or
                any actual or potential enquiry, investigation or proceedings commenced
                by, any government, court or regulatory agency or authority, if the
                result
                of such notice, communication, enquiry, investigation or proceedings
                would
                have a Material Adverse Effect; 

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              promptly
                on request, all documentation in connection with a Subordinated Loan
                (including, if required, a confirmation that all terms and conditions
                relating to that Subordinated Loan have been provided);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              promptly
                on request, such further information regarding the financial condition,
                assets and operations of the Group and/or any member of the Group
                (including any requested amplification or explanation of any item
                in the
                Accounts, budgets or other material provided by any Obligor under
                this
                Agreement) as any Finance Party through the Facility Agent may reasonably
                request.

            

    

     

    
      	19.8  	
              Notification
                of Default

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Unless
                the Facility Agent has already been so notified by another Obligor,
                each
                Obligor must notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps,
                if
                any, being or proposed to be taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming
                aware of its occurrence.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Promptly
                on request by the Facility Agent (but only where the Facility Agent
                reasonably suspects that a Default has occurred and is continuing),
                Viasystems must supply to the Facility Agent a certificate, signed
                by two
                of its authorised signatories on its behalf, certifying that no Default
                is
                outstanding or, if a Default is outstanding, specifying the Default
                and
                the steps, if any, being or proposed to be taken to remedy
                it.

            

    

     

    
      	19.9  	
              Year
                end

            

    

     

    Viasystems
      must:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              procure
                that each annual Accounting Period, and each financial year-end of
                each
                member of the Group, falls on the Accounting Date falling on or nearest
                to
                31 December;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              procure
                that its first annual Accounting Period falls on 31 December 2006;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              procure
                that each quarterly Accounting Period and each financial quarter
                of each
                member of the Group ends on an Accounting
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	19.10  	
              Syndication

            

    

     

    Viasystems
      must:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              provide
                all financial and other information reasonably requested by the Mandated
                Lead Arranger in connection with the syndication of the Facilities
                and
                provide all reasonable assistance to the Mandated Lead Arranger in
                the
                preparation of the Information
                Package;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              comply
                with all reasonable requests from the Mandated Lead Arranger and
                the
                Facility Agent (on behalf of potential lenders) for information and
                for
                one visit to the Group's operating sites (subject to reasonable
                coordination to minimise disruption to the business);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              make
                available senior management (including the chief executive officer
                and the
                chief financial officer of Viasystems) to give one presentation to
                prospective lenders at a time and venue agreed by Viasystems and
                the
                Mandated Lead Arranger.

            

    

     

    
      	19.11  	
              Know
                your customer requirements

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                to paragraph (b)
                below,
                each Obligor must promptly on the request of any Finance Party supply
                to
                that Finance Party any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably
                requested by that Finance Party (whether for itself, on behalf of
                any
                Finance Party or any prospective new Lender) to enable a Finance
                Party or
                prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results
                of
                all applicable know your customer requirements in relation to the
                transactions contemplated by the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              An
                Obligor is only required to supply any information under paragraph
                (a)
                above,
                if the necessary information is not already available to the relevant
                Finance Party and the requirement arises as a result
                of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                introduction of any change in (or in the interpretation, administration
                or
                application of) any law or regulation made after the Closing
                Date;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                change in the status of an Obligor or any change in the composition
                of
                shareholders of an Obligor where a shareholder is not an Obligor
                after the
                Closing Date; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              a
                proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights
                and/or
                obligations under this Agreement to a person that is not a Lender
                before
                that assignment or transfer.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Lender must promptly on the request of the Facility Agent, the Issuing
                Bank or the Security Agent supply to that Administrative Party any
                documentation or other evidence which is reasonably required by that
                Administrative Party to carry out and be satisfied with the results
                of all
                applicable know your customer
                requirements.

            

    

     

    
      	20.  	
              FINANCIAL
                COVENANTS

            

    

     

    
      	20.1  	
              Financial
                undertakings

            

    

     

    Viasystems
      must ensure that:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              Net
                Debt Leverage Ratio:
                Consolidated Total Net Debt as at any Accounting Date shall not be
                more
                than X times Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period ending
                on that
                Accounting Date as set out below:

            

    

      

    
      	
                Accounting
                Date

            	
                X

            
	
               

                30
                September 2006

            	
               

                3.30

            
	
               

                31
                December 2006

            	
               

                3.30

            
	
               

                31
                March 2007

            	
               

                3.30

            
	
               

                30
                June 2007

            	
               

                3.20

            
	
               

                30
                September 2007

            	
               

                3.00

            
	
               

                31
                December 2007

            	
               

                2.75

            
	
               

                31
                March 2008

            	
               

                2.75

            
	
               

                30
                June 2008

            	
               

                2.50

            
	
               

                30
                September 2008

            	
               

                2.25

            
	
               

                31
                December 2008

            	
               

                2.25

            
	
               

                31
                March 2009

            	
               

                2.25

            
	
               

                30
                June 2009

            	
               

                2.00

            
	
               

                30
                September 2009

            	
               

                2.00

            
	
               

                31
                December 2009

            	
               

                2.00

            
	
               

                31
                March 2010

            	
               

                2.00

            
	
               

                30
                June 2010

            	
               

                2.00

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              Consolidated
                EBITDA to Consolidated Total Net Interest Payable:
                Consolidated EBITDA for any Measurement Period ending on an Accounting
                Date, shall not be less than Y times Consolidated Total Net Interest
                Payable for such Measurement Period as set out
                below:

            

    

      

    
      	
               

                Accounting
                Date

            	
               

                Y

            
	
               

                30
                September 2006

            	
               

                2.50

            
	
               

                31
                December 2006

            	
               

                2.50

            
	
               

                31
                March 2007

            	
               

                2.50

            
	
               

                30
                June 2007

            	
               

                2.60

            
	
               

                30
                September 2007

            	
               

                2.60

            
	
               

                31
                December 2007

            	
               

                2.60

            
	
               

                31
                March 2008

            	
               

                2.70

            
	
               

                30
                June 2008

            	
               

                2.70

            
	
               

                30
                September 2008

            	
               

                2.80

            
	
               

                31
                December 2008

            	
               

                2.80

            
	
               

                31
                March 2009

            	
               

                2.90

            
	
               

                30
                June 2009

            	
               

                2.90

            
	
               

                30
                September 2009

            	
               

                3.00

            
	
               

                31
                December 2009

            	
               

                3.00

            
	
               

                31
                March 2010

            	
               

                3.00

            
	
               

                30
                June 2010

            	
               

                3.00

            

    

     

    
      	(c)   	
              Maximum
                Capital Expenditure.
                In respect of the period from the Closing Date to the date set out
                in the
                first line of column (1) below and in respect of each of the annual
                Accounting Periods ending on any Accounting Date falling on or about
                any
                of the subsequent dates set out in column (1) below (each an Expenditure
                Period),
                Viasystems will procure that the Group taken as a whole will not
                make
                Capital Expenditure in excess of the amount (each a Capital
                Expenditure Limit)
                set out in column (2) below opposite the relevant
                date:

            

    

      

    
      	
               

                 
(1)

            	
               

                (2)

            
	
                Accounting
                Date

            	
                Capital
                Expenditure Limit

            
	
                31
                December 2006

            	
                US$62,000,000

            
	
                31
                December 2007

            	
                US$55,000,000

            
	
                31
                December 2008

            	
                US$55,000,000

            
	
                31
                December 2009

            	
                US$55,000,000

            

    

     

    provided
      that:

     

    
      	(i)  	
              up
                to 100 per cent. of any such Capital Expenditure Limit not utilised
                in any
                Expenditure Period may be carried forward for one Expenditure Period
                only
                and added (otherwise than for the purposes of the further application
                of
                this proviso) to the Capital Expenditure Limit for the next Expenditure
                Period; 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                amount carried forward from one Expenditure Period to the next shall
                be
                utilised before the original Capital Expenditure Limit for such next
                Expenditure Period is utilised and if not utilised within such next
                Expenditure Period shall lapse;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              up
                to 25 per cent of the Capital Expenditure Limit for the next Expenditure
                Period may be brought forward and added to the Capital Expenditure
                Limit
                for the current Expenditure Period;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                Capital Expenditure Limit for any Expenditure Period will be increased
                by
                an aggregate amount equal to:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              the
                proceeds of any Equity Contribution made in that Expenditure
                Period;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              without
                double counting the Excess Cashflow and Capital Expenditure carry
                forward
                (if any), 25 per cent. of the Excess Cashflow from the immediately
                preceding Expenditure Period; and

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              the
                proceeds of any disposal under paragraph (d)
                of
                "Permitted Disposals" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) which are not applied
                towards prepayment of the
                Facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	20.2  	
              Financial
                Covenant Definitions 

            

    

     

    Subject
      to Clause 20.3
      (Basis
      of
      Calculations)
      and
      Clause 20.4 (Initial periods), in this Agreement the following terms have the
      meanings set out below:

     

    Capital
      Expenditure
      means
      expenditure (including, without limitation, obligations created under the
      finance and capital leases described in paragraph (c) of "Permitted Financial
      Indebtedness" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions)) of the Group in respect of the
      purchase or other acquisition of fixed or capital assets, excluding any such
      asset acquired:

     

    
      	(a)  	
              in
                connection with normal replacement and maintenance programs properly
                expensed in accordance with U.S.
                GAAP;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              with
                the proceeds of any insurance contract in accordance with Clause
                9.2(a)(iii)(B) (Mandatory Prepayment - disposals
                );

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              with
                the cash proceeds of any asset sale in accordance with Clause
                9.2(a)(iii)(A)(I) (Mandatory Prepayment - disposals);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              in
                any Permitted Acquisition except to the extent such expenditure is
                incurred pursuant to paragraph (a)(v) of "Permitted Acquisition"
                in Clause
                1.1
                (Definitions).

            

    

     

    Consolidated
      Current Assets
      means,
      at any Accounting Date, the amount which, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, would
      be
      set forth opposite the caption "Total Current Assets" (or any like caption)
      on a
      consolidated balance sheet of the Group at such date, except that there shall
      be
      excluded therefrom Cash and Cash Equivalents and equipment and other fixed
      assets held for sale.

     

    Consolidated
      Current Liabilities
      means,
      at any Accounting Date, the amount which, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, would
      be
      set forth opposite the caption "Total Current Liabilities" (or any like caption)
      on a consolidated balance sheet of the Group at such date, except that there
      shall be excluded therefrom the current portion of (a) all Loans and, (b) all
      long-term Financial Indebtedness (including finance and capital leases) in
      each
      case, to the extent included therein.

     

    Consolidated
      EBITDA
      means
      for any Measurement Period, Consolidated Net Income for such
      Period:

     

    
      	(a)  	
              plus,
                without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the
                statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such Measurement Period,
                the
                sum of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              total
                income and franchise tax expense;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              interest
                expense, amortization or write off of debt discount and debt issuance
                costs and commissions and discounts and other fees and charges associated
                with Permitted Financial
                Indebtedness;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              depreciation
                and amortization expense;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              amortization
                of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill and organization
                costs);

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              other
                non-cash charges (including, but not limited to, any write-offs of
                purchased technology);

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              any
                extraordinary losses (
                exceed US$7,500,000 for any period in the case of extraordinary cash
                losses);

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              non-recurring
                charges (to the extent accepted by the Facility Agent, acting reasonably)
                in an aggregate exceed
                US$7,500,000; and

            

    

     

    
      	(viii)  	
              for
                the Measurement Periods ending 30 September 2006, 31 December 2006,
                31
                March 2007 and 30 June 2007, the cost savings that the Company would
                have
                achieved had the construction of the power sub-station at the Guangzhou
                facility been operational during the entire relevant Measurement
                Period,
                such amounts to be added back are as follows:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              US$3,000,000
                for the Measurement Period ending 30 September
                2006;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              US$3,000,000
                for the Measurement Period ending 31 December
                2006;

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              US$3,000,000
                for the Measurement Period ending 31 March 2007; and
                

            

    

     

    
      	(D)  	
              US$3,000,000
                for the Measurement Period ending 30 June 2007;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              minus,
                without duplication:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                extraordinary and unusual gains (including gains on the sales of
                assets,
                other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business) other
                than
                any income from discontinued operations;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              non-cash
                gains included in Consolidated Net Income;

            

    

     

    provided
      that for the purpose of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any Measurement
      Period in connection with the determination of compliance with the covenants
      set
      out in Clause 20.1 (Financial undertakings), if during such Measurement Period
      (or in the case of pro forma calculations, during the period from the last
      day
      of such Measurement Period to and including the date as of which such
      calculation is made), Viasystems or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made
      a
      Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such
      Measurement Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect
      to:

     

    
      	(A)  	
              such
                Permitted Disposal or Permitted Acquisition as if such Permitted
                Disposal
                or Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Measurement
                Period (with the Measurement Period for the purposes of pro forma
                calculations being the most recent period of four consecutive quarterly
                Accounting Periods for which the relevant financial information is
                available); and

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              any
                operating expense reductions and other cost savings to be implemented
                in
                connection with any such Permitted Disposal or Permitted Acquisition,
                determined on the basis of a four-quarterly Accounting Period provided
                that such proposed reductions or cost savings would be allowable
                under
                Article 11 of Regulation S-X, and provided that such reductions and
                costs
                savings will not exceed US$5,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal
                year.
                

            

    

     

    References
      in this definition to any "Permitted Disposal" shall be deemed to include
      liquidation and receivership transactions.

     

    Consolidated
      Net Income
      means
      for any Measurement Period, the amount which, in conformity with U.S. GAAP,
      would be set forth opposite the caption "Net Income/(Loss)" (or any like
      caption) on a consolidated statement of operations of the Group for such
      Measurement Period.

     

    Consolidated
      Total Debt
      means at
      a particular Accounting Date, the aggregate principal amount of Financial
      Indebtedness of the Group at such date in conformity with U.S. GAAP, including
      unreimbursed drawings in respect of Letters of Credit but excluding undrawn
      letters of credit.

     

    Consolidated
      Total Net Debt
      means
      Consolidated Total Debt less Cash and Cash Equivalents as at that Accounting
      Date.

     

    Consolidated
      Total Net Interest Payable
      means
      consolidated cash interest expense (including any such cash interest expense
      in
      respect of Financial Indebtedness under paragraph (e) of "Permitted Financial
      Indebtedness" of Clause 1.1 (Definitions)) of the Group net of cash interest
      income (such consolidated cash interest expense to include fees payable on
      account of letters of credit and banker's acceptance but to exclude amortization
      of debt discount (including discount of liabilities and reserves established
      under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.16 as in effect on the date hereof)
      and costs of debt issuance).

     

    Consolidated
      Working Capital
      means,
      at any Accounting Date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets at such date
      over Consolidated Current Liabilities at such date.

     

    EBITDA
      means
      the
      earnings of a person before reflecting interest, tax, depreciation and
      amortization, as calculated in accordance with the relevant Accounting Standards
      applicable to that person.

     

    Measurement
      Period
      means
      each period comprising an annual Accounting Period of the Group and each period
      comprising four (or less, taking into account Clause 20.4
      (Initial
      periods))
      consecutive quarterly Accounting Periods of the Group (taken together as one
      period) ending on an Accounting Date specified in the tables in Clause
20.1
      (Financial
      undertakings).

     

    
      	20.3  	
              Basis
                of Calculations

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              All
                the terms defined in Clause 20.2
                (Financial
                Covenant Definitions)
                are to be determined on a consolidated basis and (except as expressly
                included or excluded in the relevant definition) in accordance with
                the
                Accounting Standards. The financial covenants in Clause 20.1
                (Financial
                undertakings)
                shall apply as of the Accounting Date at the end of each Measurement
                Period and compliance (or otherwise) shall be verified by reference
                to the
                consolidated Accounts of the Group (or, in the case of paragraph
                (c) of
                Clause 20.4
                (Initial
                periods)
                to the extent necessary, the Original Financial Statements) for the
                relevant Measurement Periods and any applicable Reconciliation Statement
                delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1
                (Financial
                statements).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                item shall be deducted or credited more than once in any
                calculation.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Where
                an amount in the Accounts is not denominated in the Base Currency,
                it
                shall be converted into the Base Currency at the rates specified
                in the
                Accounts.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              In
                calculating the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Debt to Consolidated
                EBITDA, the 12 month average of the applicable foreign exchange rates
                may
                be used for the conversion into US Dollars of the currency in which
                any
                Financial Indebtedness is denominated instead of the spot rate of
                exchange
                at the end of the relevant Measurement Period, provided such calculations
                are performed in accordance with the Accounting
                Standards.

            

    

     

    
      	20.4  	
              Initial
                periods

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Where
                any of the Measurement Periods would otherwise commence before the
                Closing
                Date, such Measurement Period shall, instead, commence on the Closing
                Date
                (the part of such period falling before the Closing Date being
                ignored).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Consolidated
                Total Net Interest Payable shall for any Measurement Period ending
                less
                than 12 months after the Closing Date be determined on an annualised
                basis
                by dividing each such amount by the number of days from the Closing
                Date
                to the Accounting Date at the end of such Measurement Period and
                multiplying by 365.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Consolidated
                EBITDA shall for any Measurement Period ending less than 12 months
                after
                the Closing Date be determined by including the following deemed
                Consolidated EBITDA of the Group for each of the following three
                quarterly
                Accounting Periods:

            

    

     

      

    
      	
               

                Accounting
                Period

            	
               

                Deemed
                Consolidated EBITDA

            
	
               

                4th
                Quarter 2005

            	
               

                US$17,821,000

            
	
               

                1st
                Quarter 2006

            	
               

                US$21,061,000

            
	
               

                2nd
                Quarter 2006

            	
               

                US$22,550,000

            

    

     

    20.5 Curative
      Equity

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                to paragraph (b) below, Viasystems may cure a breach or potential
                breach
                of any of the covenants under paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause
                20
                (Financial
                Covenants)
                by procuring the payment to any Borrower of a sufficient amount of
                Curative Equity no later than 10 Business Days after the date Viasystems
                is required to supply Accounts and a Compliance Certificate to the
                Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 19.1
                (Financial
                statements)
                so that such breach of financial covenants shall be deemed never
                to have
                occurred once such breach has been so
                cured.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              For
                any Measurement Period, Viasystems may not cure a breach or potential
                breach of any of the covenants under Clause 20
                (Financial
                Covenants)
                pursuant to paragraph (a) above
                where:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              there
                was a breach of any of those covenants in the immediately preceding
                Measurement Period (irrespective of whether such breach has been
                cured by
                Viasystems pursuant to paragraph (a) above or waived by the Facility
                Agent
                (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders));
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              four
                such breaches have already been cured by Viasystems pursuant to paragraph
                (a) above.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Any
                Curative Equity paid to a Borrower shall be deemed to have been added
                to
                Consolidated EBITDA for the last Measurement Period as at which the
                covenants under Clause 20
                (Financial
                Covenants)
                are tested (the relevant
                quarter)
                for the purpose of testing the covenants under paragraphs (a) and
                (b) of
                Clause 20 (Financial
                Covenants)
                for all Measurement Periods within which the relevant quarter
                falls.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              In
                the event that Curative Equity is to be provided by way of subscription
                of
                share capital issued by a Borrower, as soon as reasonably practicable
                and
                in any event within 10 Business Days of the date on which such share
                capital is issued, each shareholder of that Borrower to whom such
                share
                subscription relates shall:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              subject
                to the Agreed Security Principles, grant in favour of the Security
                Agent
                (to the extent not already validly granted) first security over such
                share
                capital;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              deliver
                to the Facility Agent the documents and other evidence listed in
                Part 3 of
                Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) in relation to it (to
                the
                extent applicable and to the extent such documents and other evidence
                have
                not been previously delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to any
                other
                provisions in this Agreement).

            

    

     

    
      	21.  	
              GENERAL
                COVENANTS

            

    

     

    
      	21.1  	
              General

            

    

     

    Each
      Obligor agrees to be bound by the covenants set out in this Clause relating
      to
      it and, where the covenant is expressed to apply to a member or members of
      the
      Group, each Obligor must ensure that any member of the Group also performs
      that
      covenant.

     

    
      	21.2  	
              Authorisations

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Obligor and Charging Party must promptly:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              obtain,
                maintain and comply with the terms; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              supply
                certified copies to the Facility
                Agent,

            

    

     

    of
      any
      authorisation required to enable it to perform its obligations under, or for
      the
      validity or enforceability of, any Finance Document and the transactions
      contemplated by it.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                member of the Group must promptly:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              obtain,
                maintain and comply with the terms;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              supply
                certified copies to the Facility
                Agent,

            

    

     

    of
      any
      authorisation required to enable it to carry on its business in the ordinary
      course where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    
      	21.3  	
              Compliance
                with laws

            

    

     

    Each
      member of the Group must comply in all respects with all laws and regulations
      to
      which it is subject where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse
      Effect.

     

    
      	21.4  	
              Pari
                passu ranking

            

    

     

    Each
      Obligor must ensure that its payment obligations under the Finance Documents
      at
      all times rank at least pari
      passu with
      all
      its present and future unsecured unsubordinated payment obligations, except
      for
      obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally in
      its
      jurisdiction of incorporation or any other jurisdiction where it carries on
      business.

     

    
      	21.5  	
              Negative
                pledge

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (c)
                below,
                no member of the Group may create or allow to exist any Security
                Interest
                on any of its assets.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (c) below, no member of the Group
                may:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              dispose
                of any of its assets on terms where it is or may be or may be required
                to
                be leased to or re-acquired or acquired by a member of the Group
                or any of
                its related entities; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              dispose
                of any of its receivables on recourse
                terms;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              enter
                into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or
                other
                account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination
                of
                accounts; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              enter
                into any other preferential arrangement having a similar
                effect,

            

    

     

    in
      circumstances where the transaction is entered into primarily as a method of
      raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an
      asset.

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Paragraphs (a)
                and (b)
                above
                do
                not apply to
                any Security Interest or Quasi Security Interest which is a Permitted
                Security Interest.

            

    

     

    
      	21.6  	
              Disposals

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                no member of the Group may, either in a single transaction or in
                a series
                of transactions and whether related or not and whether voluntarily
                or
                involuntarily, dispose of all or any part of its
                assets.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a)
                above does not apply to a
                Permitted Disposal.

            

    

     

    
      	21.7  	
              Financial
                Indebtedness

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                no member of the Group may incur or permit to be outstanding any
                Financial
                Indebtedness or enter into any off-balance sheet financing
                arrangement.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a)
                does not apply to
                Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

            

    

     

    
      	21.8  	
              Change
                of business

            

    

     

    The
      Company must ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature
      of
      the business of any Material Group Member or of the Group taken as a whole
      (other than reasonable extensions, developments or expansions thereof, or
      business activities incidental, related or reasonably similar thereto which
      do
      not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a substantial change to the
      business of the Group as a whole) from that carried on by the Group at the
      Closing Date.

     

    
      	21.9  	
              Mergers

            

    

     

    No
      member
      of the Group may enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation
      or
      reconstruction other than a Permitted Reorganisation.

     

    
      	21.10  	
              Acquisitions

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                no member of the Group may:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              acquire
                or subscribe for shares or other ownership interests in or securities
                of
                any company or other person;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              acquire
                any business; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              incorporate
                any company or other person.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph (a)
                above does not apply to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                acquisition of Cash Equivalents;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                subscription for shares or equity interests in its direct Subsidiary
                (provided such Subsidiary is also a Borrower, Guarantor or any person
                whose shares or equity interests are provided as security for the
                Facilities), provided that, to the extent the existing shares and/or
                equity interests of those members of the Group are charged or pledged
                under the Security Documents, the relevant shares and/or equity interests
                acquired are upon acquisition effectively charged or pledged under
                the
                Security Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              any
                Permitted Reorganisation;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                acquisition or subscription for shares or ownership interests in
                (or the
                incorporation of a special purpose company to acquire an interest
                in) a
                Permitted Joint Venture on arm's length terms;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              any
                Permitted Acquisition made on arm's length
                terms.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              For
                any Permitted Acquisition the consideration of which is in excess
                of
                US$15,000,000, the Company shall promptly after the closing of the
                Permitted Acquisition deliver, or procure that delivery, the following
                documents to the Facility Agent: 

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                certificate by the chief financial officer and another director or
                officer
                of Viasystems demonstrating that none of the covenants under Clause
                20
                (Financial
                Covenants)
                will be breached and that no Default will arise as a result of that
                Permitted Acquisition, along with revised financial projections for
                the
                Group giving pro forma effect to that Permitted Acquisition; and
                

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              copies
                of any accountants’, environmental or other reports obtained by the Group
                in respect of the relevant Acquisition
                Assets.

            

    

     

    
      	21.11  	
              Environmental
                matters

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                member of the Viasystems Group must ensure
                that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              it
                is, and has been, in compliance with all Environmental Laws and
                Environmental Approvals applicable to it, where failure to do so
                would
                have a Material Adverse Effect or is reasonably likely to result
                in any
                liability for a Finance Party; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              it
                obtains all requisite Environmental Approvals where failure to obtain
                would have a Material Adverse Effect or is reasonably likely to result
                in
                any liability for a Finance Party.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                member of the Viasystems Group must, promptly upon becoming aware,
                notify
                the Facility Agent of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Environmental Claim current, or to its knowledge, pending or overtly
                threatened; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                circumstances reasonably likely to result in an Environmental
                Claim,

            

    

     

    which
      has
      or, if substantiated, would have a Material Adverse Effect or is reasonably
      likely to result in any liability for a Finance Party.

     

    
      	21.12  	
              Third
                party guarantees

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                no member of the Group may incur or allow to be outstanding any guarantee
                by such member of the Group or any of its Subsidiaries in respect
                of any
                person.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph (a)
                above does not apply to Permitted Third Party Guarantees.

            

    

     

    
      	21.13  	
              Treasury
                Transactions

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                member of the Group may enter into any Treasury Transaction, other
                than
                Permitted Treasury Transactions.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                hedging counterparty in a Permitted Treasury Transaction may benefit
                from
                the guarantees and security for the
                Facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	21.14  	
              Loans
                out

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                no member of the Group may be the creditor in respect of any Financial
                Indebtedness or of any trade credit extended to any of its
                customers.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a)
                above does not apply to
                Permitted Loans-Out.

            

    

     

    
      	21.15  	
              Share
                capital

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                no member of the Group may:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              redeem,
                purchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or share capital
                (or
                any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) or resolve
                to do
                so;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              issue
                any shares (or any instrument convertible into shares) which by their
                terms are redeemable or carry any right to a return prior to the
                Final
                Maturity Date; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              issue
                any shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares
                or
                share capital) to any person other than its Holding
                Company.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph (a)
                above does not apply to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                transaction expressly allowed under the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                issue of non-redeemable shares by a member of the Group to another
                member
                of the Group which is a shareholder in it prior to that issue where,
                if
                any shares in the company issuing such shares are the subject of
                a
                Security Interest pursuant to the Security Documents, such shares
                become
                the subject of an equivalent Security Interest in favour of the Finance
                Parties on the same terms;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              any
                transaction which is a Permitted Reorganisation;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                issue of shares in connection with Curative Equity in accordance
                with the
                terms of Clause 20.5 (Curative Equity).

            

    

     

    
      	21.16  	
              Dividends

            

    

     

    No
      member
      of the Group may: 

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              declare
                or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in capital
                stock
                of Viasystems of the same class or pursuant to a dividend reinvestment
                plan whereby the relevant dividend results solely in an increase
                in the
                amount of capital stock of the relevant class held by the relevant
                shareholder) on or in respect of; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              make
                any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other
                analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement
                or
                other acquisition of; or 

            

    

     

    
      	(c)   	
              make
                any other distribution in respect of,

            

    

     

    any
      class
      of capital stock of any member of the Group, whether now or hereafter
      outstanding, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property (such
      declarations, payments, setting apart, purchases, redemptions, defeasances,
      retirements, acquisitions and distributions being herein called Restricted
      Payments)
      other
      than:

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Viasystems
                may make Restricted Payments to Holdings, so long as no Event of
                Default
                under Clause 22.2
                (Non-payment)
                exists with respect to sub-paragraph (B) below and no Event of Default
                exists with respect to any other sub-paragraph in this paragraph
                (i), or
                would be continuing after giving effect to such Restricted
                Payment:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              the
                proceeds of which shall be applied by Holdings directly to pay out
                of
                pocket expenses, for administrative, legal and accounting services
                provided by third parties that are reasonable and customary and incurred
                in the ordinary course of business for such professional services,
                or to
                pay franchise fees, costs and expenses associated with the issuance
                and
                maintenance of its capital stock and similar costs and
                expenses;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              payments,
                the proceeds of which will be used to pay Taxes of Holdings as part
                of a
                consolidated group;

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              if
                such Restricted Payment is a purchase of capital stock or a distribution
                to Holdings to permit Holdings to purchase its capital stock, in
                either
                case (except as provided below), made in order to fulfil the obligations
                of Holdings or Viasystems under an employee stock purchase plan or
                similar
                plan covering employees of Holdings or any Subsidiary as from tome
                to time
                in effect in an aggregate net amount not to exceed US$5,000,000,
                provided
                that up to US$1,000,000 may be expended pursuant to this sub-paragraph
                to
                permit Holdings to purchase capital stock from employees of Holdings
                or
                any Subsidiary whether or not Holdings is obligated to do so pursuant
                to
                any such plan; and

            

    

     

    
      	(D)  	
              Restricted
                Payments made to Holdings to finance any acquisition or joint venture
                (Investment)
                to be made by Holdings that, if made by a member of the Group, would
                be a
                Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Joint Venture for the purposes
                of this
                Agreement, provided that: 

            

    

     

    
      	I.  	
              such
                Restricted Payment shall be made concurrently with the closing of
                such
                Investment;

            

    

     

    
      	II.  	
              Holdings
                shall, immediately following the closing thereof and in any event,
                no
                later than 1 month after closing thereof, cause (A) the assets or
                capital
                stock acquired to be contributed to a Borrower or a Guarantor or
                (B) the
                merger of Viasystems with the person formed to consummate or acquired
                in
                such Investment; 

            

    

     

    
      	III.  	
              Holdings
                shall provide the Facility Agent with written notice within 15 Business
                Days prior to the closing of the relevant Investment; and
                

            

    

     

    
      	IV.  	
              Restricted
                Payments in any financial year under this paragraph (D) shall not
                exceed
                US$5,000,000;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                Restricted Payments payable in
                cash:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              from
                any member of the Group directly to another Borrower or Guarantor;
                or;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              from
                any member of the Group indirectly to another Borrower or Guarantor
                provided that:

            

    

     

    
      	I.  	
              any
                member of the Group which is not a Borrower or Guarantor who receives
                that
                Restricted Payment is reasonably satisfied that it may promptly and
                without delay, on receipt of the Restricted Payment, make a Restricted
                Payment in an identical amount to its immediate Holding Company in
                accordance with applicable laws;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	II.  	
              that
                Restricted Payment is ultimately received by a Borrower or
                Guarantor;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              Viasystems
                may make Restricted Payments to Holdings, the proceeds of which will
                be
                used to make cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares of
                Holding’s capital stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$100,000;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              Viasystems
                and its Subsidiaries can make any Restricted Payments constituting
                Permitted Distributions.

            

    

     

    
      	21.17  	
              Intellectual
                Property Rights

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided below, each member of the Viasystems Group
                must:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              make
                any registration and pay any fee or other amount which is necessary
                to
                retain and protect the Material Intellectual Property Rights (but
                only to
                the extent of that member of the Group's interest in the relevant
                Intellectual Property Right);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              record
                its interest in those Material Intellectual Property
                Rights;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              take
                such steps as are necessary and commercially reasonable (including
                the
                institution of legal proceedings) to prevent third parties infringing
                those Material Intellectual Property
                Rights;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              not
                use or permit any such Material Intellectual Property Rights to be
                used in
                a way which may, or take or omit to take any action which may, adversely
                affect the existence or value of such Material Intellectual Property
                Rights; and

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              not
                grant any licence in respect of those Material Intellectual Property
                Rights,

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a)(v)
                above
                does not apply to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              licence
                arrangements entered into between members of the Group for so long
                as they
                remain members of the Group; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              licence
                arrangements entered into on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary
                course of its business.

            

    

     

    
      	21.18  	
              Insurances

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the
                Viasystems Group will) maintain insurances on and in relation to
                its
                business, and assets against those risks and to the extent as is
                usual for
                prudent companies carrying on the same or substantially similar
                business.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              All
                insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies
                or
                underwriters.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Obligor or Charging Party must:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              promptly
                notify the Facility Agent of any event or occurrence giving rise
                to any
                aggregate loss or liability in excess of US$5,000,000 in respect
                of which
                any member of the Viasystems Group is entitled to make one or more
                claim
                under any Insurance;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              keep
                the Facility Agent advised of the progress of the claim(s);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              not
                compromise or settle any claim for an amount that is materially less
                than
                the amount claimed without the prior consent of the Facility Agent
                where
                the aggregate loss or liability in respect of the event or occurrence
                concerned is more than twice the amount referred to in subparagraph
                (i)
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	21.19  	
              Arm's-length
                terms

            

    

     

    No
      member
      of the Group may enter into any material transaction with any person otherwise
      than on arm's-length terms and for full market value (except where both parties
      to such transactions are Borrowers or Guarantors), save for:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                transactions contemplated by the Management
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              loans
                between members of the Group; or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              other
                transactions between members of the
                Group,

            

    

     

    which
      are
      permitted by other terms of this Agreement provided that the terms of those
      loans or other transactions in paragraphs (b)
      and
(c)
      above do
      not result in a transfer of value from a Borrower or a Guarantor to a person
      who
      is not a Borrower or Guarantor and are consistent with past practices of such
      members of the Group.

     

    
      	21.20  	
              Amendments
                to documents

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                member of the Viasystems Group may:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              amend
                its or its Subsidiaries' memorandum or articles of association or
                other
                constitutional documents in a manner or to an extent which is reasonably
                likely in any way to affect materially and adversely the interests
                of the
                Finance Parties under the Finance Documents;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              amend
                or waive any term of the Finance Documents or any of the other documents
                delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1
                (Conditions
                precedent documents)
                in a manner or to an extent which is reasonably likely in any way
                to
                affect materially and adversely the interests of the Finance Parties
                under
                the Finance Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                member of the Group may enter into any agreement with any shareholders
                in
                the Company or any of their Affiliates which is not a member of the
                Group
                except as permitted under paragraph (b) of Clause 21.19
                (Arm's-length
                terms).

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Company must promptly supply to the Facility Agent a copy of any
                amendment
                to or waiver of any of the documents, or any agreement with any
                shareholder in the Company (or any of their Affiliates), in either
                case
                referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b)
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	21.21  	
              Bank
                Accounts

            

    

     

    Without
      prejudice to Clause 21.29
      (Surplus
      Cash),
      no
      member of the Viasystems Group may open or maintain any account or enter into
      any banking relationship with any branch of any bank or other financial
      institution providing similar services other than:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              accounts
                held at the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to the Facility
                Agent in
                reasonable detail; 

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              any
                account maintained with an Acceptable Bank or another bank or financial
                institution approved by the Facility Agent (acting
                reasonably).

            

    

     

    
      	21.22  	
              Access

            

    

     

    While
      a
      Default (or where the Facility Agent, reasonably suspects a Default) is
      continuing each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member
      of
      the Viasystems Group shall) permit the Facility Agent and/or the Security Agent
      and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the
      Facility Agent or Security Agent free access at all reasonable times and on
      reasonable notice at the risk and cost of the Obligor or the Company to (a)
      the
      premises, assets, books, accounts and records of each member of the Viasystems
      Group and (b) meet and discuss matters with senior management.

     

    
      	21.23  	
              Pension
                schemes

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                member of the Viasystems Group must
                be:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              in
                material compliance with all laws and contracts relating to any of
                its
                pension schemes; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              maintain
                and fund its pension schemes to at least the extent required by local
                law
                and practice.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Viasystems
                must supply the Facility Agent with a copy of any formal report required
                by any regulatory body in respect of any pension scheme operated
                by a
                member of the Viasystems Group which the Facility Agent may reasonably
                request.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Viasystems
                must, promptly upon becoming aware, notify the Facility Agent of
                any
                failure to comply with paragraph (a) above which would have a Material
                Adverse Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	21.24  	
              Taxes

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                member of the Group must pay all Taxes due and payable (or, where
                payments
                of Tax must be made by reference to estimated amounts, such estimated
                Tax
                (calculated in good faith) as due and payable for the relevant period)
                by
                it prior to the accrual of any fine or penalty for late payment,
                unless
                (and only to the extent that):

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              payment
                of those Taxes is being contested in good
                faith;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              adequate
                reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required
                to
                contest them; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              failure
                to pay those Taxes does not have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                member of the Group may change its residence for Tax
                purposes.

            

    

     

    
      	21.25  	
              Joint
                Ventures/Associates/Minority
                Interests

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b) below no member of the Group
                may:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              enter
                into, invest in, acquire any interest in, transfer any asset to,
                lend to,
                be the creditor of any Financial Indebtedness of or give any guarantee
                in
                respect of the obligations of any joint venture, associate or minority
                interest; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              trade
                with or sell to or acquire assets or services from any joint venture,
                associate or minority interest otherwise than on arm's length
                terms.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a) above does not apply to a Permitted Joint
                Venture.

            

    

     

    
      	21.26  	
              HY
                Bond

            

    

     

    The
      Company must ensure that there is no repayment, repurchase or redemption of
      any
      HY Bond unless:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              that
                repayment, repurchase or redemption is made with the proceeds of
                any
                Equity Offering (as defined in the HY Bond Indenture) to the extent
                permitted under the provisions in the HY Bond Indenture;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(b)     (i)
               	
              the
                aggregate principal amount of any repayment, repurchase or redemption
                at
                any time after the Closing Date does not exceed the sum of (without
                taking
                into account amounts permitted under paragraph (a) above) US$65,000,000
                and, if a positive figure, 50 per cent. of the accumulated net
                Consolidated Net Income (which will take into account 100 per cent.
                of any
                deficit in the Consolidated Net Income in any financial year) of
                Viasystems for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the
                beginning of the first financial quarter commencing after the Closing
                Date
                to the end of the most recently ended financial quarter at the time
                of
                such repayment, repurchase or redemption;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              no
                Default is continuing or will result from such repayment, repurchase
                or
                redemption; and 

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                covenants set out in Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) are being complied
                with; or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              the
                HY Bond is fully redeemed by any unsecured subordinated Financial
                Indebtedness of a member of the Group (other than a member of the
                Viasystems International Group), provided such subordinated Financial
                Indebtedness has: 

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              no
                maturity, amortization, mandatory redemption or purchase option (other
                than out of asset sale proceeds, subject to the provisions of this
                Agreement or following a Change of Control) or sinking fund payment,
                in
                each case prior to 31 August 2010; 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              no
                financial maintenance covenants; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              such
                other terms and conditions (including without limitation, interest
                rate,
                events of default, subordination and covenants) as shall be satisfactory
                to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

            

    

     

    
      	21.27  	
              Guarantees

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Where,
                after the Closing Date, it is demonstrated by reference to the financial
                statements of any Subsidiary referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b)
                of the
                definition of Material Subsidiary and the financial statements of
                the
                Viasystems International Group referred to in paragraph (c)
                of
                the definition of Material Subsidiary that any member of the Viasystems
                International Group is a Material Subsidiary, the Company shall,
                subject
                to paragraph (d)
                below
                and the Agreed Security Principles, promptly and in any event within
                15
                Business Days of the delivery of such financial statements procure
                that
                such Material Subsidiary becomes an Additional Guarantor in the manner
                required by Clause 31.2
                (Additional Guarantors).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Company will ensure that at all times after the date which is 90
                days
                after the Closing Date:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                unconsolidated gross assets of each of the Guarantors when aggregated
                together must represent not less than 75 per cent. of the consolidated
                gross assets of the Viasystems International Group;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                unconsolidated EBITDA of each of the Guarantors when aggregated together
                must represent not less than 75 per cent. of the consolidated EBITDA
                of
                the Viasystems International Group,

            

    

     

    provided
      that the Company will not be required to meet any of the requirements of this
      paragraph to the extent that it has notified the Facility Agent (identifying
      and
      supplying the details of the relevant Subsidiary) that it cannot meet such
      requirements by reason of any factor referred to in the Agreed Security
      Principles, and such Subsidiary's gross assets and EBITDA shall not be included
      in the consolidated gross assets and consolidated EBITDA of the Viasystems
      International Group for the purposes of this paragraph.

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                at any time, a Compliance Certificate demonstrates that the aggregate
                contribution of Guarantors does not comply with the threshold specified
                in
                paragraph (b)
                above
                (the Threshold
                Test),
                the Company shall, subject to paragraph (d)
                below,
                procure that such members of the Viasystems International Group become
                Additional Guarantors in the manner required by Clause 31.4
                (Additional Guarantors) as may be required so that the Threshold
                Test is
                then met within 15 Business Days of the date of the relevant Compliance
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                Company is not required to perform its obligations under
                paragraphs (a)
                to
                (c)
                above
                if:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              it
                is unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              that
                person becoming a Guarantor would result in personal liability for
                that
                person's directors or other
                management.

            

    

     

    Each
      Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable
      endeavours (including compliance with sections 155-158 of the Companies Act
      1985
      or the equivalent in that relevant person's jurisdiction of incorporation)
      lawfully to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability. This includes
      agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed. The Facility Agent may agree
      to
      such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so might avoid the relevant unlawfulness
      or personal liability.

     

    
      	21.28  	
              Security

            

    

     

    Subject
      in each case to the Agreed Security Principles:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                Company must ensure that the persons identified in Schedule
                5
                (Security
                Documents)
                will execute and deliver to the Security Agent the intended Security
                Documents identified against their name in that Schedule at or before
                the
                time provided for in that Schedule;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              each
                Obligor must, and shall procure that each Material Subsidiary, on
                acquiring any asset which:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              would
                not be immediately and effectively charged by the then existing Security
                Documents; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              is
                of a type which is charged by the then existing Security Documents
                or is
                otherwise material to the business of that Obligor or Material
                Subsidiary,

            

    

     

    executes
      and delivers to the Security Agent such further or additional Security Documents
      in relation to such assets as the Majority Lenders may reasonably require and
      in
      form and substance satisfactory to them;

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              each
                Obligor shall:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              execute
                and deliver, or procure the execution and delivery, to the Security
                Agent
                such further or additional Security Documents in such form as the
                Majority
                Lenders shall require creating an effective first ranking fixed Security
                Interest over the shares in any entity which becomes a Material Subsidiary
                or a PRC Subsidiary after the Closing Date;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              procure
                that any entity which becomes a Material Subsidiary after the Closing
                Date
                executes and delivers additional Security Documents in such form
                as the
                Majority Lenders shall require creating a first ranking Security
                Interest
                over all of the assets and undertakings of that entity;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              each
                member of the Group (or, in the case of Curative Equity lent as a
                Subordinated Loan, any person) which becomes or proposes to become
                a
                Junior Creditor after the Closing Date shall promptly become a party
                to a
                Subordination Agreement on or before that member of the Group (or,
                in the
                case of Curative Equity, other person) enters into that Subordinated
                Loan
                with a view to subordinating such loan or advance to the
                Facilities; 

            

    

     

    
      	(e)
                	
              the
                Obligors need only perform their obligations under paragraphs (a) to
                (d) (inclusive) above if it is not unlawful for the relevant person
                to
                execute and deliver such Security Documents and that person executing
                and
                delivering such Security Documents would not result in personal liability
                for that person's directors or other management. Each Obligor must
                use,
                and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours
                lawfully to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability. This
                includes agreeing to a limit on the amount secured. The Facility
                Agent may
                (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion,
                to
                do so might avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal
                liability;

            

    

     

    
      	(f) 
               	
              each
                Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other relevant member
                of the
                Group which is its Subsidiary shall, at its own expense, execute
                and do
                all such assurances, acts and things as the Security Agent may reasonably
                require:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              for
                registering any Security Documents in any required register and for
                perfecting or protecting the security intended to be afforded by
                the
                Security Documents; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                the Security Documents have become enforceable, for facilitating
                the
                realisation of all or any part of the assets which are subject to
                the
                Security Documents and the exercise of all powers, authorities and
                discretions vested in the Security Agent or in any receiver of all
                or any
                part of those assets,

            

    

     

    and
      in
      particular shall execute all transfers, conveyances, assignments and releases
      of
      that property whether to the Security Agent or to its nominees and give all
      notices, orders and directions which the Security Agent may reasonably think
      expedient; and

     

    
      	(g)
                	
              on
                each date that a Security Document is entered into after the Closing
                Date,
                each Obligor shall procure that the documents listed in Part
                3
                of
                Schedule
                2
                (Conditions
                Precedent Documents)
                in respect of the Obligor and (if applicable) Junior Creditor entering
                into such Security Document are delivered to the Facility
                Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	21.29  	
              Surplus
                Cash

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                member of the Group may agree to any restriction on its ability to
                move
                cash to another member of the Group, whether by way of dividend or
                other
                distribution, inter-company loan, redemption of shares or
                otherwise.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph (a)
                above
                does not apply to any transaction permitted under a Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Subject
                to paragraph (d)
                below,
                each Obligor will procure that none of its Subsidiaries which is
                not a
                Borrower or Guarantor will at any time hold Cash or Cash Equivalents
                greater than required for its projected cashflow requirements for
                the next
                60 days (the amount of such excess being the Cash
                Balance)
                and any such Cash Balance shall be lent by that Subsidiary to a Borrower
                or Guarantor which is its Holding
                Company.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                restrictions in paragraph (c) above shall not apply and no Obligor
                shall
                be obliged at any time to procure that a Subsidiary lends any Cash
                Balance
                under paragraph (c) above:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              at
                a time when to do so would cause the Obligor or the Subsidiary to
                incur a
                materially greater Tax liability in respect of the Cash Balance than
                it
                would otherwise incur if the loan were made at a later date;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                to do so would be unlawful or result in personal liability for that
                Subsidiary's directors or other
                management.

            

    

     

    
      	21.30  	
              United
                States laws

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              In
                this Clause: 

            

    

     

    Code
      means
      the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

     

    ERISA
      means
      the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

     

    ERISA Affiliate
      means
      any person treated as a single employer with any member of the Group for the
      purpose of section 414 of the Code;

     

    Margin
      Regulations
      means
      Regulations U and X issued by the Board of Governors of the United States
      Federal Reserve System;

     

    Margin
      Stock
      has the
      meaning given to it in the Margin Regulations;

     

    Plan
      means an
      employee benefit plan as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA:

     

    
      	(i)  	
              maintained
                by any member of the Group or any ERISA Affiliate;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              to
                which any member of the Group or any ERISA Affiliate is required
                to make
                any payment or contribution; and

            

    

     

    Reportable
      Event means:
      

     

    
      	(i)  	
              an
                event specified as such in section 4043 of ERISA or any related
                regulation, other than an event in relation to which the requirement
                to
                give notice of that event is waived by any regulation;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                failure to meet the minimum funding standard under section 412 of the
                Code or section 302 of ERISA, whether or not there has been any
                waiver of notice or waiver of the minimum funding standard under
                section 412 of the Code.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                member of the Group may:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              extend
                credit for the purpose, directly or indirectly, of buying or carrying
                Margin Stock; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              use
                any Loan, directly or indirectly, to buy or carry Margin Stock or
                for any
                other purpose in violation of the Margin Regulations.
                

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                member of the Group must promptly upon becoming aware of it notify
                the
                Facility Agent of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Reportable Event;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                termination of or withdrawal from, any Plan subject to Title IV of
                ERISA
                where such withdrawal or termination would have a Material Adverse
                Effect;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              a
                claim or other communication alleging non-compliance with any law
                or
                regulation relating to any Plan which would have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Each
                member of the Group and its ERISA Affiliates must be, and remain,
                in
                compliance in all respects with all laws and regulations relating
                to each
                of its Plans, where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Each
                member of the Group and its ERISA Affiliates must ensure that no
                event or
                condition exists at any time in relation to a Plan which is reasonably
                likely to result in the imposition of an Security Interest on any
                of its
                assets or which would have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	21.31  	
              Merger
                of PRC Subsidiaries

            

    

     

    The
      Company shall procure that all assets and undertakings of Guangzhou Kalex
      Laminate Company Limited and Guangzhou Termbray Circuit Board Co. Limited are
      merged or transferred into a Charging Party within 3 months of the date on
      which
      the relevant member of the Group has obtained all necessary approvals in
      connection with the merger or transfer of assets.

     

    
      	21.32  	
              Conditions
                Subsequent

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Company shall ensure that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Companies Registry in Hong Kong has acknowledged receipt of the specified
                particulars of the Security Documents described in paragraphs 1-5
                (inclusive) of Schedule 5 (Security Documents);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                registered agent of BVI has acknowledged receipt of instructions
                (with a
                draft register of mortgages, charges and other encumbrances and a
                copy of
                the Security Document described in paragraph 1 of Schedule 5 (Security
                Documents)) to amend such register of
                BVI,

            

    

     

    on
      or
      before the date falling three Business Days after the Closing Date.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Company shall ensure that all fees and expenses (including legal
                fees of
                the Administrative Parties) then due and payable by the Company under
                this
                Agreement as at the Closing Date have been or will be paid by the
                earlier
                of (i) the date of first utilisation of the A Loan Facility or (ii)
                the
                date falling five Business Days after the Closing
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Company shall ensure that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                draft register of mortgages, charges and other encumbrances of BVI
                described in paragraph (a)(ii) above has been registered with the
                relevant
                local authority in the British Virgin Islands;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                amendments to the articles of association of each Borrower which
                were
                passed on or about the date of this Agreement have been filed with
                the
                Companies Registry in Hong Kong,

            

    

     

    on
      or
      before the date falling 14 days after the Closing Date.

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                Company shall ensure that all Security Interests over the assets
                of
                Viasystems, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries granted in connection
                with the JPM Facility are discharged on or before the date falling
                six
                Business Days after the Closing
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Viasystems
                shall provide a copy of a notice delivered to the trustee under the
                HY
                Bond Indenture designating the Facilities as "Designated Senior Debt"
                and
                "Senior Debt" within 10 Business Days after each of the following
                events:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Closing Date; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                date of which all amounts outstanding under the JPM Facility are
                repaid in
                full (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all amounts outstanding
                under
                the currency hedge transactions referred to in paragraph (a) of the
                definition of "Permitted Treasury Transaction" in Clause 1.1
                (Definitions)).

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              The
                Company shall ensure that any filing or document required in connection
                with the perfection of the Security Interests created under the Security
                Documents described in paragraph 4 of Schedule 5 (Security Documents)
                is
                obtained and delivered, to the extent and in accordance with the
                terms of
                that Security Document, to the Facility Agent on or before the date
                falling 120 days after the Closing
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	22.  	
               DEFAULT

            

    

     

    
      	22.1  	
              Events
                of Default

            

    

     

    Each
      of
      the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 22 is an Event of
      Default.

     

    
      	22.2  	
              Non-payment

            

    

     

    An
      Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under the Finance
      Documents in the manner required under the Finance Documents, unless the
      non-payment:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              is
                caused by technical or administrative error by a bank in the transmission
                of funds; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              is
                remedied within three Business Days of the due
                date.

            

    

     

    
      	22.3  	
              Breach
                of other obligations

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              An
                Obligor does not comply with any term of Clauses 20
                (Financial
                Covenants),
                21.4
                (Pari
                passu ranking),
                21.5
                (Negative
                pledge)
                21.6
                (Disposals),
                21.7
                (Financial
                Indebtedness),
                21.9
                (Mergers),
                21.10
                (Acquisitions),
                21.12
                (Third
                party guarantees),
                21.14
                (Loans
                out),
                21.15
                (Share
                capital),
                21.16
                (Dividends),
                21.27
                (Guarantees),
                21.28
                (Security),
                21.31
                (Merger
                of PRC Subsidiaries)
                or 21.32
                (Conditions
                Subsequent);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              an
                Obligor does not comply with any term of the Finance Documents (other
                than
                any term referred to in Clause 22.2
                (Non-payment)
                or in paragraph (a)
                above),
                unless the non-compliance:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              is
                capable of remedy; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              is
                remedied within 30 days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving
                notice
                of the breach to the Company and any Obligor becoming aware of the
                non-compliance.

            

    

     

    
      	22.4  	
              Misrepresentation

            

    

     

    A
      representation or warranty made or deemed to be repeated by an Obligor in any
      Finance Document or in any document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor
      under any Finance Document is incorrect or misleading in any material respect
      when made or deemed to be repeated, unless the misrepresentation:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              is
                capable of remedy; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              is
                remedied within 30 days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving
                notice
                of the misrepresentation to the Company and any Obligor becoming
                aware of
                the misrepresentation.

            

    

     

    
      	22.5  	
              Cross-default

            

    

     

    Any
      of
      the following occurs in respect of a member of the Group:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              any
                of its Financial Indebtedness (or any amount payable in respect of
                its
                Financial Indebtedness) is not paid when due (after the expiry of
                any
                originally applicable grace period);

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                of its Financial Indebtedness:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              becomes
                prematurely due and payable prior to its stated maturity or, if the
                Financial Indebtedness arises under a guarantee, prior to the stated
                maturity of the Financial Indebtedness which is the subject of the
                guarantee; 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              is
                placed on demand;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              is
                capable of being declared by or on behalf of a creditor to be prematurely
                due and payable or of being placed on demand;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              is
                terminated or closed out or is capable of being terminated or closed
                out,

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar
      effect (howsoever described); or

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              any
                commitment of a provider of Financial Indebtedness to it is cancelled
                or
                suspended, or is capable of being cancelled or suspended by such
                provider,
                in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision
                having a
                similar effect (howsoever
                described),

            

    

     

    unless
      the Base Currency Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of Financial
      Indebtedness falling within all or any of paragraphs (a)
      to
(c)
      above
      is less
      than US$10,000,000. 

     

    
      	22.6  	
              Insolvency

            

    

     

    Any
      of
      the following occurs in respect of a Material Group Member or two or more
      members of the Group which if taken together as one would constitute a Material
      Group Member:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              it
                is, or is deemed for the purposes of any applicable law to be, unable
                to
                pay its debts as they fall due or insolvent;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              it
                admits its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they fall
                due;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              it
                suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention
                to
                do so; or

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              by
                reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, it begins
                negotiations with any creditor (other than the Finance Parties pursuant
                to
                their rights under this Agreement) for the rescheduling or restructuring
                of any of its indebtedness; or

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              the
                value of its assets is less than its liabilities (taking into account
                contingent and prospective liabilities);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(f) 
               	
              a
                moratorium is declared or instituted in respect of any of its
                indebtedness.

            

    

     

    If
      a
      moratorium occurs in respect of any member of the Group, the ending of the
      moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by the
      moratorium.

     

    
      	22.7  	
              Insolvency
                proceedings

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                any of the following occurs in respect of a Material Group Member
                or two
                or more members of the Group which if taken together as one would
                constitute a Material Group Member:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)
               	
              any
                step is taken with a view to a moratorium or a composition, assignment
                or
                similar arrangement with any of its creditors;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                meeting of its shareholders, directors or other officers is convened
                for
                the purpose of considering any resolution for, to petition for or
                to file
                documents with a court or any registrar for its winding-up, administration
                or dissolution or for the seeking of relief under any applicable
                bankruptcy, insolvency, company or similar law or any such resolution
                is
                passed; 

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              any
                person presents a petition or files documents with a court or any
                registrar for its winding-up, administration, dissolution or
                reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement
                or
                otherwise) or seeking relief under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
                company or similar law; 

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              an
                order for its winding-up, administration or dissolution is made or
                other
                relief is granted under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, company
                or
                similar law; 

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              any
                Security Interest is enforced over any of its
                assets;

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              any
                liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory
                manager,
                receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer
                is
                appointed in respect of it or any of its assets;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              its
                shareholders, directors or other officers request the appointment
                of, or
                give notice of their intention to appoint, a liquidator, trustee
                in
                bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver,
                administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer in respect
                of it
                or any of its assets.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a)
                above
                does not apply to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                step or procedure which is part of a Permitted Reorganisation;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                frivolous or vexatious petition for winding-up presented by a creditor
                which is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and
                is
                discharged or struck out within 30
                days.

            

    

     

    
      	22.8  	
              Creditors'
                process

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in paragraph (b)
                below,
                any attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous event
                affects any asset or assets of a Material Group Member or of two
                or more
                other members of the Group which if taken together as one would constitute
                a Material Group Member.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Paragraph
                (a)
                above does not apply if:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                asset or assets are not subject to any Security Interest under the
                Security Documents and the Base Currency Equivalent of the aggregate
                value
                of that asset or those assets is less than US$5,000,000;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              that
                attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous event
                is being
                contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged
                within 30
                days.

            

    

     

    
      	22.9  	
              Analogous
                proceedings

            

    

     

    There
      occurs, in relation to any Material Group Member or two or more members of
      the
      Group which if taken together as one would constitute a Material Group Member,
      in any jurisdiction to which it or any of its assets are subject, any event
      which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, appears to correspond
      with any of those mentioned in Clauses 22.6
      (Insolvency)
      to
22.8 (Creditors'
      process)
      (inclusive).

     

    
      	22.10  	
              Cessation
                of business

            

    

     

    A
      Material Group Member or two or more other members of the Group which if taken
      together as one would constitute a Material Group Member suspends, ceases,
      or
      threatens to suspend or cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its
      business or to change the nature of its business from that undertaken at the
      Closing Date except:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              as
                part of a Permitted Reorganisation;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              as
                a result of a Permitted Disposal.

            

    

     

    
      	22.11  	
              Finance
                Documents

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              It
                is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor or Junior Creditor to perform
                any
                of its obligations under the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                Finance Document is not (subject to the Reservations) effective in
                accordance with its terms or is alleged by an Obligor or Junior Creditor
                to be ineffective in accordance with its terms for any
                reason.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              A
                Security Document does not create the Security Interests it purports
                to
                create.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              An
                Obligor repudiates or rescinds a Finance Document or evidences an
                intention to repudiate or rescind a Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              A
                Junior Creditor repudiates or rescinds a Subordination Agreement
                or
                evidences an intention to repudiate or rescind a Subordination
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	22.12  	
              Ownership
                of the Borrowers and the
                Company

            

    

     

    Any
      Borrower is not or ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary
      of
      the Company or the Company is not or ceases to be a direct or indirect
      wholly-owned subsidiary of Viasystems.

     

    
      	22.13  	
              Material
                adverse effect

            

    

     

    Any
      event
      or series of events (whether related or not) occurs which has a Material Adverse
      Effect.

     

    
      	22.14  	
              Audit
                qualification

            

    

     

    The
      Auditors qualify their report on any audited consolidated Accounts of Viasystems
      and such qualification has a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    
      	22.15  	
              Expropriation

            

    

     

    The
      authority or ability of any Material Group Member or two or more members of
      the
      Group which if taken together as one would constitute a Material Group Member
      to
      conduct its business is wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure,
      expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by
      or
      on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other
      person.

     

    
      	22.16  	
              Proceedings

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              There
                shall occur any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental,
                regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or enquiry (including
                any
                such by any monopoly, anti-trust or competition authority or commission)
                which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined against a member
                of
                the Group and which if adversely determined would have a Material
                Adverse
                Effect.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                one or more final judgments or orders is made against any member
                of the
                Group involving an aggregate liability (not paid or fully covered
                by
                Insurance) the Base Currency Equivalent of which is greater than
                US$10,000,000 unless all those judgments and orders are vacated,
                discharged or stayed pending appeal within 30 days of their being
                made.

            

    

     

    
      	22.17  	
              Change
                of Control

            

    

     

    A
      Change
      of Control has occurred.

     

    
      	22.18  	
              Compulsory
                Acquisition

            

    

     

    There
      occurs a compulsory acquisition of all or any part of the property or assets
      of
      any Material Group Member or two or more members of the Group which if taken
      together as one would constitute a Material Group Member.

     

    
      	22.19  	
              Subordination
                Agreement

            

    

     

    
      	(a)
               	
              Any
                party to a Subordination Agreement (other than a Finance Party) does
                not
                comply with the terms of the Subordination Agreement;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
               	
              a
                representation or warranty given by any party to a Subordination
                Agreement
                is incorrect in any material
                respect,

            

    

     

    and,
      if
      the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are
      capable of remedy, that it is not remedied within thirty days of the earlier
      of
      the Facility Agent giving notice to that party or that party becoming aware
      of
      the non-compliance or misrepresentation.

     

    
      	22.20  	
              Acceleration

            

    

     

    If
      an
      Event of Default is outstanding, the Facility Agent may, and must if so
      instructed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

     

    
      	(a)
                 	
              declare
                that an Event of Default has occurred;
                and/or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              cancel
                all or any part of the Total Commitments;
                and/or

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              declare
                that all or part of any amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents
                are:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              immediately
                due and payable; and/or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              payable
                on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the
                Majority
                Lenders, and/or

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              declare
                that full cash cover in respect of any or each Letter of Credit is
                immediately due and payable.

            

    

     

    Any
      notice given under this Subclause will take effect in accordance with its
      terms.

     

    
      	23.  	
              SECURITY

            

    

     

    
      	23.1  	
              Security
                Agent as holder of
                security

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Unless
                expressly provided to the contrary in any Finance Document, the Security
                Agent holds any security created by a Security Document on trust
                for the
                Finance Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Section
                1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to that trust. In the case
                of
                any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the terms of this Agreement
                shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of that
                Act.

            

    

     

    
      	23.2  	
              Responsibility

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Security Agent is not liable or responsible to any other Finance
                Party
                for:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                failure in perfecting or protecting the security created by any Security
                Document; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                other action taken or not taken by it in connection with a Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                Administrative Party is responsible
                for:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                right or title of any person in or to, or the value of, or sufficiency
                of
                any part of the security created by the Security
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                priority of any security created by the Security Documents;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                existence of any other Security Interest affecting any asset secured
                under
                a Security Document.

            

    

     

    
      	23.3  	
              Title

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Security Agent may accept, without enquiry, the title (if any) an
                Obligor
                may have to any asset over which security is intended to be created
                by any
                Security Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Security Agent has no obligation to insure any such asset or the
                interests
                of the Finance Parties in any such
                asset.

            

    

     

    
      	23.4  	
              Possession
                of documents

            

    

     

    The
      Security Agent is not obliged to hold in its own possession any Security
      Document, title deed or other document in connection with any asset over which
      security is intended to be created by a Security Document. Without prejudice
      to
      the above, the Security Agent may allow any bank providing safe custody services
      or any professional adviser to the Security Agent to retain any of those
      documents in its possession.

     

    
      	23.5  	
              Investments

            

    

     

    Except
      as
      otherwise provided in any Security Document, all moneys received by the Security
      Agent under the Finance Documents may be:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              invested
                in the name of, or under the control of, the Security Agent in any
                investment for the time being authorised by English law for the investment
                by trustees of trust money or in any other investments which may
                be
                selected by the Security Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              placed
                on deposit in the name of, or under the control of, the Security
                Agent at
                such bank or institution (including any Finance Party) and upon such
                terms
                as the Security Agent may agree.

            

    

     

    
      	23.6  	
              Approval

            

    

     

    Each
      Finance Party:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              confirms
                its approval of each Security Document; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              authorises
                and directs the Security Agent (by itself or by such person(s) as
                it may
                nominate) to execute and enforce the same as trustee (or agent) or
                as
                otherwise provided (and whether or not expressly in the names of
                the
                Finance Parties) on its behalf.

            

    

     

    
      	23.7  	
              Conflict
                with Security Documents

            

    

     

    If
      there
      is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any Security
      Document with regard to instructions to or other matters affecting the Security
      Agent, this Agreement will prevail.

     

    
      	23.8  	
              Release
                of security

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                a disposal to a person or persons outside the Group of any asset
                owned by
                an Obligor over which security has been created by the Security Documents
                is:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              allowed
                by the terms of Clause 21.6
                (Disposals);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              being
                effected at the request of the Majority Lenders in circumstances
                where any
                of the security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              being
                effected by enforcement of the Security
                Documents,

            

    

     

    the
      Security Agent is irrevocably authorised to execute on behalf of each Finance
      Party and each Obligor (and at the cost of the relevant Obligor) the releases
      referred to in paragraph (b)
      below.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                releases referred to in paragraph (a)
                above
                are:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                release of the security created by the Security Documents over that
                asset;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                that asset comprises all of the shares in the capital of any Obligor
                (or
                any Holding Company of an Obligor) held by members of the Group,
                a release
                of that Obligor and its Subsidiaries from all present and future
                liabilities (both actual and contingent and including any liability
                to any
                other Obligor under the Finance Documents by way of contribution
                or
                indemnity) in its capacity as a Guarantor (but not as a Borrower)
                under
                the Finance Documents and a release of all Security Interests granted
                by
                that Obligor and its Subsidiaries under the Security
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  
                (i) 	
              In
                the case of subparagraph (a)(i)
                above,
                if required under Clause 9
                (Prepayment
                and Cancellation),
                the Net Proceeds of the disposal must be applied in accordance with
                Clause
                9
                (Prepayment
                and Cancellation).

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              In
                the case of subparagraphs (a)(ii)
                and (iii)
                above,
                the net cash proceeds of the disposal must be applied in accordance
                with
                Clause 16.7
                (Partial
                payments).

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              If
                the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this
                Subclause, each Finance Party must execute (at the cost of the relevant
                Obligor) any document which is reasonably required to achieve that
                release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security
                Agent to execute any such document. Any release will not affect the
                obligations of any other Obligor under the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	23.9  	
              Certificate
                of non-crystallisation

            

    

     

    The
      Security Agent may, at the cost and request of the Company, issue certificates
      of non-crystallisation.

     

    
      	23.10  	
              Co-security
                agent

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Security Agent may, following consultation with the Company, appoint
                a
                co-security agent in any jurisdiction outside
                Singapore:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              if
                the Security Agent considers that without the appointment the interests
                of
                the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents might be materially
                and
                adversely affected;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              for
                the purpose of complying with any law, regulation or other condition
                in
                any jurisdiction; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              for
                the purpose of obtaining or enforcing a judgment or enforcing any
                Finance
                Document in any jurisdiction.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                appointment under this Subclause will only be effective if the separate
                security agent or co-security agent confirms to the Security Agent
                and the
                Company in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent
                that it
                is bound by the terms of this Agreement as if it were the Security
                Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Security Agent may remove any separate security agent or co-security
                agent
                appointed by it and may appoint a new co-security agent in its
                place.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              If,
                as a result of paragraph (a) above, the Security Agent appoints a
                co-security agent, the Company shall pay (or procure that an Obligor
                pays)
                to the Security Agent any reasonable remuneration paid by the Security
                Agent to any separate security agent or co-security agent appointed
                by it,
                together with any related costs and expenses properly incurred by
                the
                separate security agent or co-security
                agent.

            

    

     

    
      	23.11  	
              Perpetuity
                period

            

    

     

    The
      perpetuity period for the trusts in this Agreement is 80 years.

     

    
      	23.12  	
              Information

            

    

     

    Each
      Lender must supply the Security Agent with any information that the Security
      Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable it to
      perform its functions under this Clause.

     

    
      	23.13  	
              Perfection
                of security

            

    

     

    An
      Obligor must (at its own cost, but subject to the Agreed Security Principles)
      take any action and execute any document which is required by the Security
      Agent
      so that a Security Document provides for effective and perfected security in
      favour of any successor Security Agent.

     

    
      	24.  	
              THE
                ADMINISTRATIVE PARTIES

            

    

     

    
      	24.1  	
              Appointment
                and duties of the Agents

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Finance Party (other than such Agent) irrevocably appoints each Agent
                to
                act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                Finance Party irrevocably authorises each Agent
                to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              perform
                the duties and to exercise the rights, powers and discretions that
                are
                specifically given to it under the Finance Documents, together with
                any
                other incidental rights, powers and discretions;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              execute
                each Finance Document expressed to be executed by the relevant Agent
                on
                its behalf.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Agent has only those duties which are expressly specified in the
                Finance
                Documents. Those duties are solely of a mechanical and administrative
                nature.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Each
                Finance Party confirms that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Administrative Party has authority to accept on its behalf the terms
                of
                any reliance letter or engagement letter relating to any reports
                or
                letters provided in connection with the Finance Documents or the
                transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, to bind it in
                respect
                of those reports or letters and to sign that reliance letter or engagement
                letter on its behalf and to the extent that reliance letter or engagement
                letter has already been entered into ratifies those actions;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              it
                accepts the terms and qualifications set out in that reliance letter
                or
                engagement letter.

            

    

     

    
      	24.2  	
              Role
                of the Mandated Lead
                Arranger

            

    

     

    Except
      as
      specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arranger
      has
      no obligations of any kind to any other Party in connection with any Finance
      Document.

     

    
      	24.3  	
              No
                fiduciary duties

            

    

     

    Except
      as
      specifically provided in a Finance Document:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              nothing
                in the Finance Documents makes an Administrative Party a trustee
                or
                fiduciary for any other Party or any other person;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              no
                Administrative Party need hold in trust any moneys paid to or recovered
                by
                it for a Party in connection with the Finance Documents or be liable
                to
                account for interest on those
                moneys.

            

    

     

    
      	24.4  	
              Individual
                position of an Administrative
                Party

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                it is also a Lender, each Administrative Party has the same rights
                and
                powers under the Finance Documents as any other Lender and may exercise
                those rights and powers as though it were not an Administrative
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                Administrative Party may:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              carry
                on any business with any Obligor, Charging Party or Junior Creditor
                or
                their related entities (including acting as an agent or a trustee
                for any
                other financing); and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              retain
                any profits or remuneration it receives under the Finance Documents
                or in
                relation to any other business it carries on with any Obligor, Charging
                Party or Junior Creditor or their related
                entities.

            

    

     

    
      	24.5  	
              Reliance

            

    

     

    Each
      Agent and the Issuing Bank may:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              rely
                on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct
                and to
                have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper
                person;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              rely
                on any statement made by any person regarding any matters which may
                reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power
                to
                verify;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              assume,
                unless the context otherwise requires, that any communication made
                by an
                Obligor is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of
                all the
                Obligors;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              engage,
                pay for and rely on professional advisers selected by it (including
                those
                representing a Party other than that Agent or Issuing Bank);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(e)
                	
              act
                under the Finance Documents through its personnel and
                agents.

            

    

     

    
      	24.6  	
              Majority
                Lenders' instructions

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Agent is fully protected if it acts on the instructions of the Majority
                Lenders in the exercise of any right, power or discretion or any
                matter
                not expressly provided for in the Finance Documents. Any such instructions
                given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Lenders.
                In the
                absence of instructions, each Agent may act or refrain from acting
                as it
                considers to be in the best interests of all the
                Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                Agent may assume that, unless it has received notice to the contrary,
                any
                right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the
                Majority
                Lenders has not been exercised.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions
                of the
                Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received
                security satisfactory to it, whether by way of payment in advance
                or
                otherwise, against any liability or loss which it may incur in complying
                with the instructions.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Neither
                Agent is authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining
                that Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings in
                connection with any Finance Document, unless the legal or arbitration
                proceedings relate to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security
                Documents; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                enforcement of any Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              An
                Agent may require the receipt of security satisfactory to it, whether
                by
                way of payment in advance or otherwise, against any liability or
                loss
                which it may incur in complying with the instructions of the Majority
                Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	24.7  	
              Responsibility

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              No
                Administrative Party is responsible to any other Finance Party for
                the
                legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, adequacy, accuracy,
                completeness or performance of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Finance Document or any other
                document;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied
                in
                connection with any Finance Document, including the Information Package;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              any
                observance by any Obligor or Junior Creditor of its obligations under
                any
                Finance Document or any other
                document.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Without
                affecting the responsibility of any Obligor, Charging Party or Junior
                Creditor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection
                with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms that
                it:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              has
                made, and will continue to make, its own independent appraisal of
                all
                risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including
                the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor, Charging Party
                and
                Junior Creditor and its related entities and the nature and extent
                of any
                recourse against any Party or its assets);
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              has
                not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by any
                Administrative Party in connection with any Finance Document or agreement
                entered into in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	24.8  	
              Exclusion
                of liability

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Neither
                Agent nor the Issuing Bank is liable or responsible to any other
                Finance
                Party for any action taken or not taken by it in connection with
                any
                Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence
                or wilful
                misconduct.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              No
                Party (other than the relevant Administrative Party) may take any
                proceedings against any of the officers, employees or agents of an
                Administrative Party in respect of any claim it might have against
                that
                Administrative Party or in respect of any act or omission of any
                kind by
                that officer, employee or agent in connection with any Finance Document.
                Any officer, employee or agent of an Administrative Party may rely
                on this
                Subclause and enforce its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third
                Parties) Act 1999.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Neither
                Agent is liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting
                an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to
                be paid
                by that Agent if that Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon
                as
                reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating
                procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by
                that
                Agent for that purpose.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)    (i)  	
              Nothing
                in this Agreement will oblige any Administrative Party to satisfy
                any know
                your customer requirement in relation to the identity of any person
                on
                behalf of any Finance Party.

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              Each
                Finance Party confirms to each Administrative Party that it is solely
                responsible for any know your customer requirements it is required
                to
                carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to
                those
                requirements made by any other
                person.

            

    

     

    
      	24.9  	
              Default

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Neither
                Agent is obliged to monitor or enquire whether a Default has occurred.
                Neither Agent is deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a
                Default.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              If
                the Facility Agent:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              receives
                notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default
                and
                stating that the event is a Default;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              is
                aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest or fee payable
                to a
                Lender under any Finance Document,

            

    

     

    it
      must
      promptly notify the Lenders.

     

    
      	24.10  	
              Information

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Agent must promptly forward to the person concerned the original
                or a copy
                of any document which is delivered to that Agent by a Party for that
                person.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Except
                where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, neither
                Agent is
                obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness
                of any
                document it forwards to another
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Except
                as provided above, neither Agent has any
                duty:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              either
                initially or on a continuing basis to provide any Lender with any
                credit
                or other information concerning the risks arising under or in connection
                with the Finance Documents (including any information relating to
                the
                financial condition or affairs of any Obligor, Charging Party or
                Junior
                Creditor or their related entities or the nature or extent of recourse
                against any Party or its assets) whether coming into its possession
                before, on or after the Closing Date;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              unless
                specifically requested to do so by a Lender in accordance with a
                Finance
                Document, to request any certificate or other document from any Obligor,
                Charging Party or Junior Creditor.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              In
                acting as an Agent, an Agent will be treated as acting through its
                agency
                division which will be treated as a separate entity from its other
                divisions and departments. Any information received or acquired by
                an
                Agent which, in its opinion, is received or acquired by another division
                or department or otherwise than in its capacity as an Agent may be
                treated
                as confidential by that Agent and will not be treated as information
                possessed by that Agent in its capacity as
                such.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Neither
                Agent is obliged to disclose to any person any confidential information
                supplied to it by or on behalf of a member of the Group solely for
                the
                purpose of evaluating whether any waiver or amendment is required
                in
                respect of any term of the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              Each
                Obligor irrevocably authorises each Agent to disclose to the other
                Finance
                Parties any information which, in that Agent's opinion, is received
                by it
                in its capacity as an Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	24.11  	
              Indemnities

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Without
                limiting the liability of any Obligor, Charging Party or Junior Creditor
                under the Finance Documents, each Lender must indemnify each Agent
                for
                that Lender's proportion of any loss or liability incurred by that
                Agent
                in acting as an Agent, except to the extent that the loss or liability
                is
                caused by that Agent's gross negligence or wilful
                misconduct.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                Lender's proportion of the liability or loss set out in paragraph
                (a)
                above
                is
                the proportion which its participation in the Credits (if any) bear
                to all
                the Credits on the date of the demand. If, however, there are no
                Credits
                outstanding on the date of demand, then the proportion will be the
                proportion which its aggregate Commitments bear to the Total Commitments
                at the date of demand or, if the Total Commitments have been cancelled,
                bore to the Total Commitments immediately before being
                cancelled.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                a Party owes an amount to an Agent under the Finance Documents, that
                Agent
                may after giving notice to that
                Party:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              deduct
                from any amount received by it for that Party any amount due to that
                Agent
                from that Party under a Finance Document but unpaid;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              apply
                that amount in or towards satisfaction of the owed amount.
                

            

    

     

    That
      Party will be regarded as having received the amount so deducted.

     

    
      	24.12  	
              Compliance

            

    

     

    Each
      Administrative Party may refrain from doing anything (including disclosing
      any
      information) which might, in its opinion, constitute a breach of any law or
      regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do
      anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any
      law
      or regulation.

     

    
      	24.13  	
              Resignation

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              An
                Agent may resign and appoint any of its Bank Affiliates as its successor
                Agent by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the
                Company.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Alternatively,
                an Agent may resign by giving notice to the Finance Parties and the
                Company, in which case the Majority Lenders, in consultation with
                the
                Company, may appoint a successor Agent to
                it.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                no successor Agent has been appointed under paragraph (b)
                above
                within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring
                Agent may appoint a successor Agent to
                it.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                person(s) appointing a successor Agent must, if practicable, consult
                with
                the Company prior to the
                appointment.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Except
                as provided below, the resignation of an Agent and the appointment
                of a
                successor Agent will both become effective only when the successor
                Agent
                notifies all the Parties that it accepts its appointment and executes
                and
                delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed Deed of
                Accession.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              The
                resignation of a Security Agent and the appointment of a successor
                Security Agent will not become effective
                until:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              each
                of the Finance Parties (other than the Security Agent) confirms that
                it is
                satisfied with the credit rating of the proposed successor Security
                Agent;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Facility Agent confirms that it is satisfied that the Security Documents
                (and any related documentation) have been transferred to or into
                (and
                where required registered in) the name of the proposed successor
                Security
                Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	(g)  	
              On
                satisfying the above conditions, the successor Agent will succeed
                to the
                position of the retiring Agent and the term Facility Agent or Security
                Agent (as applicable) will mean the successor
                Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	(h)  	
              The
                retiring Agent must, at its own cost, make available to the successor
                Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the
                successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing
                its
                functions as Agent under the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              Upon
                its resignation becoming effective, this Clause will continue to
                benefit a retiring Agent in respect of any action taken or not taken
                by it
                in connection with the Finance Documents while it was an Agent, and,
                subject to paragraph (h)
                above,
                it will have no further obligations under any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(j)  	
              The
                Majority Lenders may, by notice to any Agent, require it to resign
                under
                paragraph (b)
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	(k)  	
              An
                Obligor must (at its own cost) take any action and execute any document
                which is required by the Security Agent so that a Security Document
                provides for effective and perfected security in favour of any successor
                Security Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	24.14  	
              Relationship
                with Lenders

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under
                this
                Agreement and as acting through its Facility Office(s) until it has
                received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that
                Lender
                to the contrary.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Facility Agent may at any time, and must if requested to do so by
                the
                Majority Lenders, convene a meeting of the
                Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must keep a record of all the Parties and supply any
                other
                Party with a copy of the record on request. The record will include
                each
                Lender's Facility Office(s) and contact details for the purposes
                of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	24.15  	
              Agent's
                management time

            

    

     

    Any
      amount payable to an Agent under Clause 27.3 (Other indemnities), Clause 28
      (Expenses) and Clause 24.11 (Indemnities) shall include the cost of utilising
      the Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the
      basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as that Agent may notify to
      the
      Company and the Lenders and any other relevant Party. This is in addition to
      any
      fee paid or payable to that Agent under Clause 26 (Fees).

     

    
      	24.16  	
              Notice
                period

            

    

     

    Where
      this Agreement specifies a minimum period of notice to be given to the Facility
      Agent, the Facility Agent may, at its discretion, accept a shorter notice
      period.

     

    
      	24.17  	
              New
                Issuing Bank

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              An
                Issuing Bank may (with the consent of the Facility Agent) resign
                on giving
                1 month's notice (or such shorter period as the Facility Agent and
                that
                Issuing Bank may agree) to the Company and the Facility Agent. In
                this
                event, the Facility Agent may, with the consent of the Lender concerned
                and the Company, designate any Lender as a replacement Issuing Bank
                for
                future Letters of Credit. Any such resignation will not extend to
                or
                affect Letters of Credit issued before the
                resignation.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                relevant Lender will only become a replacement Issuing Bank
                when:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              it
                delivers an Issuing Bank Accession Agreement to the Facility
                Agent;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Facility Agent notifies the other Finance Parties and the Company
                that the
                Issuing Bank Accession Agreement is in form and substance satisfactory
                to
                it (acting reasonably); and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                Facility Agent executes the Issuing Bank Accession
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    The
      Facility Agent must give this notification as soon as reasonably
      practicable.

     

    
      	25.  	
              EVIDENCE
                AND CALCULATIONS

            

    

     

    
      	25.1  	
              Accounts

            

    

     

    Accounts
      maintained by a Finance Party in connection with this Agreement are prima
      facie
      evidence
      of the matters to which they relate for the purpose of any litigation or
      arbitration proceedings.

     

    
      	25.2  	
              Certificates
                and determinations

            

    

     

    Any
      certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under
      the
      Finance Documents will be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence
      of the matters to which it relates.

     

    
      	25.3  	
              Calculations

            

    

     

    Any
      interest or fee accruing under this Agreement accrues from day to day and is
      calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of
      360
      days or otherwise, depending on what the Facility Agent determines is market
      practice.

     

    
      	26.  	
              FEES

            

    

     

    
      	26.1  	
              Agents'
                fees

            

    

     

    The
      Company must pay (or ensure that there is paid) to each Agent for its own
      account an agency fee in the amount and in the manner agreed in the Fee Letter
      between that Agent and the Company.

     

    
      	26.2  	
              Arrangement
                fee

            

    

     

    The
      Company must pay (or ensure that there is paid) to the Mandated Lead Arranger
      for its own account an arrangement fee in the amount and in the manner agreed
      in
      the Fee Letter between the Mandated Lead Arranger and Viasystems.

     

    
      	26.3  	
              Facilities
                commitment fee

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Company must pay to the Facility Agent for the account of each Lender
                a
                commitment fee computed at the rate of one-third of the Margin from
                time
                to time on the undrawn, uncancelled amount of each Lender's
                Commitments.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Accrued
                commitment fee is payable from and including the Closing Date quarterly
                in
                arrear and on the last day of the relevant Availability Period. Accrued
                commitment fee is also payable to the Facility Agent for a Lender
                on the
                date its Commitments are cancelled in
                full.

            

    

     

    
      	26.4  	
              Increase
                fee

            

    

     

    The
      Borrowers must pay the Facility Agent for each Additional Lender a fee in the
      manner agreed in the Fee Letter(s) to be entered into between the Facility
      Agent
      and the Borrowers.

     

    
      	27.  	
              INDEMNITIES
                AND BREAK COSTS

            

    

     

    
      	27.1  	
              Currency
                indemnity

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Company must, as an independent obligation, indemnify (or procure
                that an
                Obligor or Junior Creditor indemnifies) each Finance Party against
                any
                loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs as a consequence
                of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              that
                Finance Party receiving an amount in respect of an Obligor's or Junior
                Creditor's liability under the Finance Documents;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              that
                liability being converted into a claim, proof, judgment or
                order,

            

    

     

    in
      a
      currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable
      under the relevant Finance Document.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Unless
                otherwise required by law, each Obligor waives any right it may have
                in
                any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in
                a
                currency other than that in which it is expressed to be
                payable.

            

    

     

    
      	27.2  	
              Other
                indemnities

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Company must indemnify (or procure that an Obligor indemnifies) each
                Finance Party and each receiver appointed under any Security Documents
                against any loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs as
                a
                consequence of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                occurrence of any Default;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                failure by an Obligor or Junior Creditor to pay any amount due under
                a
                Finance Document on its due date, including any resulting from any
                distribution or redistribution of any amount among the Lenders under
                this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              (other
                than by reason of gross negligence or wilful default by that Finance
                Party) a Credit not being made after a Request has been delivered
                for that
                Credit; or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              a
                Credit (or part of a Credit) not being prepaid in accordance with
                this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    The
      Company's (or such Obligor's) liability in each case includes any loss or
      expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any
      amount payable under any Finance Document, any amount repaid or prepaid or
      any
      Credit.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Company must indemnify (or procure that an Obligor indemnifies) each
                Agent
                and each receiver appointed under any Security Documents against
                any loss
                or liability incurred by that Agent as a result
                of:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              investigating
                any event which that Agent reasonably believes to be a Default;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              acting
                or relying on any notice which that Agent reasonably believes to
                be
                genuine, correct and appropriately
                authorised;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Interests
                created or expressed to be created in favour of the Finance Parties
                or the
                Security Agent under the Security Documents;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested
                in
                the Security Agent or each Receiver (as defined in the relevant Security
                Document) by the Finance Documents or by
                law.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Obligor agrees to indemnify each Finance Party, each receiver appointed
                under any Security Document and their respective officers, employees,
                agents and delegates (together the Indemnified
                Parties)
                against any loss or liability suffered or incurred by that Indemnified
                Party (except to the extent caused by such Indemnified Party's own
                negligence or wilful default)
                which:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              arises
                by virtue of any actual or alleged breach of any Environmental Law
                (whether by any Obligor, an Indemnified Party or any other person);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              arises
                in connection with an Environmental
                Claim,

            

    

     

    which
      relates to the Group, any assets of the Group or the operation of all or part
      of
      the business of the Group (or in each case any member of the Group) and which
      would not have arisen if the Finance Documents or any of them had not been
      executed by that Finance Party.

     

    
      	27.3  	
              Break
                Costs

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Borrower must pay to each Lender its Break Costs if a Loan or overdue
                amount is repaid or prepaid otherwise than on the last day of any
                Term
                applicable to it.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Break
                Costs are the amount (if any) determined by the relevant Lender by
                which:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                interest which that Lender would have received for the period from
                the
                date of receipt of any part of its share in a Loan or an overdue
                amount to
                the last day of the applicable Term for that Loan or overdue amount
                if the
                principal or overdue amount received had been paid on the last day
                of that
                Term;

            

    

     

    exceeds

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount
                equal to the amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank
                in the
                appropriate interbank market for a period starting on the Business
                Day
                following receipt and ending on the last day of the applicable
                Term.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Lender must supply to the Facility Agent for the relevant Borrower
                details
                of the amount of any Break Costs claimed by it under this
                Subclause.

            

    

     

    
      	28.  	
              EXPENSES

            

    

     

    
      	28.1  	
              Initial
                costs

            

    

     

    The
      Company must pay (or procure that an Obligor pays) to each Administrative Party
      the amount of all costs and expenses (including (i) reasonable third party
      legal
      fees (subject to any agreed cap), and (ii) out of pocket expenses associated
      with arranging bank meetings and presentations, and printing costs but excluding
      any other internally allocated costs) reasonably incurred and properly
      documented by it or any of its Bank Affiliates in connection with due diligence
      visits, the negotiation, preparation, printing, entry into and perfection of
      the
      Finance Documents and other documents contemplated by the Finance
      Documents.

     

    
      	28.2  	
              Subsequent
                costs

            

    

     

    The
      Company must pay (or procure that an Obligor pays) to each Administrative Party
      the amount of all properly documented costs and expenses (including reasonable
      legal fees) reasonably incurred by it or any of its Bank Affiliates in
      connection with:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                negotiation, preparation, printing, entry into and perfection of
                any
                Finance Document and other documents contemplated by the Finance
                Documents
                executed after the Closing Date;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              syndication
                of the Facilities;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              any
                amendment, waiver or consent made or granted in connection with the
                Finance Documents; and

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              any
                other matter not of an ordinary administrative nature arising out
                of or in
                connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	28.3  	
              Enforcement
                costs

            

    

     

    The
      Company must pay (or procure that an Obligor pays) to each Finance Party the
      amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in
      connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under,
      any
      Finance Document.

     

    
      	28.4  	
              Security
                Agent's on-going costs

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                Default occurs;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Security Agent considers it necessary or expedient;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                Security Agent is requested by an Obligor or Junior Creditor or the
                Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and
                the
                Company agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope
                of the
                normal duties of the Security Agent under the Security
                Documents,

            

    

     

    the
      Company must pay (or procure that an Obligor pays) to the Security Agent any
      additional remuneration which may be agreed between them.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              If
                the Security Agent and the Company fail to
                agree:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              whether
                the duties are of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the
                normal
                duties of the Security Agent; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                appropriate amount of any additional
                remuneration,

            

    

     

    the
      dispute will be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not
      as
      an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Company (such
      approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Company must pay the costs of the investment
                bank.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              The
                determination of any investment bank will be final and binding on
                the
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	29.  	
              AMENDMENTS
                AND WAIVERS

            

    

     

    
      	29.1  	
              Procedure

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided in this Clause, any term of the Finance Documents may
                be
                amended or waived with the agreement of the Company and the Majority
                Lenders. The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance
                Party, an
                amendment or waiver allowed under this
                Clause.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must promptly notify the other Parties of any amendment
                or
                waiver effected by it under paragraph (a)
                above.
                Any such amendment or waiver is binding on all the
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Obligor agrees to any amendment or waiver allowed by this Clause
                which is
                agreed to by the Company. This includes any amendment or waiver which
                would, but for this paragraph, require the consent of each Guarantor
                if
                the guarantee under the Finance Documents is to remain in full force
                and
                effect.

            

    

     

    
      	29.2  	
              Exceptions

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              An
                amendment or waiver which relates
                to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                definition of Majority
                Lenders
                in
                Clause 1.1
                (Definitions);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              an
                extension of the date of any scheduled payment to a Lender under
                the
                Finance Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              a
                reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of or change
                in the
                currency of any payment of principal, interest, fee or other amount
                payable to a Lender under the Finance Documents in its capacity as
                a
                Lender;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              an
                increase in, or an extension of, a Commitment or the Total
                Commitments;

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              a
                release of an Obligor other than in accordance with the terms of
                this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              a
                release of any Security Document other than in accordance with the
                terms
                of this Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              a
                term of a Finance Document which expressly requires the consent of
                each
                Lender;

            

    

     

    
      	(viii)  	
              the
                right of a Lender to assign or transfer its rights or obligations
                under
                the Finance Documents; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ix)  	
              this
                paragraph (a),

            

    

     

    may
      only
      be made with the consent of all the Lenders.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              An
                amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of
                an
                Administrative Party may only be made with the consent of that
                Administrative Party.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              A
                Fee Letter may be amended or waived with the agreement of the
                Administrative Party that is a party to that Fee Letter and the
                Company.

            

    

     

    
      	29.3  	
              Change
                of currency

            

    

     

    If
      a
      change in any currency of a country occurs (including where there is more than
      one currency or currency unit recognised at the same time as the lawful currency
      of a country), the Finance Documents will be amended to the extent the Facility
      Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) determines
      is
      necessary to reflect the change.

     

    
      	29.4  	
              Waivers
                and remedies cumulative

            

    

     

    The
      rights of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              may
                be exercised as often as necessary;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              are
                cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              may
                be waived only in writing and
                specifically.

            

    

     

    Delay
      in
      exercising or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that
      right.

     

    
      	29.5  	
              Replacement
                of Lender

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                at any time:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph
                (c)
                below);
                

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                Lender becomes a Non-Funding Lender (as defined in paragraph (c)
                below);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              any
                Lender becomes an Increased Costs Lender (as defined in paragraph
                (c)
                below),

            

    

     

    then
      the
      Company may on 10 Business Days' prior written notice to the Facility Agent
      and
      that Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender
      shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 30.1
      (Assignments
      and transfers by the Lenders)
      all
      (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a
      Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a
      Replacement
      Lender)
      selected by the Company, and which is acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting
      reasonably) and (in the case of any transfer of a B Revolving Facility
      Commitment) the Issuing Bank, which confirms its willingness to assume and
      does
      assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption
      of the transferring Lender's participations on the same basis as the
      transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of
      transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's
      participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or
      Letter of Credit fees, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto
      under the Finance Documents.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject
                to the
                following conditions:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Company shall have no right to replace the Facility Agent or Security
                Agent;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              neither
                the Facility Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the
                Company
                to find a Replacement Lender;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              in
                the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement
                must take place no later than 90 days after the date the Non-Consenting
                Lender notifies the Company and the Facility Agent of its failure
                or
                refusal to agree to any consent, waiver or amendment to the Finance
                Documents requested by the Company;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              in
                no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b)
                be
                required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the
                fees
                received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              For
                the purposes of this Clause 29.5:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              an
                Increased
                Cost Lender
                is
                a Lender to whom any Obligor becomes obligated to pay additional
                amounts
                described in Clauses 13.1
                (Tax
                gross-up),
                13.2
                (Tax
                indemnity)
                or 14.1
                (Increased
                Costs);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                Non-Consenting
                Lender
                is
                a Lender who does not agree to a consent or an amendment
                where:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              the
                Company or the Facility Agent (at the request of the Company) has
                requested the Lenders to consent to a waiver or amendment of any
                provision
                of the Finance Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              the
                waiver or amendment in question requires the consent of all Lenders;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              Lenders
                whose Commitments aggregate at least 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments
                (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated
                at
                least 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction)
                have
                consented to such waiver or amendment;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(D)  	
              the
                Company has notified that Lender it will treat it as a Non-Consenting
                Lender; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              a
                Non-Funding
                Lender
                is
                a Lender who either refuses to participate or fails to participate
                is a
                Loan where:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              the
                Facility Agent has notified each Lender of the details of the requested
                Loan and the amount of its share in that
                Loan;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              the
                conditions to provision of a Loan set out in this Agreement have
                all been
                met and the relevant Lender is not entitled to refuse to participate
                in
                that Loan; and

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              the
                Company has notified that Lender it will be treated as a Non-Funding
                Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	30.  	
              CHANGES
                TO THE PARTIES

            

    

     

    
      	30.1  	
              Assignments
                and transfers by the
                Lenders

            

    

     

    Subject
      to this Clause 30,
      a
      Lender (the Existing
      Lender)
      may:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              assign
                any of its rights; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              transfer
                by novation any of its rights and
                obligations,

            

    

     

    to
      another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which
      is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing
      or
      investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New
      Lender).

     

    
      	30.2  	
              Assignments
                and transfers - Issuing
                Bank

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                consent of the Issuing Bank is required for a transfer or assignment
                which
                relates to a B Revolving Credit
                Commitment.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                rights and obligations of the Existing Lender in respect of any Letter
                of
                Credit outstanding on the Transfer Date will not be transferred or
                assigned unless agreed by the Issuing Bank and (if so agreed), the
                rights
                and obligations of the Existing Lender and the New Lender pursuant
                to
                Clause 7.5 (Indemnities) with respect to any Letter of Credit outstanding
                on the Transfer Date and expressed to be the subject of the transfer
                or
                assignment in the Transfer Certificate shall be adjusted to those
                which
                they would have been had such Existing Lender and such New Lender
                had the
                Commitments expressed to be the subject of the transfer or assignment
                in
                the Transfer Certificate on the date that Letter of Credit was
                issued.

            

    

     

    
      	30.3  	
              Conditions
                of assignment or transfer

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                consent of the Company is required for a transfer or assignment by
                a
                Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under the Finance
                Documents
                in respect of its Commitment unless (i) the transfer or assignment
                is to
                another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) an Event of Default
                has
                occurred and is continuing.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                consent of the Company to a transfer or assignment must not be
                unreasonably withheld or delayed. 

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              An
                assignment will only be effective on receipt by the Facility Agent
                of
                written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance
                satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume
                the
                same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been
                under
                if it was an Original Lender and, if applicable, the Issuing Bank's
                written consent.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              A
                transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause
                30.6
                (Procedure
                for transfer)
                is complied with.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              If:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under
                the
                Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              as
                a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer
                or
                change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the
                New
                Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause
                13.1
                (Tax gross-up), Clause 13.2 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 14
                (Increased
                Costs),

            

    

     

    then
      the
      New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled
      to
      receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender
      or
      Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the
      assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

     

    
      	30.4  	
              Assignment
                or transfer fee

            

    

     

    The
      New
      Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect,
      pay
      to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$1,000.

     

    
      	30.5  	
              Limitation
                of responsibility of Existing
                Lenders

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Unless
                expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no
                representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New
                Lender
                for:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of
                the
                Finance Documents or any other
                documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                financial condition of any Obligor or Junior
                Creditor;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                performance and observance by any Obligor or Junior Creditor of its
                obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in
                connection with any Finance Document or any other
                document,

            

    

     

    and
      any
      representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Each
                New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance
                Parties
                that it: 

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              has
                made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation
                and
                assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor
                and
                Junior Creditor and their related entities in connection with its
                participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on
                any
                information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with
                any
                Finance Document; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              will
                continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness
                of
                each Obligor and Junior Creditor and their related entities whilst
                any
                amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any
                Commitment is in force.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Nothing
                in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender
                to:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              accept
                a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations
                assigned or transferred under this Clause 30
                (Changes
                to the Obligors);
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              support
                any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason
                of
                the non-performance by any Obligor or Junior Creditor of its obligations
                under the Finance Documents or
                otherwise.

            

    

     

    
      	30.6  	
              Procedure
                for transfer

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Subject
                to the conditions set out in Clause 30.3
                (Conditions
                of assignment or transfer)
                a
                transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (b)
                below
                when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer
                Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender
                (such Transfer Certificate to be received by the Facility Agent no
                later
                than five Business Days prior to the proposed Transfer Date, unless
                otherwise agreed by the Facility Agent). The Facility Agent shall,
                as soon
                as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed
                Transfer
                Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this
                Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,
                execute that Transfer Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              On
                the Transfer Date:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              to
                the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks
                to
                transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance
                Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released
                from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents
                and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled
                (being
                the Discharged
                Rights and Obligations);

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              each
                of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards
                one
                another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from
                the
                Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and
                the New
                Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor
                and
                the Existing Lender;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the
                Issuing Bank, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the
                same
                rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they
                would
                have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender
                with
                the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result
                of the
                transfer and to that extent the Agents, the Mandated Lead Arranger,
                the
                Issuing Bank and the Existing Lender shall each be released from
                further
                obligations to each other under this Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                New Lender shall become a Party as a
                "Lender".

            

    

     

    
      	30.7  	
              Sub-participation

            

    

     

    A
      Lender
      may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the Finance
      Documents, directly or indirectly, by sub-participation or by sub-contracting
      to
      any person, provided that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and has
      been
      outstanding for at least 45 days, no Lender shall sub-participate or
      sub-contract any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document to:
      

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              any
                person that is an Industrial Competitor; or

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              any
                other person that is acting on behalf of an Industrial Competitor,
                

            

    

     

    in
      each
      case, to the best of that Lender's knowledge after reasonable
      enquiry.

     

    
      	30.8  	
              Lender
                Register

            

    

     

    The
      Company shall at any time and from time to time have the right to request and
      receive from the Facility Agent reasonably detailed information regarding the
      identities, Commitments and principal amounts outstanding of all the
      Lenders.

     

    
      	30.9  	
              Additional
                Lenders

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Lender (other than an Additional Lender) agrees
                that:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                question of whether the Additional Lender Accession Agreement has
                been
                duly completed shall be determined in the absolute discretion of
                the
                Facility Agent; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              it
                expressly waives any rights it may have against the Facility Agent
                if the
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement is in anyway defective or if
                it
                fails to comply with the terms of this
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              On
                and from the Effective Date:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              each
                Additional Lender and each other Party will have rights and obligations
                towards each other as if the Additional Lender were a Lender;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              each
                Additional Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement
                as a
                Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Unless
                expressly agreed to the contrary, no Finance Party makes any
                representation or warranty to any Additional Lender
                for:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                financial condition of an Obligor;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, adequacy, accuracy,
                completeness or performance of::

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              any
                Finance Document or any other
                document;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              any
                statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied
                in
                connection with any Finance Document;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              any
                observance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document
                or
                any other documents,

            

    

     

    and
      any
      representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Each
                Additional Lender confirms to each other Finance Party that
                it:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              has
                made, and will continue to make, its own independent appraisal of
                all
                risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including
                the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related
                entities and the nature or extent of any recourse against any Party
                or its
                assets) in connection with its participation in this Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              has
                not relied exclusively on any information supplied to it by any Finance
                Party (other than the Additional Lender) in connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Nothing
                in any Finance Document requires any Finance Party to support any
                losses
                incurred by any Additional Lender by reason of the non-performance
                by any
                Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document or
                otherwise.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              On
                and from the Effective Date, a reference to a Lender in this Agreement
                includes each Additional Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	31.  	
              CHANGES
                TO THE OBLIGORS

            

    

     

    
      	31.1  	
              Assignments
                and transfer by Obligors

            

    

     

    No
      Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or
      obligations under the Finance Documents.

     

    
      	31.2  	
              Additional
                Guarantors

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              If
                the Company:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              requests
                that a Material Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              is
                required to make a Material Subsidiary (other than a PRC Subsidiary)
                a
                Guarantor, 

            

    

     

    it
      must
      give not less than 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent (who
      must promptly notify the Lenders).

     

    
      	(b)  	
              If
                the accession of an Additional Guarantor or the granting of security
                or
                the entry into any Subordination Agreement under Clause 21.28
                (Security)
                by an Obligor or Junior Creditor requires any Finance Party to carry
                out
                know your customer requirements in circumstances where the necessary
                information is not already available to it, the Company must promptly
                on
                request by any Finance Party supply to that Finance Party any
                documentation or other evidence which is reasonably requested by
                that
                Finance Party (whether for itself, on behalf of any Finance Party
                or any
                prospective new Lender) to enable a Finance Party or prospective
                new
                Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all applicable
                know your customer requirements.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                a Material Subsidiary of the Company (other than a PRC Subsidiary)
                is to
                become an Additional Guarantor, then the Company must (following
                consultation with the Facility Agent) deliver to the Facility Agent
                the
                relevant documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule
                2
                (Conditions Precedent Documents). 

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Except
                as provided below, the Company must ensure that each person which
                becomes
                a Material Subsidiary (other than a PRC Subsidiary) after the Closing
                Date
                becomes an Additional Guarantor in the manner required by this
                Clause.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  
               (i)  	
              The
                Company need only perform its obligations under paragraph (d) above
                if it
                is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor or
                it would
                not result in personal liability for that person's directors or other
                management. 

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              The
                Company must use commercially reasonable endeavours to avoid any
                unlawfulness or personal liability in the circumstances mentioned
                in
                sub-paragraph (e)(i) above. This includes agreeing to a limit on
                the
                amount secured or guaranteed. The Facility Agent may agree to such
                a limit
                if to do so might avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal
                liability.

            

    

     

    
      	(f)  	
              The
                Company must comply with its obligations under paragraph (d) as soon
                as
                reasonably practicable and in any event within 15 Business Days of
                the
                relevant person becoming a Material Subsidiary or, if paragraph (e)
                above
                applies, it ceasing to be unlawful or have any risk of personal liability
                for the relevant persons directors or other
                management.

            

    

     

    
      	(g)  	
              The
                relevant Material Subsidiary will become an Additional Guarantor
                on the
                date of the Accession Agreement executed by
                it.

            

    

     

    
      	(h)  	
              The
                Company must ensure that the Facility Agent receives, as soon as
                reasonably practicable and in any event within 15 Business Days of
                receipt
                of an Accession Agreement, the other documents and evidence referred
                to in
                paragraph (c) above. 

            

    

     

    
      	31.3  	
              Repetition
                of Representations

            

    

     

    Delivery
      of an Accession Agreement, executed by the relevant Material Subsidiary and
      the
      Company, to the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the relevant Material
      Subsidiary and the Company that the Repeating Representations are true and
      correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference
      to
      the facts and circumstances then existing.

     

    
      	32.  	
              DISCLOSURE
                OF INFORMATION

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Finance Party must keep confidential any information supplied to
                it by or
                on behalf of any Obligor or Junior Creditor in connection with the
                Finance
                Documents. However, a Finance Party is entitled to disclose
                information:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              which
                is publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by that
                Finance
                Party of this Clause;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              in
                connection with any legal or arbitration
                proceedings;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              if
                required to do so under any law or
                regulation;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              to
                a governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory
                authority;

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              to
                its professional advisers;

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              to
                any member of the Group or any Affiliate of the
                Company;

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              to
                any rating agency;

            

    

     

    
      	(viii)  	
              to
                the extent allowed under paragraph (b)
                below;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(ix)  	
              with
                the agreement of the relevant Obligor or Junior
                Creditor.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                Finance Party may disclose to an Affiliate, (including, for the avoidance
                of doubt, to its head office or any of its other branches), or any
                person
                with whom it may enter, or has entered into, any kind of transfer,
                participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement (a
                participant):

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                copy of any Finance Document; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              any
                information which that Finance Party has acquired under or in connection
                with any Finance Document.

            

    

     

    However,
      before a participant may receive any confidential information, it must agree
      with the relevant Finance Party to keep that information confidential on the
      terms of paragraph (a)
      above
      and this
      paragraph.

     

    
      	(c)  	
              This
                Clause supersedes any previous confidentiality undertaking given
                by a
                Finance Party in connection with this Agreement prior to it becoming
                a
                Party.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Any
                press announcement or other media communication (other than of an
                advertising nature after the Closing Date which does not reveal any
                information of a confidential nature) in relation to the Facilities
                must
                be approved in advance by the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Company.
                

            

    

     

    
      	33.  	
              SET-OFF

            

    

     

    A
      Finance
      Party may set off any matured obligation owed to it by an Obligor under the
      Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party)
      against any obligation (whether or not matured) owed by that Finance Party
      to
      that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency
      of
      either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance
      Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual
      course of business for the purpose of the set-off. A Finance Party may also
      at
      any time while an Event of Default is outstanding combine or consolidate
      accounts held with it by any Obligor.

     

    
      	34.  	
              PRO
                RATA SHARING

            

    

     

    
      	34.1  	
              Redistribution

            

    

     

    If
      any
      amount owing by an Obligor under any of the Finance Documents to a Finance
      Party
      (the recovering
      Finance Party)
      is
      discharged by payment, set-off or any other manner other than in accordance
      with
      this Agreement (a recovery),
      then:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              the
                recovering Finance Party must, within three Business Days, supply
                details
                of the recovery to the Facility
                Agent;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              the
                Facility Agent must calculate whether the recovery is in excess of
                the
                amount which the recovering Finance Party would have received if
                the
                recovery had been received by the Facility Agent under this Agreement;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              the
                recovering Finance Party must pay to the Facility Agent an amount
                equal to
                the excess (the redistribution).

            

    

     

    
      	34.2  	
              Effect
                of redistribution

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Facility Agent must treat a redistribution as if it were a payment
                by the
                relevant Obligor under this Agreement and distribute it among the
                Finance
                Parties, other than the recovering Finance Party,
                accordingly.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              When
                the Facility Agent makes a distribution under paragraph (a)
                above,
                the recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of
                the
                Finance Parties which have shared in that
                redistribution.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              If
                and to the extent that the recovering Finance Party is not able to
                rely on
                any rights of subrogation under paragraph (b)
                above,
                the relevant Obligor will owe the recovering Finance Party a debt
                which is
                equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type
                originally discharged.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              If:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              a
                recovering Finance Party must subsequently return a recovery, or
                an amount
                measured by reference to a recovery, to an Obligor;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                recovering Finance Party has paid a redistribution in relation to
                that
                recovery,

            

    

     

    each
      Finance Party must reimburse the recovering Finance Party all or the appropriate
      portion of the redistribution paid to that Finance Party, together with interest
      for the period while it held the redistribution. In this event, the subrogation
      in paragraph (b)
      above
      will
      operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.

     

    
      	34.3  	
              Exceptions

            

    

     

    Notwithstanding
      any other term of this Clause, a recovering Finance Party need not pay a
      redistribution to the extent that:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              it
                would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the relevant
                Obligor in the amount of the redistribution;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              it
                would be sharing with another Finance Party any amount which the
                recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of
                legal or
                arbitration proceedings, where:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                recovering Finance Party notified the Facility Agent of those proceedings;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those proceedings
                but did not do so or did not take separate legal or arbitration
                proceedings as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving notice
                of
                them.

            

    

     

    
      	35.  	
              SEVERABILITY

            

    

     

    If
      a term
      of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any
      respect under any jurisdiction in relation to any party to that Finance
      Document, that will not affect:

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              in
                respect of such party the legality, validity or enforceability in
                that
                jurisdiction of any other term of the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              in
                respect of any other party to such Finance Document the legality,
                validity
                or enforceability in that jurisdiction of that or any other term
                of the
                Finance Documents; or

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              in
                respect of any party to such Finance Document the legality, validity
                or
                enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other term of
                the
                Finance Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	36.  	
              COUNTERPARTS

            

    

     

    Each
      Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the
      same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy
      of
      the Finance Document.

     

    
      	37.  	
              NOTICES

            

    

     

    
      	37.1  	
              In
                writing

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Any
                communication in connection with a Finance Document must be in writing
                and, unless otherwise stated, may be
                given:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              in
                person, by post or fax; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              to
                the extent agreed by the Parties, by e-mail or other electronic
                communication.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              For
                the purpose of the Finance Documents, an electronic communication
                will be
                treated as being in writing and a
                document.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Unless
                it is agreed to the contrary, any consent or agreement required under
                a
                Finance Document must be given in
                writing.

            

    

     

    
      	37.2  	
              Contact
                details

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided below, the contact details of each Party for all
                communications in connection with the Finance Documents are those
                notified
                by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent on or before
                the date
                it becomes a Party.

            

    

     

    
      
        	(b)  	
                The
                  contact details of the Company for this purpose
                  are:

              

      

        

    

    
      	
              Address

            	
              101 South Hanley Road

              St. Louis

              Missouri 63105

              United States of America

               

            
	
              Fax
                number

              Attention:

            	
              (1) 314-746-2255

              Jerry Sax, Chief Financial
                Officer

            

    

        

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                contact details of the Facility Agent for this purpose
                are:

            

    

    
    

     

    
      
        	
                Address

              	
                5 Temasek Blvd.

                #18-00 SUNTEC Tower Five

                Singapore 038985

                 

              
	
                Fax
                  number

                Attention:

              	
                (65) 6431-8609

                Laura Han/Joanna Cheong - Banking Products
                  Services

              

      

       

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Any
                Party may change its contact details by giving five Business Days'
                notice
                to the Facility Agent or (in the case of the Facility Agent) to the
                other
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Where
                a Party nominates a particular department or officer to receive a
                communication, a communication will not be effective if it fails
                to
                specify that department or officer.

            

    

     

    
      	37.3  	
              Effectiveness

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided below, any communication in connection with a Finance
                Document
                will be deemed to be given as
                follows:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              if
                delivered in person, at the time of
                delivery;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              if
                posted, five days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid,
                in a
                correctly addressed envelope;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              if
                by fax, when received in legible
                form;

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              if
                by e-mail or any other electronic communication, when received in
                legible
                form; and

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              if
                by posting to an electronic website, at the time of posting or (if
                the
                relevant recipient did not at such time have access to such website)
                the
                time at which such recipient is given
                access.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              A
                communication given under paragraph (a)
                above
                but received on a non-working day or after business hours in the
                place of
                receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next working day in
                that
                place.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              A
                communication to the Facility Agent, Security Agent or the Issuing
                Bank
                will only be effective on actual receipt by
                it.

            

    

     

    
      	37.4  	
              Obligors

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              All
                communications under the Finance Documents to or from an Obligor
                must be
                sent through the Facility Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              All
                communications under the Finance Documents to or from an Obligor
                (other
                than the Company) must be sent through the
                Company.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Obligor (other than the Company) irrevocably appoints the Company
                to act
                as its agent:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              to
                give and receive all communications under the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              to
                supply all information concerning itself to any Finance Party;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              to
                sign all documents under or in connection with the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Any
                communication given to the Company in connection with a Finance Document
                will be deemed to have been given also to the other
                Obligors.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              Each
                Finance Party may assume that any communication made by the Company
                is
                made with the consent of each other
                Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	37.5  	
              Use
                of websites

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided below, the Company may deliver any information under
                this
                Agreement to a Lender by posting it on to an electronic website
                if:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                Facility Agent and the Lender
                agree;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                Company and the Facility Agent designate an electronic website for
                this
                purpose;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                Company notifies the Facility Agent of the address of and password
                for the
                website; and

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              the
                information posted is in a format agreed between the Company and
                the
                Facility Agent.

            

    

     

    The
      Facility Agent must supply each relevant Lender with the address of and password
      for the website.

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Notwithstanding
                the above, the Company must supply to the Facility Agent in paper
                form a
                copy of any information posted on the website together with sufficient
                copies for:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              any
                Lender not agreeing to receive information via the website;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              within
                10 Business Days of request any other Lender, if that Lender so
                requests.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                Company must, promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence, notify
                the
                Facility Agent if:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                website cannot be accessed;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              the
                website or any information on the website is infected by any electronic
                virus or similar software;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              the
                password for the website is changed;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              any
                information to be supplied under this Agreement is posted on the
                website
                or amended after being posted.

            

    

     

    If
      the
      circumstances in subparagraphs (i)
      or
(ii)
      above
      occur,
      the Company must supply any information required under this Agreement in paper
      form until the Facility Agent is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise
      to
      the notification are no longer continuing.

     

    
      	37.6  	
              Personal
                Liability

            

    

     

    If
      an
      individual signs a certificate on behalf of any Party and the certificate proves
      to be incorrect, the individual will incur no personal liability as a result,
      unless the individual acted fraudulently or recklessly in giving the
      certificate. In this case any liability of the individual will be determined
      in
      accordance with applicable law.

     

    
      	38.  	
              LANGUAGE

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Any
                notice given in connection with a Finance Document must be in
                English.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              Any
                other document provided in connection with a Finance Document must
                be:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              in
                English; or

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              (unless
                the Facility Agent otherwise agrees) accompanied by a certified English
                translation. In this case, the English translation prevails unless
                the
                document is a statutory or other official
                document.

            

    

     

    
      	39.  	
              GOVERNING
                LAW

            

    

     

    This
      Agreement is governed by English law.

     

    
      	40.  	
              ENFORCEMENT

            

    

     

    
      	40.1  	
              Jurisdiction

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute
                in
                connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to
                settle
                any such dispute in connection with any Finance Document. Each Obligor
                agrees not to argue to the contrary and waives objection to those
                courts
                on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to
                proceedings in connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              This
                Clause is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. To the extent
                allowed by law, a Finance Party may
                take:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              proceedings
                in any other court; and

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              concurrent
                proceedings in any number of
                jurisdictions.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              References
                in this Clause to a dispute in connection with a Finance Document
                include
                any dispute as to the existence, validity or termination of that
                Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	40.2  	
              Service
                of process

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              Each
                Obligor not incorporated in England and Wales irrevocably appoints
                WG&M Secretaries Limited, One South Place, London EC2M 2WG as its
                agent under the Finance Documents for service of process in any
                proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              If
                any person appointed as process agent under this Clause is unable
                for any
                reason to so act, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) must
                immediately (and in any event within 7 days of such event taking
                place)
                appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent.
                Failing
                this, the Facility Agent may appoint another process agent for this
                purpose.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              Each
                Obligor agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any
                process
                will not invalidate the relevant
                proceedings.

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              This
                Subclause does not affect any other method of service allowed by
                law.

            

    

     

    
      	40.3  	
              Waiver
                of immunity

            

    

     

    Each
      Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              agrees
                not to claim any immunity from proceedings brought by a Finance Party
                against it in relation to a Finance Document and to ensure that no
                such
                claim is made on its behalf;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              consents
                generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process
                in
                connection with those proceedings;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              waives
                all rights of immunity in respect of it or its
                assets.

            

    

     

    
      	40.4  	
              Waiver
                of trial by jury

            

    

     

    EACH
      PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF
      ACTION BASED ON OR ARISING FROM ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION
      CONTEMPLATED BY ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT. In the event of litigation, this Agreement
      may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

     

      THIS
      AGREEMENT has
      been
      entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE 1

     

    ORIGINAL
      PARTIES

     

    PART
      1

     

    ORIGINAL
      OBLIGORS

     

    

    
      	
               

              Name
                of Borrower

               

            	
               

              Jurisdiction
                of

              incorporation

            	
               

              Registration
                number

              (or
                equivalent, if any)

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                Kalex Printed Circuit Board Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              506562

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                Asia Pacific Company Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              675166

            
	
               

              Kalex
                Circuit Board (China) Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              98891

            

    

    

    

    
      	
               

              Name
                of Original Guarantor

               

            	
               

              Jurisdiction
                of

              incorporation

            	
               

              Registration
                number (or

              equivalent,
                if any)

            
	
               

              Viasystems,
                Inc.

               

            	
               

              State
                of Delaware, the

              United
                States of America

            	
               

              N/A

               

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                International, Inc.

               

            	
               

              State
                of Delaware, the

              United
                States of America

            	
               

              N/A

               

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                Kalex Printed Circuit Board Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              506562

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                Asia Pacific Company Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              675166

            
	
               

              Kalex
                Circuit Board (China) Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              98891

            

    

    

    

    
      	
               

              Name
                of security provider

            	
               

              Jurisdiction
                of

              incorporation

            	
               

              Registration
                number

              (or
                equivalent, if any)

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                (BVI) Limited

            	
               

              British
                Virgin Islands

            	
               

              52-197593

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                Asia Pacific Company Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              675166

            
	
               

              Kalex
                Circuit Board (Guangzhou) Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              451638

            
	
               

              Termbray
                Laminate Co. Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              494361

            
	
               

              Kalex
                Circuit Board (China) Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              98891

            

    

    

     

    

    
      
        
          
            	 
	
                    36335-00362
                      HK:2707197.11

                  	
                    128

                  	 

          

          

        

        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

        
          
            	 

          

          

        

      

    

     

    PART
      2

     

    ORIGINAL
      LENDERS

     

    

    
      	 	
               

              REVOLVING
                CREDIT COMMITMENTS

            
	
               

              Name
                of Original Lender(s)

            	
               

              A

            	
               

              B

            
	
               

              UBS
                AG, Singapore Branch

            	
               

              US$20,000,000

            	
               

              US$60,000,000

            
	
               

              TOTAL

            	
               

              US$20,000,000

            	
               

              US$60,000,000

            

    

     

    

     

    

     

    

    
      
        
          
            	 
	
                    36335-00362
                      HK:2707197.11

                  	
                    129

                  	 

          

          

        

        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

        
          
            	 

          

          

        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      2

     

    CONDITIONS
      PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

     

    PART
      1

     

    TO
      BE DELIVERED BEFORE THE FIRST UTILISATION

     

    Original
      Obligors

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                copy of the constitutional documents of each Original
                Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              A
                copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor
                (or a committee of its board of directors) approving the terms of,
                the
                transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance
                of the Finance Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              If
                applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the
                relevant Original Obligor establishing the committee referred to
                in
                paragraph 2
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              A
                specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of
                an
                Original Obligor to execute any Finance Document or to sign or send
                any
                document or notice in connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              In
                the case of each Original Guarantor (other than the Company) and
                Original
                Obligor , a copy of a resolution signed by all (or any lower percentage
                agreed by the Facility Agent) of the holders of the issued or allotted
                shares in that Original Guarantor and Original Obligor (as the case
                may
                be), if required under applicable law for the protection of the Lenders,
                approving the terms of, the transactions contemplated by, and the
                execution, delivery and performance of the Finance
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              In
                the case of each Original Guarantor and Original Obligor, if required
                under applicable law for the protection of the Lenders, a copy of
                a
                resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder
                in that
                Original Guarantor and Original Obligor (as the case may be) approving
                the
                terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 5
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              A
                certificate of an authorised signatory of the
                Company:

            

    

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              confirming
                that utilisation by the Borrowers of the Total Commitments in full
                will
                not breach any limit binding on any Original Obligor;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              (save
                where such certification has been given by another person) certifying
                that
                each copy document specified in Part
                1
                of
                this Schedule is correct and complete and that the original of each
                of
                those documents is in full force and effect and has not been amended
                or
                superseded as at a date no earlier than the Closing
                Date.

            

    

     

    
      	8.  	
              For
                each Borrower and Original Guarantor which is not incorporated under
                the
                laws of England, evidence that its agent under the Finance Documents
                for
                service of process in England has accepted its
                appointment.

            

    

     

    
      	9.  	
              Evidence
                that the agent of the Original Obligors (if applicable) under the
                Finance
                Documents for service of process in Hong Kong has accepted its
                appointment.

            

    

     

    Legal
      opinions

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers as to matters of
                English law to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Facility Agent,
                addressed to the Finance Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              A
                legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers as to matters of Hong
                Kong law to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Facility Agent, addressed
                to the Finance Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              A
                legal opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, legal advisers as to
                matters of the corporate laws of the State of Delaware to the U.S.
                Guarantors, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              A
                legal opinion of Maples and Calder, legal advisers as to matters
                of
                British Virgin Islands law to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the
                Facility
                Agent, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              A
                legal opinion of King & Wood, legal advisers as to PRC law to the
                Mandated Lead Arranger and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              No
                conflicts legal opinion from Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel to
                the Company in relation to the HY Bond
                Indenture.

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              A
                legal opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., legal advisers as to
                matters of the laws of the State of Delaware to the Mandated Lead
                Arranger
                and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    Other
      funding documents

     

    
      	1.  	
              An
                original of each of the following duly entered into by each of the
                parties
                to it:

            

    

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              this
                Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              each
                Fee Letter;

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              the
                Commitment Letter;

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              any
                other document designated as a Finance Document by the Facility Agent
                and
                the Company; and that is executed and delivered by the Closing Date
                (other
                than the Security Documents).

            

    

     

    Other
      Finance Documents

     

    
      	1.  	
              At
                least two originals of the Security Documents identified in Schedule
                5
                (Security
                Documents)
                as being executed before the Closing Date, each duly executed by
                the
                parties to it.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              A
                copy of all notices required to be sent and other documents required
                to be
                executed or delivered under the Security
                Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  (a) 
               	
              The
                title deeds to each real and leasehold property owned by an Obligor
                who is
                providing security for the Facilities;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              a
                letter (satisfactory to the Security Agent) from solicitors holding
                those
                title deeds undertaking to hold them to the order of the Security
                Agent,

            

    

     

    or
      the
      equivalent in the jurisdiction of location of the relevant assets, together
      with
      priority searches of the relevant registers.

     

    
      	4.  	
              All
                share certificates, duly executed stock transfer forms and other
                documents
                of title required to be provided under the Security Documents identified
                in Schedule
                5
                (Security
                Documents).

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              A
                copy of the constitutional documents (including the joint venture
                contracts for the PRC Subsidiaries listed in paragraphs (b), (d)
                and (e)
                below) of each of the following PRC Subsidiaries:
                

            

    

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              Kalex
                Multi-Layer Circuit Board (Zhong Shan)
                Ltd.;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              Guangzhou
                Termbray Electronics Technology Company
                Limited;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              Shanghai
                Viasystems EMS Co., Ltd.;

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              Guangzhou
                Kalex Laminate Company Limited;

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              Guangzhou
                Termbray Circuit Board Co. Limited;

            

    

     

    
      	(f) 
               	
              Qingdao
                Viasystems Telecommunications Technologies Co.,
                Ltd;

            

    

     

    
      	(g) 
               	
              Viasystems
                EMS (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd; and

            

    

     

    
      	(h) 
               	
              Shanghai
                Viasystems Electronic Systems Co., Ltd.;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              Viasystems
                Technology International Trading (Shanghai) Co.,
                Ltd.

            

    

     

    Other
      documents and evidence

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                copy of the Base Case Model.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              A
                copy of the Original Financial
                Statements.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              A
                copy of the executed pay-off letter dated 10 August, 2006 in relation
                to
                the cancellation of the JPM Facility (the Pay-Off
                Letter)
                and evidence that: 

            

    

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              the
                conditions specified within the Pay-Off Letter to the Agent's (as
                defined
                therein) release of the existing security in connection with the
                JPM
                Facility have been satisfied; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              a
                copy of the Reimbursement Agreement and the Cash Collateral Agreement
                (each, as referred to in the Pay-Off
                Letter).

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              Evidence
                that all required Insurances are on
                risk.

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              A
                copy of Form 8-K for Viasystems which was filed with the SEC on 5
                May,
                2006.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              A
                copy of the Management Agreement.

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    PART
      2

     

    TO
      BE DELIVERED IN RESPECT OF AN ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR

     

    Additional
      Guarantors

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                Guarantor Accession Agreement, duly executed by the Company and the
                Additional Guarantor.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Security
                Document(s) over its assets, duly executed by the Additional
                Guarantor.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              A
                copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional
                Guarantor.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              A
                copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional
                Guarantor
                (or a committee of its board of directors) approving the terms of,
                the
                transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance
                of the Guarantor Accession Agreement and the Finance Documents to
                which it
                is acceding.

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              If
                applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the
                Additional Guarantor establishing the committee referred to in
                paragraph 4
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              A
                specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of
                the
                Additional Guarantor to execute any Finance Document or to sign or
                send
                any document or notice in connection with any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              A
                copy of a resolution, signed by all (or any lower percentage agreed
                by the
                Facility Agent) of the holders of the issued or allotted shares in
                the
                Additional Guarantor (if required under applicable law for the protection
                of the Lenders), approving the terms of, the transactions contemplated
                by,
                and the execution, delivery and performance of the Guarantor Accession
                Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is
                acceding.

            

    

     

    
      	8.  	
              If
                required under applicable law for the protection of the Lenders,
                a copy of
                a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder
                in
                the Additional Guarantor approving the resolution referred to in
                paragraph 7
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	9.  	
              A
                certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional
                Guarantor:

            

    

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              confirming
                that guaranteeing the Total Commitments in full would not breach
                any limit
                binding on it; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              (save
                where such certification has been given by another person) certifying
                that
                each copy document specified in Part 2 of this Schedule is correct
                and
                complete and that the original of each of those documents is in full
                force
                and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no
                earlier
                than the date of the Guarantor Accession
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	10.  	
              If
                available, a copy of the latest audited accounts of the Additional
                Guarantor.

            

    

     

    
      	11.  	
              For
                any Additional Guarantor which is not incorporated under the laws
                of
                England and Wales, evidence that its agent under the Finance Documents
                for
                service of process in England has accepted its
                appointment.

            

    

     

    Legal
      opinions

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers as to matters of
                English law to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              If
                the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other
                than
                England and Wales, a legal opinion from legal advisers in that
                jurisdiction, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    Other
      documents and evidence

     

    
      	1.  	
              Evidence
                that all expenses due and payable from the Company under this Agreement
                in
                respect of the Guarantor Accession Agreement have been
                paid.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              A
                copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance
                which the Facility Agent notifies the Company is necessary or desirable
                in
                connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions
                contemplated by, the Guarantor Accession Agreement or for the validity
                and
                enforceability of any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    PART
      3

     

    TO
      BE DELIVERED IN RESPECT OF ADDITIONAL SECURITY

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                copy of the constitutional documents of the relevant Obligor or Junior
                Creditor.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              A
                copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant Obligor
                or
                Junior Creditor (or a committee of its board of directors) approving
                the
                terms of, the transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery
                and performance of the Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              If
                applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the
                relevant Obligor or Junior Creditor establishing the committee referred
                to
                in paragraph 2
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              A
                specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of
                the
                relevant Obligor or Junior Creditor to execute the Security Document
                or to
                sign or send any document or notice in connection with such Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              A
                copy of a resolution, signed by all (or any lower percentage agreed
                by the
                Facility Agent) of the holders of the Obligor's or Junior Creditor's
                issued or allotted shares (if required under applicable law for the
                protection of the Lenders), approving the execution of the Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              If
                applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each
                corporate shareholder in the Obligor or Junior Creditor (if required
                under
                applicable law for the protection of the Lenders) approving the resolution
                referred to in paragraph 5
                above.

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              A
                certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor or
                Junior
                Creditor certifying that each copy document specified in Part
                3
                of
                this Schedule (save where such certification has been made by another
                person) is correct and complete and that the original of those documents
                is in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded
                as at a
                date no earlier than the date of the additional Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	8.  	
              A
                copy of all notices required to be sent or other documents or
                acknowledgements required to be executed or delivered under the Security
                Document.

            

    

     

    
      	9.  	
              For
                any Obligor or Junior Creditor which is not incorporated under the
                laws
                governing the relevant Security Document, evidence that the agent
                of the
                Obligor or Junior Creditor under the relevant Security Document for
                service of process that jurisdiction has accepted its
                appointment.

            

    

     

    Legal
      opinions

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                legal opinion of counsel approved by the Facility Agent in respect
                of the
                laws of the jurisdiction in which the relevant Obligor or Junior
                Creditor
                is incorporated, and, if different, in respect of the laws governing
                the
                additional Security Document, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              If
                the Security Document is governed by English law, a legal opinion
                of Allen
                & Overy, legal advisers as to matters of English law to the Facility
                Agent, addressed to the Finance
                Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              If
                the relevant Security Document is governed by a jurisdiction other
                than
                England, a legal opinion from legal advisers in that jurisdiction,
                addressed to the Finance Parties.

            

    

     

    Other
      documents and evidence

     

    
      	1.  	
              A
                copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance
                which the Facility Agent notifies the Company is necessary or desirable
                in
                connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions
                contemplated by, the Security Document or for the validity and
                enforceability of any Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      3

     

    FORM
      OF REQUEST

     

      To:[UBS
      AG,
      Singapore Branch] as Facility Agent

     

      From:[Name
      of
      Borrower(s)]

     

      Date:[            ]

     

    Viasystems
      International, Inc. - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17 August,
      2006
      (the Agreement)

     

    
      	1.  	
              We
                refer to the Agreement. This is a
                Request.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Terms
                used but not otherwise defined in this Request have the meaning given
                to
                such terms in the Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              We
                wish to [borrow a [A][B] Revolving Credit Loan] [arrange for a Letter
                of
                Credit to be issued under the B Revolving Credit Facility] on the
                following terms:

            

    

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              Borrower:
                [            ]1

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              Utilisation
                Date:
                [            ]

            

    

     

    
      	(c) 
               	
              Amount:
                [            ]

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              Term:
                [            ]

            

    

     

    
      	(e)
                	
              [Beneficiary:
                [            ].] 2

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              Our
                [payment/delivery] instructions are:
                [            ].

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              We
                confirm that each condition precedent under the Agreement which must
                be
                satisfied on the date of this Request is so
                satisfied.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              This
                Request is irrevocable.

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              [We
                attach a copy of the proposed Letter of
                Credit.]

            

    

     

      By:

     

      [Name
      of
      Borrower(s)]

     

     

    ____________________

    1If
      this
      is a request for a Letter of Credit, insert details of who the Letter of Credit
      is issued on behalf of

    2If
      Request for a Letter of Credit, insert
      details of beneficiary of Letter of Credit.

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      4

     

    FORM
      OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATES

     

    PART
      1  

     

    TRANSFERS
      BY ASSIGNMENT, RELEASE AND ACCESSION

     

      To:[UBS
      AG,
      Singapore Branch] as Facility Agent

     

      From:[THE
      EXISTING LENDER] (the Existing
      Lender)
      and
      [THE NEW LENDER] (the New
      Lender)

     

      Date:[            ]

     

    Viasystems International,
      Inc. - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17 August, 2006 (the Agreement)

     

    
      	1.  	
              We
                refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Terms
                used but not otherwise defined in this Transfer Certificate have
                the
                meaning given to such terms in the
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  
              (a)  	
              The
                Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights
                of the
                Existing Lender under the Agreement which correspond to that portion
                of
                the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in Credits under
                the
                Agreement specified in the schedule to this Transfer Certificate
                (the
                Schedule).

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing
                Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's
                Commitments and participations in Credits under the Agreement specified
                in
                the Schedule.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              The
                New Lender becomes a Lender under the Agreement and is bound by
                obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is
                released
                under paragraph (b) above.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              The
                proposed Transfer Date is
                [            ].

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              On
                the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes party to the Agreement as
                a
                Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              [The
                Issuing Bank approves the identity of the New Lender for the purposes
                of
                Clause 30.2 of the Agreement.]

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              The
                administrative details of the New Lender for the purposes of the
                Agreement
                are set out in the Schedule.

            

    

     

    
      	8.  	
              The
                New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing
                Lender's
                obligations in respect of this Transfer Certificate contained in
                the
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	9.  	
              This
                Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts
                and
                this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts
                were on
                a single copy of the Transfer
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	10.  	
              This
                Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at
                the
                beginning of this Transfer Certificate and is governed by English
                law.

            

    

     

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    THE
      SCHEDULE

     

    Rights
      and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and
      accession

    [insert
      relevant details, including applicable Commitment (or part) and participation
      in
      Credits]

     

    PART
      1

     

    COMMITMENTS

     

    

    
      	
              A
                Loan Facility

              Revolving
                Credit Commitments

            	
              B
                Loan Facility

              Revolving
                Credit Commitments

            
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 

    

    

     

    PART
      2

     

    PARTICIPATIONS
      IN LOANS

     

    

    
      	
              A

              Loans

            	
              B

              Loans

            
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 

    

     

    PART
      3

     

    LETTERS
      OF CREDIT OUTSTANDING

    ON
      THE TRANSFER DATE

     

    

    
      	
               

              Outstanding
                Amounts

            	
               

              Start
                Date

            	
               

              Expiry
                Date

            
	 	 	 

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

    Administrative
      details of the New Lender

    [insert
      details of Facility Office (including SWIFT ID), full address for notices,
      details of contact person

    (including
      telephone number, fax number and email address) and full USD account details
      (including agent

    bank
      details e.g. SWIFT and CHIPS ID)]

     

    [EXISTING
      LENDER]

     

    [NEW
      LENDER]

     

    The
      Transfer Date is confirmed by the Facility Agent as
      [            ].

     

    FACILITY
      AGENT

     

    By:

     

    As
      Facility Agent and for and on behalf of each of the parties to the Agreement
      (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender)

     

    
      	
              Note:

            	
              The
                execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate
                share of the Existing Lender's interest in security in all jurisdictions.
                It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any
                other
                documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer
                of such
                a share in the Existing Lender's security in any jurisdiction and,
                if so,
                to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those
                formalities.

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    PART
      2

     

    TRANSFERS
      BY NOVATION

     

      To:[UBS
      AG,
      Singapore Branch] as Facility Agent

     

      From:[THE
      EXISTING LENDER] (the Existing
      Lender)
      and
      [THE NEW LENDER] (the New
      Lender)

     

      Date:[            ]

     

    Viasystems International,
      Inc. - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17 August, 2006
      (the Agreement)

     

    
      	1.  	
              We
                refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Terms
                used but not otherwise defined in this Transfer Certificate have
                the
                meaning given to such terms in the
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              The
                Existing Lender transfers by novation to the New Lender all the rights
                and
                obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion
                of the
                Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in Credits under
                the
                Agreement specified in the schedule to this Transfer Certificate
                (the
                Schedule)
                in accordance with the terms of the
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              The
                proposed Transfer Date is
                [            ].

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              On
                the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes party to the Agreement as
                a
                Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              [The
                Issuing Bank approves the identity of the New Lender for the purposes
                of
                Clause 30.4
                (Assignment
                or transfer fee)
                of the Agreement.]

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              The
                administrative details of the New Lender for the purposes of the
                Agreement
                are set out in the Schedule.

            

    

     

    
      	8.  	
              The
                New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing
                Lender's
                obligations in respect of this Transfer Certificate contained in
                the
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	9.  	
              This
                Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts
                and
                this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts
                were on
                a single copy of the Transfer
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	10.  	
              This
                Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at
                the
                beginning of this Transfer Certificate and is governed by English
                law.

            

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    THE
      SCHEDULE

     

     

    Rights
      and obligations to be transferred by novation

    [insert
      relevant details, including applicable Commitment (or part) and participation
      in
      Credits]

     

    PART
      1

     

    COMMITMENTS

     

    

    
      	
              A

              Loan
                Commitments

            	
              B

              Loan
                Commitments

            
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 

    

     

    

    

     

    PART
      2

     

    PARTICIPATIONS
      IN LOANS

     

    

    
      	
              A

              Loans

            	
              B

              Loans

            
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 

    

     

    

    

     

    PART
      3

     

    LETTERS
      OF CREDIT OUTSTANDING

     

    ON
      THE TRANSFER DATE

     

    

    
      	
               

              Outstanding
                Amounts

            	
               

              Start
                Date

            	
               

              Expiry
                Date

            
	 	 	 

    

     

    

    

     

      

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Administrative
      details of the New Lender

    [insert
      details of Facility Office (including SWIFT ID), full address for notices,
      details of contact person

    (including
      telephone number, fax number and email address) and full USD account details
      (including agent

    bank
      details e.g. SWIFT and CHIPS ID)]

     

    [EXISTING
      LENDER]

     

    [NEW
      LENDER]

     

    The
      Transfer Date is confirmed by the Facility Agent as
      [            ].

     

    FACILITY
      AGENT

     

    By:

     

    As
      Facility Agent and for and on behalf of each of the parties to the Agreement
      (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender)

     

    
      	
              Note:

            	
              The
                execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate
                share of the Existing Lender's interest in security in all jurisdictions.
                It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any
                other
                documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer
                of such
                a share in the Existing Lender's security in any jurisdiction and,
                if so,
                to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those
                formalities.

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      5

     

    SECURITY
      DOCUMENTS

     

      On
      the date of this Agreement

     

    
      	1.  	
              First
                security over all the shares in each Borrower (Hong Kong
                law).

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Composite
                security agreement by each Borrower and each Material Subsidiary
                (other
                than any Material Subsidiary incorporated in PRC)
                incorporating:

            

    

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              first
                charge over all of its bank accounts (including but not limited to
                the
                holding account and mandatory prepayment account in accordance with
                Clause
                9.5
                (Payment
                into a holding account or a mandatory prepayment account));

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
                	
              an
                assignment of all its trade receivables (if any) (notices of assignment
                being only required to be served on the relevant debtors upon the
                occurrence of a Default that is
                continuing);

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              an
                assignment of all insurance policies taken out by the Company on
                behalf of
                the Group, to the maximum extent permitted by laws; and
                

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              first
                charge over all its other present and future assets and, to the maximum
                legal extent, in the form of fixed
                charges.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              Assignment
                of intercompany loans by each Borrower and each Guarantor organised
                under
                the laws of Hong Kong (Hong Kong
                law).

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              Pledge
                by the relevant member of the Group of the rights and interest in
                the
                registered capital of each of the following PRC Subsidiaries directly
                owned by it
                (PRC law):

            

    

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              Kalex
                Multi-Layer Circuit Board (Zhong Shan)
                Ltd.;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              Guangzhou
                Termbray Electronics Technology Company
                Limited;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              Shanghai
                Viasystems EMS Co., Ltd.;

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              Guangzhou
                Kalex Laminate Company Limited;

            

    

     

    
      	(e) 
               	
              Guangzhou
                Termbray Circuit Board Co. Limited;

            

    

     

    
      	(f) 
               	
              Qingdao
                Viasystems Telecommunications Technologies Co.,
                Ltd;

            

    

     

    
      	(g) 
               	
              Viasystems
                EMS (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd; 

            

    

     

    
      	(h)
                	
              Shanghai
                Viasystems Electronic Systems Co., Ltd.;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(i) 
               	
              Viasystems
                Technology International Trading (Shanghai) Co.,
                Ltd,

            

    

     

    provided
      the perfection and registration of these pledges must be satisfied within 120
      days of the Closing Date. 

     

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      6

     

    PERMITTED
      PROPERTY DISPOSALS

     

    

    
      	
               

              Properties
                for Sale

            	
               

              Price
                under contract (if any)

            
	
               

              17600
                Trans-Canada Highway

              Kirkland

              Canada

            	
               

              5,000,000
                Canadian Dollars

            
	
               

              205
                Brunswick

              Pointe-Claire

              Quebec

              Canada

            	
               

              4,200,000
                Canadian Dollars

            
	
               

              379
                Rue Brignon

              Granby

              Quebec
                J2G 8N5

              Canada

            	
               

              750,000
                Canadian Dollars

            
	
               

              4500
                S. Laburnum Avenue

              Richmond,
                VA

              United
                States of America

            	
               

              US$8,000,000

            
	
               

              Peutenweg
                2-6101

              P.O.
                Box 34-6100 AA

              Echt

              Netherlands

            	 

    

     

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

      

     

    SCHEDULE
      7

     

    AGREED
      SECURITY PRINCIPLES

     

    
      	1.  	
              Agreed
                Security Principles

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                guarantees and security to be provided will be given in accordance
                with
                certain Agreed Security Principles. This Schedule 7 addresses the
                manner
                in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on the guarantees
                and
                security proposed to be taken in relation to the
                Facilities.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Agreed Security Principles embody a recognition by all parties that
                there
                may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective
                guarantees and/or security in every jurisdiction in which Obligors
                or
                Charging Parties are located. In
                particular:

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              general
                statutory limitations, financial assistance, maintenance of capital,
                corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalisation” rules,
                retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability
                of
                an Obligor to provide a guarantee or security or may require that
                the
                guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise. The Company and each
                Borrower will use reasonable endeavours to assist in demonstrating
                that
                adequate corporate benefit accrues to each
                Obligor;

            

    

     

    
      	(ii)  	
              a
                factor in determining whether or not guarantees shall be granted
                or
                security shall be taken is the applicable cost which shall not be
                disproportionate to the benefit to the Lenders (or other beneficiary
                of
                the security) of obtaining such
                security;

            

    

     

    
      	(iii)  	
              where
                there is material incremental cost involved in creating security
                over all
                assets owned by a member of the Group in a particular category (e.g.
                real
                estate) the principle stated in paragraph 1(b)(ii)
                above
                shall apply and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, only
                the
                material assets in that category (e.g. material real estate) shall
                be
                subject to security.

            

    

     

    
      	(iv)  	
              it
                is expressly acknowledged that in certain jurisdictions it may not
                be
                possible (including for legal and regulatory reasons) or it may take
                longer than agreed to grant guarantees or create security over certain
                categories of assets in which event such guarantees will not be granted
                and security will not be taken over such assets or, as the case may
                be,
                the Lenders will act reasonably in granting the necessary extension
                of
                timing for obtaining such guarantee or security provided that the
                relevant
                Guarantor or charging party has exercised due diligence and reasonable
                endeavours in providing such guarantee or
                security;

            

    

     

    
      	(v)  	
              any
                assets subject to third party arrangements (including shareholder
                agreements or permitted joint venture agreements) which prevent those
                assets from being charged will be excluded from any relevant security
                document; provided that reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to
                charging any such assets shall be used by the Group if the Security
                Agent
                reasonably determines the relevant asset is material and the Company
                reasonably determines that such endeavours will not (A) involve placing
                commercial relationships with third parties in jeopardy or (B) affect
                the
                negotiation of such commercial arrangements in any material
                respect;

            

    

     

    
      	(vi)  	
              Obligors
                will not be required to give guarantees or enter into security documents
                if:

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              it
                is not within the legal capacity of the relevant Obligor to do
                so;

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              to
                do so would contravene any applicable legal prohibition;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(C)  	
              if
                the same would conflict with the fiduciary duties of the directors
                of the
                relevant Obligor or Charging Party and the same would, or would be
                reasonably likely to, result in a risk of personal or criminal liability
                on the part of any such director; provided that the relevant Obligor
                or
                Charging Party shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any such
                obstacle; 

            

    

     

    
      	(vii)  	
              perfection
                of security, when required, and other legal formalities will be completed
                as soon as reasonably practicable and, in any event, within the time
                periods specified in the Finance Documents therefor or (if earlier
                or to
                the extent no such time periods are specified in the Finance Documents)
                within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure
                due
                perfection. The giving of a guarantee, the granting of security or
                the
                perfection of the security granted in any form will not be required
                if (in
                any case):

            

    

     

    
      	(A)  	
              it
                would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant
                Obligor or Charging Party to conduct its operations and business
                in the
                ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Finance Documents;
                or

            

    

     

    
      	(B)  	
              it
                would have a material adverse effect on the tax arrangements of the
                Group
                or any member of the Group; provided, in each case, that the relevant
                member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any
                such
                obstacle;

            

    

     

    
      	(viii)  	
              pledges
                over equity interests in joint ventures or the assets owned by such
                joint
                venture vehicles will not be required, provided
                that if
                members of the Group collectively own more than 50 per cent. of the
                equity
                interests in such joint venture vehicle, the Company will use reasonable
                endeavours to obtain consent to charging such equity interests and
                the
                assets of the joint venture if the Security Agent reasonably determines
                the relevant joint venture is material and the Company determines
                that
                such endeavours will not (A) involve placing the commercial relationship
                with the joint venture partners in jeopardy or (B) affect the negotiation
                of such joint venture arrangements in any material respect;
                

            

    

     

    
      	(ix)  	
              subject
                to the Finance Documents, the Security Agent, on behalf of the secured
                parties, shall be able to enforce the security constituted by the
                security
                documents without any restriction from either (i) the constitutional
                documents for the relevant Obligor or Charging Party (but subject
                to any
                inalienable statutory rights which any Obligor, Charging Party or
                member
                of the Group may have to challenge such enforcement) or (ii) any
                shareholders of the foregoing not party to the relevant security
                document;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(x)  	
              it
                is acknowledged that any subsidiary of the Company that is a Controlled
                Foreign Corporation which gives a guarantee or pledge of any of its
                assets
                (including shares in a subsidiary) as security for an obligation
                of a
                person incorporated in the United States of America (a United
                States Person)
                as a borrower may be deemed to have paid a dividend to such person.
                However, in respect of any subsidiary of the Company which is or
                has
                become a Controlled Foreign Corporation, it is agreed that: (i) such
                subsidiary shall not be required to give a guarantee or pledge of
                any of
                its assets (including shares in a subsidiary) as security for an
                obligation of a United States Person as a borrower; and (ii) furthermore,
                not more than 65 per cent. of the total combined voting power of
                all
                classes of shares entitled to vote of any such subsidiary shall be
                pledged
                directly or indirectly as security for an obligation of a United
                States
                Person as a borrower.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Guarantors
                and Security

            

    

     

    Subject
      to the due execution of the relevant guarantees and security documents,
      completion of relevant perfection formalities within statutorily prescribed
      time
      limits, payment of associated registration fees and documentary taxes, any
      other
      rights arising by operation of law, obtaining any relevant foreign legal
      opinions and subject to any qualifications set out in the Finance Documents
      and
      any relevant foreign legal opinions obtained and subject to the requirements
      of
      the Agreed Security Principles, it is acknowledged that:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              each
                guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee
                and
                each guarantee and security will be for all liabilities of the Obligors,
                Junior Creditors and Charging Parties under the Finance Documents
                in
                accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the Agreed Security
                Principles in each relevant
                jurisdiction;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              where
                an Obligor or Charging Party pledges shares, the security document
                will
                (subject to agreed exceptions) be governed by the law of the company
                whose
                shares are being pledged and not by the law of the country of the
                pledgor;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              the
                parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding paragraph 2(a)
                above,
                due to applicable corporate benefit, maintenance of capital, “thin
                capitalisation” rules and financial assistance restrictions, each
                guarantee and security given by an Obligor may be limited as provided
                for
                in the Facility Agreement and related financing documents;
                and

            

    

     

    
      	(d) 
               	
              where
                an Obligor or Charging Party acquires assets of material value after
                the
                date on which it initially grants security, security over such assets
                will
                be given as soon as reasonably practicable following such acquisition
                in
                accordance with these Agreed Security Principles to the extent that
                such
                assets are not subject to the existing security created by such Obligor
                or
                Charging Party.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              Terms
                of Security Documents 

            

    

     

    The
      following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken as
      part of this transaction:

     

    
      	(a)
                	
              the
                security for the Facilities will be first ranking, to the extent
                possible,
                unless otherwise agreed in the Finance
                Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              security
                will not be enforceable until an Event of Default has occurred and
                notice
                of such Event of Default and of intention to enforce has been given
                by a
                Facility Agent under the applicable Finance
                Document;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              notification
                of pledges over bank accounts will be given to the bank holding the
                account; provided that this is not inconsistent with the Group retaining
                control over the balance and operation of the account prior to the
                pledge
                becoming enforceable;

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              notification
                of receivables security to debtors will only be given if an Event
                of
                Default has occurred and notice of such Event of Default and of intention
                to enforce has been given by a Facility Agent under the applicable
                Finance
                Document other than where such notification is necessary to create
                a
                security interest over the relevant
                receivables;

            

    

     

    
      	(e)
                	
              notification
                of any security interest over insurance policies will be served on
                any
                insurer of the Group assets (unless otherwise agreed by the Facility
                Agent);

            

    

     

    
      	(f)
                	
              the
                security documents should only operate to create security rather
                than to
                impose new commercial obligations. Accordingly, they should not contain
                additional representation or undertakings (such as in respect of
                insurance, information or the payment of costs) unless these are
                the same
                as or consistent with those contained in the Facility Agreement or
                are
                required for the creation or perfection of the
                security;

            

    

     

    
      	(g)
                	
              in
                respect of the share pledges, the customary limitations on the exercise
                of
                voting rights to the extent these purport to protect the validity
                and
                enforceability of the security over shares shall apply. In addition,
                until
                an Event of Default has occurred and notice of acceleration has been
                given, the pledgor should be permitted to exercise (directly or
                indirectly) voting rights to any shares pledged by them in a manner
                which
                does not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the security
                or cause an Event of Default to occur and the pledgors should be
                permitted
                to pay dividends upstream on pledged shares to the extent permitted
                under
                the Finance Documents with the proceeds to be available to the Company
                and
                its subsidiaries; 

            

    

     

    
      	(h)
                	
              the
                Security Agent should only be able to exercise any power of attorney
                granted to it under the security documents (i) following an Event
                of
                Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived and in respect
                of
                which notice of enforcement has been given by a Facility Agent; or
                (ii)
                prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, a failure to remedy
                within
                the agreed grace period a breach of a further assurance or perfection
                obligation or any other covenant by the relevant Obligor or Charging
                Party
                in the relevant security document after notice of such breach has
                been
                given to the relevant Obligor or Charging
                Party;

            

    

     

    
      	(i)  	
              the
                security shall be held on trust by the Security Agent for the benefit
                of
                the Lenders and other administrative agents under the Finance Documents,
                except for security granted in jurisdictions where a trust is not
                recognized or feasible in relation to certain types of security in
                which
                case appropriate provision shall be made in the relevant security
                documents and any other relevant Finance Document, as necessary under
                local law, to ensure validity and enforceability of the security
                in such
                jurisdictions; and

            

    

     

    
      	(j) 
               	
              the
                security documents should not operate so as to prevent any transactions
                which are permitted under the Finance Documents, including without
                limitation, any disposals of assets where such disposal is permitted
                under
                the Finance Documents.

            

    

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      8

     

    FORM
      OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     

    
       

        To:    [UBS
        AG,
        Singapore Branch] as Facility Agent

       

        From:    Viasystems,
        Inc.

       

        Date:    [            ]

    

     

    Viasystems,
      Inc. - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17 August,
      2006
      (the Agreement)

     

    
      	1.  	
              We
                refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Terms
                used but not otherwise defined in this Compliance Certificate have
                the
                meaning given to such terms in the
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              We
                confirm that as at [relevant testing
                date]:

            

    

     

    
      	[(a)
                	
              Net
                Debt Leverage Ratio was
                [            ]
                to 1;

            

    

     

    
      	(b) 
               	
              Consolidated
                EBITDA was
                [            ]
                and Consolidated Total Net Interest Payable was
                [            ];
                therefore, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Total
                Net
                Interest Payable was
                [            ]
                to 1;

            

    

     

    
      	(c)
                	
              the
                level of Capital Expenditure was
                [            ];1

            

    

     

    
      	(d)
                	
              the
                level of Excess Cashflow was
                [            ].]2

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              We
                set out below calculations establishing the figures in
                paragraph 3
                above:

            

    

     

      [            ].

     

    
      	5.  	
              We
                confirm that the following companies were Material Subsidiaries at
                [relevant testing date]:

            

    

     

      [            ].

     

    
      	6.  	
              [We
                confirm that as at [relevant testing date] the aggregate contribution
                of
                the Guarantors to the consolidated gross assets and consolidated
                EBITDA of
                the Viasystems International Group was equal
                to:

            

    

     

    
      	(a) 
               	
              [    ]
                per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Viasystems International
                Group; and

            

    

     

    
      	(b)
                	
              [    ]
                per cent. of the consolidated EBITDA of the Viasystems International
                Group.]

            

    

     

    
      	7.  	
              [We
                confirm that as at [relevant testing date] the Base Currency Equivalent
                of
                the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds from Recovery Events during
                the
                annual Accounting Period of the Company ending
                [            ]
                was
                [            ].]

            

    

     

    
      	8.  	
              We
                confirm that no Default is outstanding as at [relevant testing date]
                or,
                if it is, the details of the Default and the remedial action proposed
                or
                being taken are as follows:

            

    

     

      VIASYSTEMS,
      INC.

     

      By:

     

    _______________________

    1If
      the
      Compliance Certificate at the end of the annual Accounting Period.

    2If
      the
      Compliance Certificate at the end of the annual Accounting Period.

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    SCHEDULE
      9

     

    FORM
      OF MARGIN CERTIFICATE

     

      To:    [UBS
      AG,
      Singapore Branch] as Facility Agent

     

      From:    Viasystems,
      Inc.

     

      Date:    [            ]

     

    Viasystems,
      Inc. - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17 August,
      2006
      (the Agreement)

     

    
      	1.  	
              We
                refer to the Agreement. This is a Margin
                Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              Terms
                used but not otherwise defined in this Margin Certificate have the
                meaning
                given to such terms in the
                Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              We
                confirm that as at [relevant testing date] Consolidated Total Net
                Debt was
                [            ]
                and Consolidated EBITDA was
                [            ];
                therefore, the Net Debt Leverage Ratio was
                [            ]
                to 1.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              We
                confirm that on the basis of the above, the applicable Margin in
                respect
                of A Loans is [    ] per cent. per annum and B
                Revolving Credit Loans is [    ] per cent. per
                annum.]

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              We
                set out below calculations establishing the figures in paragraph
                3
                above:

            

    

     

      [            ].

     

    
      	6.  	
              We
                confirm that no Default or Event of Default is outstanding as at
                [            ].

            

    

     

    

    
      	
               

              By:
                ..........................................

            	
               

              By:
                ..........................................

            
	
               

              title:
                ..........................................

            	
               

              title:
                ..........................................

            
	
               

              for
                VIASYSTEMS, INC.

            	
               

              for
                VIASYSTEMS, INC.

            

    

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      10

     

    FORM
      OF ACCESSION AGREEMENTS

     

    PART
      1

     

    FORM
      OF GUARANTOR ACCESSION AGREEMENT

     

     

    To:    [UBS
      AG,
      Singapore Branch] as Facility Agent

     

    
      From:    Viasystems
        International, Inc. and [PROPOSED ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

    

     

    Date:    [            ]

     

    Viasystems,
      Inc. - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17 August,
      2006
      (the Agreement)

     

      We
      refer
      to the Agreement. This is a Guarantor
      Accession Agreement. Terms used but not otherwise defined in this Guarantor
      Accession Agreement have the meaning given to such terms in the
      Agreement.

     

    
      	1.  	
              [Name
                of company] of [address/registered office] agrees to become an Additional
                Guarantor under the Agreement and to be bound by the terms of the
                Agreement as an Additional
                Guarantor.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              The
                Repeating Representations are correct on the date of this
                Guarantor
                Accession Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              It
                is intended that this document takes effect as a deed notwithstanding
                the
                fact that a party may only execute this document under
                hand.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              This
                Guarantor Accession Agreement has been executed and delivered as
                a deed on
                the date stated at the beginning of this Guarantor Accession Agreement
                and
                is governed by English law.

            

    

     

      

    
      	
               

              Executed
                as a deed by

              VIASYSTEMS
                INTERNATIONAL,

              INC.

              acting
                by

            	
               

               

               

               

              ................................................

            
	 	
              Director

            
	
               

              and

            	
               

              ................................................

            
	 	
              Director/Secretary

            
	
               

              Executed
                as a deed by

            	 
	
              [PROPOSED
                ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

            
	
               

              acting
                by

            	
               

              ................................................

            
	 	
              Director

            
	
               

              and

            	
               

              ................................................

            
	 	
              Director/Secretary

            

    

     

     

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    PART
      2

     

    FORM
      OF ISSUING BANK ACCESSION AGREEMENT

     

    
       

        To:    [UBS
        AG,
        Singapore Branch] as Facility Agent

       

        From:    [Proposed
        Issuing Bank]

       

        Date:    [            ]

       

    

     

    Viasystems International,
      Inc.
      - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17
      August,
      2006 (the Agreement)

     

      We
      refer
      to the Agreement. This is an Issuing Bank Accession Agreement. Terms used but
      not otherwise defined in this Issuing Bank Accession Agreement have the meaning
      given to such terms in the Agreement. 

     

    
      	1.  	
              [Name
                of Lender/[Bank] Affiliate of Lender] of [address/registered office]
                agrees to become the Issuing Bank under the Agreement and to be bound
                by
                the terms of the Agreement as an Issuing
                Bank.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              It
                is intended that this document takes effect as a deed notwithstanding
                the
                fact that a party may only execute this document under
                hand.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              This
                Issuing Bank Accession Agreement has been executed and delivered
                as a deed
                on the date stated at the beginning of this Issuing Bank Accession
                Agreement and is governed by English
                law.

            

    

     

    

    
      	
               

              Executed
                as a deed by

              [ISSUING
                BANK]

              acting
                by

            	
               

               

               

              ................................................

            
	 	
              Director

            
	
               

              and

            	
               

              ................................................

            
	 	
              Director/Secretary

            

    

     

     

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    PART
      3

     

    FORM
      OF ADDITIONAL LENDER ACCESSION AGREEMENT

     

    

      To:    [insert
      Borrower(s)] (the Borrowers)

     

      UBS
      AG, Singapore Branch
      as the Facility Agent

     

      From:  [ADDITIONAL
      LENDER(S)] (each an Additional
      Lender)

     

      Date:  [                           
       ]

     

     

    Viasystems,
      Inc. - US$80,000,000 Credit Agreement

    dated
      17 August 2006 (the Agreement)

     

     

    We
      refer
      to the Agreement. This is an Additional Lender Accession Agreement. Terms used
      but not otherwise defined in this Additional Lender Accession Agreement have
      the
      meaning given to such terms in this Agreement. 

     

    
      	1.  	
              [Name
                of company] of [address/registered office] agrees to become a Lender
                and
                to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as a
                Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              [[Name
                of company] of [address/registered office] agrees to become a Lender
                and
                to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as a
                Lender.]

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              The
                A Loan Facility Revolving Credit Commitment of each Additional Lender
                is
                prescribed in Schedule 1.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              The
                proposed Effective Date is [the proposed Effective Date/the date
                of this
                Additional Lender Accession
                Agreement].

            

    

     

    
      	5.  	
              The
                Borrowers and the Facility Agent agree that the respective A Loan
                Facility
                Revolving Credit Commitment of each Additional Lender does not and
                will
                not cause the Total Revolving Credit Commitments for the A Loan Facility
                to exceed US$65,000,000.

            

    

     

    
      	6.  	
              The
                administrative details of each Additional Lender for the purposes
                of the
                Agreement are set out in Schedule
                2.

            

    

    
    

     

    
      
        	7.  	
                Each
                  of the Additional Lenders expressly acknowledges the limitations
                  on the
                  existing Finance Parties' obligations set out in clause 2.5 (Increase
                  in
                  the A Loan Facility) of the
                  Agreement.

              

      

      
      

       

    

    
      	8.  	
              This
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement may be executed in any number
                of
                counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures were
                on a
                single copy of this Additional Lender Accession Agreement.
                

            

    

     

    
      	9.  	
              This
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement is governed by English
                law.

            

    

     

    
      	10.  	
              This
                Additional Lender Accession Agreement is a Finance
                Document.

            

    

     

     

      [ADDITIONAL
      LENDERS]

     

      By:

     

      

     

      If
      you
      agree to the above, please sign where indicated below.

     

      [BORROWERS]

     

      By:

     

      

     

      FACILITY
      AGENT

     

      By:

     

      As
      Facility Agent and for and on behalf of each of the parties to the
      Agreement

     

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

       

    SCHEDULE
      1

     

    

    
      	
               

              Name
                of Additional Lender

            	
               

              A
                Loan Facility Revolving Credit Commitments

            
	 	 
	
               

              [

            	 
	
               

              ]

            	 
	 	
               

              ________________

            
	
               

              Total
                A Loan Facility Revolving Credit

              Commitments
                of the Additional Lenders

            	
               

              US$[                        ]

              ________________

            

    

     

    

     

      

     

      

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

      

    SCHEDULE
      2

      

     

     

    Administrative
      details of the Additional Lenders

     

    [insert
      details of Facility Office (including SWIFT ID), full address for notices,
      details of contact person (including telephone number, fax number and email
      address) and full USD account details (including agent bank details e.g. SWIFT
      and CHIPS ID)]

     

      

     

      

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

      

    SCHEDULE
      11

     

    FORM
      OF LETTER OF CREDIT

     

      To:  [Beneficiary]

      (the
Beneficiary)

     

    [DATE]

     

     

    Irrevocable
      Standby Letter of Credit no.
      [            ]

     

    At
      the
      request of
      [            ],
      [ISSUING BANK] (the Issuing
      Bank)
      issues
      this irrevocable standby letter of credit (Letter
      of Credit)
      in your
      favour on the following terms:

     

    
      	1.  	
              Definitions

            

    

     

    In
      this
      Letter of Credit:

     

    Business
      Day
      means a
      day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general
      business in [Singapore, London, New York and Hong Kong].

     

    Demand
      means a
      demand for a payment under this Letter of Credit in the form of the schedule
      to
      this Letter of Credit.

     

    Expiry
      Date
      means
      [            ].

     

    Total
      L/C Amount
      means
      the total maximum limit of liability of
      [            ].

     

    
      	2.  	
              Issuing
                Bank's agreement

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              The
                Beneficiary may request a drawing [or drawings] under this Letter
                of
                Credit by giving to the Issuing Bank a duly completed Demand. A Demand
                may
                not be given after the Expiry Date.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                amount of this Letter of Credit will automatically reduce by the
                amount of
                all drawings under it.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              There
                is no responsibility on the Issuing Bank to investigate the authenticity
                of the declarations or the declarant's capacity to make the declaration.
                

            

    

     

    
      	(d)  	
              Subject
                to the terms of this Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank unconditionally
                and irrevocably undertakes to the Beneficiary that, within [10] Business
                Days of receipt by it of a Demand validly presented under this Letter
                of
                Credit, it must pay to the Beneficiary the amount which is demanded
                for
                payment in that Demand.

            

    

     

    
      	(e)  	
              The
                Issuing Bank will not be obliged to make a payment under this Letter
                of
                Credit if as a result the aggregate of all payments made by it under
                this
                Letter of Credit would exceed the Total L/C
                Amount.

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              Expiry

            

    

     

    
      	(a)  	
              At
                [5.00] p.m. ([Singapore/Hong Kong] time) on the Expiry Date this
                Letter of
                Credit automatically expires and no further Demands may be made.
                The
                obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Letter of Credit will
                cease
                with no further liability on the part of the Issuing Bank except
                for any
                Demand validly presented under the Letter of Credit prior to this
                time
                that remains unpaid.

            

    

     

    
      	(b)  	
              The
                Issuing Bank will be released from its obligations under this Letter
                of
                Credit on the date prior to the Expiry Date (if any) notified by
                the
                Beneficiary to the Issuing Bank as the date upon which the obligations
                of
                the Issuing Bank under this Letter of Credit are
                released.

            

    

     

    
      	(c)  	
              When
                the Issuing Bank is no longer under any obligation under this Letter
                of
                Credit, the Beneficiary must return the original of this Letter of
                Credit
                to the Issuing Bank.

            

    

     

    
      	4.  	
              Payments

            

    

     

    All
      payments under this Letter of Credit must be made in [US$ ] for value on the
      due
      date and payable to the credit of an account of the Beneficiary specified in
      the
      Demand.

     

    
      	5.  	
              Delivery
                of Demand

            

    

     

    Each
      Demand must be in writing, and may be given in person, by post and must be
      received by the Issuing Bank at its address by the particular department or
      officers as follows:1

    [

     

      ]

     

    
      	6.  	
              Assignment

            

    

     

    The
      Beneficiary's rights under this Letter of Credit may not be assigned or
      transferred.

     

    
      	7.  	
              ISP

            

    

     

    Except
      to
      the extent it is inconsistent with the express terms of this Letter of Credit,
      this Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices 1998,
      International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590.

     

    
      	8.  	
              Governing
                Law

            

    

     

    This
      Letter of Credit is governed by English law.

     

    
      	9.  	
              Jurisdiction

            

    

     

    The
      English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection
      with this Letter of Credit.

     

      Yours
      faithfully,

     

      

     

      [ISSUING
      BANK]

     

      By:

     

     

    __________________________

    1Demand
      must be received before 12 noon.

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE

     

    FORM
      OF DEMAND

     

      To:    [ISSUING
      BANK]

     

    [DATE]

     

      Dear
      Sirs

     

     

    Irrevocable
      Standby Letter of Credit no.
      [            ]
      issued in favour of [BENEFICIARY]

    (the
      Letter of Credit)

     

      We
      refer
      to the Letter of Credit. This is a Demand. Terms defined in the Letter of Credit
      have the same meaning when used in this Demand.

     

    
      	1.  	
              We
                hereby declare that we are authorised to make this declaration on
                behalf
                of the [Beneficiary]

            

    

     

    
      	2.  	
              We
                certify that the sum of
                [            ]
                is due [and has remained unpaid for at least
                [            ]
                Business Days under [set out underlying contract or agreement]].
                We
                therefore demand payment of the sum of
                [            ].

            

    

     

    
      	3.  	
              Payment
                should be made to the following
                account:

            

    

     

    Name:

     

    Account
      Number:

     

    Bank:

     

    
      	4.  	
              The
                date of this Demand is not later than the Expiry
                Date.

            

    

     

      Yours
      faithfully

     

      

     

      (Authorised
      Signatory)(Authorised
      Signatory)

     

      

     

      For

     

      [BENEFICIARY]

     

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
      12

     

    MATERIAL
      SUBSIDIARIES

     

      

    

    
      	
               

              Name
                of Material Subsidiary

               

            	
               

              Jurisdiction
                of

              incorporation

               

            	
               

              Registration
                number

              (or
                equivalent, if any)

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                Kalex Printed Circuit Board Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              506562

            
	
               

              Kalex
                Circuit Board (China) Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              98891

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                Asia Pacific Company Limited

            	
               

              Hong
                Kong

            	
               

              675166

            
	
               

              Guangzhou
                Termbray Electronics Technology Company Ltd

            	
               

              PRC

            	
               

              N/A

            
	
               

              Guangzhou
                Termbray Circuit Board Co., Ltd

            	
               

              PRC

            	
               

              N/A

            
	
               

              Kalex
                Multi-Layer Circuit Board (Zhong Shan) Ltd

               

            	
               

              PRC

               

            	
               

              Qi
                Du Yue Zhong Zong

              Fu
                Zi No. 002211

            
	
               

              Shanghai
                Viasystems EMS Co., Ltd.

            	
               

              PRC

            	
               

              Qi
                Du Hu Zong Fu Zi

              No.
                027148 (Jia Ding)

            
	
               

              Viasystems
                EMS (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

            	
               

              PRC

            	
               

              Qi
                Du Yue Shen Zong Zi

              No.
                307759

            

    

     

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    SCHEDULE
      13

     

    FORM
      OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

     

    

     

      

      
        
          
            
              	 
	
                       

                    	
                       

                    	 

            

            

          

          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

          
            
              	 
	
                       

                    

            

            

          

        

      

    
      
        	 
	 
	
                FORM
                  OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

              
	
                 

                DATED
                  [            ]

              
	
                 

                  BETWEEN

                 

                  

                 

                  [            ]

                 

                as
                  the Debtor

                 

                  

                 

                  -and-

                 

                  

                 

                  [            ]

                 

                as
                  Junior Creditor

                 

                  

                 

                  -and-

                 

                  

                 

                UBS
                  AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

                 

                as
                  Security Agent

              

      

       

        

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      CONTENTS

       

      Clause                                                                              Page

       

      
        	
                  1.Interpretation

              	
                  3

              
	
                  2.Undertakings

              	
                  4

              
	
                  3.Amendments
                  to the Junior Finance Documents

              	
                  5

              
	
                  4.Turnover
                  of non-permitted recoveries

              	
                  5

              
	
                  5.Subordination
                  on insolvency

              	
                  6

              
	
                  6.Enforcement
                  by Junior Creditor

              	
                  7

              
	
                  7.Consents

              	
                  7

              
	
                  8.Representations

              	
                  7

              
	
                  9.Protection
                  of subordination

              	
                  9

              
	
                  10.Information
                  by Junior Creditor

              	
                  11

              
	
                  11.Subrogation
                  by Junior Creditor

              	
                  11

              
	
                  12.Preservation
                  of Junior Debt

              	
                  11

              
	
                  13.Responsibility
                  of the Security Agent

              	
                  11

              
	
                  14.Treatment
                  of distribution

              	
                  11

              
	
                  15.Changes
                  to the Parties

              	
                  12

              
	
                  16.Miscellaneous

              	
                  12

              
	
                  17.Indemnity

              	
                  13

              
	
                  18.Notices

              	
                  14

              
	
                  19.Language

              	
                  15

              
	
                  20.Severability

              	
                  15

              
	
                  21.Waivers
                  and remedies cumulative

              	
                  15

              
	
                  22.Counterparts

              	
                  15

              
	
                  23.Governing
                  law

              	
                  15

              
	
                  24.Enforcement

              	
                  16

              
	 	 
	
                  Signatories

              	
                  17

              

      

       

      

      

      
        
          
            
              	 
	
                    	 	 

            

            

          

           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

          
          

        

      

       

        THIS
        SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
        is dated
[             ]
        between:

       

      	(1)  	
              [            ]
                (the
                Debtor);

            

       

      	(2)  	
              [            ]
                (the
                Junior
                Creditor);
                and

            

       

      	(3)  	
              UBS
                AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH
                (the Security
                Agent)
                as agent and trustee for the Finance Parties (as defined in the Credit
                Agreement defined below).

            

       

        BACKGROUND:

       

      	(A)  	
              The
                Debtor and the Junior Creditor enter into this Agreement in connection
                with the Credit Agreement (as defined
                below).

            

       

      	(B)  	
              It
                is intended that this document takes effect as a deed notwithstanding
                the
                fact that a party may only execute this document under
                hand.

            

       

      1. INTERPRETATION

      

      1.1 Definitions

       

      In
        this
        Agreement:

       

      Credit
        Agreement
        means
        the US$80,000,000 credit agreement dated 17 August 2006 between (among others)
        Viasystems Kalex Printed Circuit Board Limited, Viasystems Asia Pacific Company
        Limited and Kalex Circuit Board (China) Limited as borrowers and original
        guarantors, Viasystems, Inc. and Viasystems International, Inc. as original
        guarantors and the Security Agent.

       

      Junior
        Debt
        means
        all Liabilities payable or owing by the Debtor to the Junior
        Creditor.

       

      Junior
        Finance Document
        means
        all present and future documents and agreements relating to the Junior
        Debt.

       

      Liability
        means
        any present or future liability (actual or contingent), together
        with:-

       

      	(a)  	
              any
                permitted novation, deferral or extension of that
                liability;

            

       

      	(b)  	
              any
                further advance which may be made under any agreement expressed to
                be
                supplemental to any document in respect of that liability, together
                with
                all related interest, fees and costs;

            

       

      	(c)  	
              any
                claim for damages or restitution in the event of rescission of that
                liability or otherwise;

            

       

      	(d)  	
              any
                claim flowing from any recovery by a payment or discharge in respect
                of
                that liability on grounds of preference or otherwise;
                and

            

       

      	(e)  	
              any
                amount (such as post-insolvency interest) which would be included
                in any
                of the above but for its discharge, non-provability, unenforceability
                or
                non-allowability in any insolvency or other
                proceedings.

            

       

      Party
        means
        a
        party to this Agreement.

       

      Permitted
        Payment means
        any
        principal and/or interest payment in respect of a Junior Debt provided
        that:

       

      	(a)  	
              interest
                payable on such Junior Debt shall not exceed a rate of interest of
                no more
                than nine per cent. per annum;

            

       

      	(b)  	
              such
                payment is paid in accordance with the terms of the relevant Junior
                Finance Document and, if applicable, the conditions included in the
                definition of Curative
                Equity
                in
                clause 1.1 (Definitions) of the Credit Agreement;
                and

            

       

      	(c)  	
              no
                Event of Default has occurred and is outstanding at the time of the
                relevant payment.

            

       

      Senior
        Debt
        means
        all Liabilities payable or owing from time to time by any Obligor or Junior
        Creditor to a Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance
        Documents.

       

      Subordination
        Period
        means
        the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date
        on
        which all the Senior Debt has been unconditionally and irrevocably paid and
        discharged in full.

      

      1.2 Construction

       

      	(a)  	
              Capitalised
                terms defined in the Credit Agreement have, unless expressly defined
                in
                this Agreement, the same meaning in this
                Agreement.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              The
                provisions of clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Credit Agreement apply
                to
                this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement
                except that references to the Credit Agreement are to be construed
                as
                references to this Agreement.

            

       

      	(c)  	
              Any
                undertaking of the Debtor or the Junior Creditor under this Agreement
                remains in force during the Subordination
                Period.

            

       

      	(d)  	
              If
                the Security Agent considers that an amount paid to a Finance Party
                under
                a Finance Document is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside
                on
                the liquidation or administration of the payer or otherwise, then
                that
                amount will not be considered to have been irrevocably paid for the
                purposes of this Agreement.

            

      

      2. UNDERTAKINGS

      

      2.1 Undertakings
        of the Debtor

       

      
        	(a)  	
                Except
                  as provided below, the Debtor must not:

              

         

        	(i)  	
                pay
                  or repay, or make any distribution in respect of, any of the Junior
                  Debt,
                  in cash or kind;

              

         

        	(ii)  	
                allow
                  any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or acquire any of the Junior
                  Debt;

              

         

        	(iii)  	
                discharge
                  any of the Junior Debt by set-off;

              

         

        	(iv)  	
                create
                  or allow to exist any Security Interest over any of its assets
                  to secure
                  its obligations in respect of any of the Junior Debt;
                  or

              

         

        	(v)  	
                take
                  or omit to take any action which would reasonably be expected to
                  impair
                  the subordination achieved or intended to be achieved by this
                  Agreement.

              

         

        	(b)  	
                Notwithstanding
                  paragraph (a) above, the Debtor may:

              

         

        	(i)  	
                do
                  anything prohibited by paragraph (a) above if the Security Agent
                  (acting
                  reasonably) agrees; or

              

         

        	(ii)  	
                make
                  any Permitted Payment or any other payment expressly allowed under
                  this
                  Agreement.

              

      

      

      2.2 Undertakings
        of the Junior Creditor

       

      
        	(a)  	
                Except
                  as provided below, the Junior Creditor must
                  not:

              

      

       

      	(i)  	
              demand
                or receive payment of, or any distribution in respect or on account
                of,
                any of the Junior Debt in cash or in kind from the Debtor or any
                other
                source; 

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              apply
                any money or assets in discharge of any Junior
                Debt;

            

       

      	(iii)  	
              discharge
                any of the Junior Debt by set-off;

            

       

      	(iv)  	
              allow
                to exist or receive any Security Interest for any of the Junior
                Debt;

            

       

      	(v)  	
              allow
                to exist or receive any guarantee or other assurance against loss
                in
                respect of any of the Junior Debt;

            

       

      	(vi)  	
              allow
                any of the Junior Debt to be evidenced by a negotiable instrument;
                or

            

       

      	(vii)  	
              take
                or omit to take any action which would reasonably be expected to
                impair
                the subordination achieved or intended to be achieved by this
                Agreement.

            

       

      
        	(b)  	
                Notwithstanding
                  paragraph (a) above, the Junior Creditor
                  may:

              

      

       

      	(i)  	
              do
                anything prohibited by paragraph (a) above if the Security Agent
                (acting
                reasonably) agrees; and

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              receive
                any Permitted Payment or any other payment expressly allowed under
                this
                Agreement.

            

       

      3. AMENDMENTS
        TO THE JUNIOR FINANCE DOCUMENTS

       

      Neither
        the Debtor nor the Junior Creditor may amend, waive or release any term of
        the
        Junior Finance Documents, except for an amendment which:

       

      	(a)  	
              is
                a procedural, administrative or other change;
                or

            

       

      	(b)  	
              does
                not prejudice in any material respect any Senior Debt, any Finance
                Party
                or impair the subordination achieved or intended to be achieved by
                this
                Agreement.

            

       

      4. TURNOVER
        OF NON-PERMITTED RECOVERIES

      

      4.1 Non-permitted
        payment

       

        If:-

       

      
        	 	
                (a)

              	
                the
                  Junior Creditor receives a payment or distribution in respect of
                  any of
                  the Junior Debt from a Debtor or any other source other than a
                  Permitted
                  Payment or as otherwise allowed under this Agreement or the Credit
                  Agreement; or

              

      

       

      
        	 	
                (b)

              	
                the
                  Junior Creditor receives the proceeds of any enforcement of any
                  Security
                  Interest or any guarantee or other assurance against financial
                  loss for
                  any Junior Debt,

              

      

       

      the
        Junior Creditor must hold the amount received by it (up to a maximum of an
        amount equal to the Senior Debt) on trust for the Finance Parties and
        immediately pay that amount (up to that maximum) to the Security Agent for
        application against the Senior Debt.

      

      4.2 Non-permitted
        discharge

       

      If,
        for
        any reason, the Junior Creditor receives payment or other consideration against
        any of the Junior Debt, or discharges any of the Junior Debt by set-off,
        such
        that the Junior Debt is discharged in any manner not expressly allowed under
        this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the Junior Creditor must promptly
        pay an
        amount equal to the amount discharged to the Security Agent for application
        against the Senior Debt.

       

      5. SUBORDINATION
        ON INSOLVENCY

       

      5.1 Insolvency

       

      If
        any
        event referred in clauses 22.6 (Insolvency) to 22.9 (Analogous proceedings)
        (inclusive) of the Credit Agreement occurs in respect of the Debtor (as if
        any
        reference to a Material Group Member in such clauses were a reference to
        the
        Debtor), the Junior Debt will be subordinate in right of payment to the Senior
        Debt.

      

      5.2 Procedure

       

      If
        Clause
0
        applies:

       

      
        	 	
                (a)

              	
                the
                  Security Agent may, and is irrevocably authorised on behalf of
                  the Junior
                  Creditor to: 

              

      

       

      	(i)  	
              claim,
                enforce and prove for the Junior Debt; 

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              file
                claims and proofs, give receipts and take any proceedings in respect
                of
                the Junior Debt; 

            

       

      	(iii)  	
              do
                anything which the Security Agent sees fit to recover the Junior
                Debt; and
                

            

       

      	(iv)  	
              receive
                all distributions on the Junior Debt for application against the
                Senior
                Debt;

            

       

      
        	 	
                (b)

              	
                if
                  and to the extent that the Security Agent is not entitled to do
                  anything
                  mentioned in paragraph (a) above, the Junior Creditor shall use
                  best
                  efforts to do so promptly and as directed by the Security
                  Agent;

              

      

      
         

        
          	 	
                  (c)

                	
                  
                    the
                      Junior Creditor must:

                  

                

        

         

      

      	(i)  	
              hold
                all payments and distributions in cash or in kind received or receivable
                by the Junior Creditor in respect of the Junior Debt from the Debtor
                or
                from any other source on trust for the Finance Parties; and 

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              pay
                and transfer any such payment or distribution received under sub-paragraph
                (c)(i) above
                to
                the Security Agent for application against the Senior
                Debt;

            

       

      
        
          
            	 	
                    (d)

                  	
                    
                      
                        the
                          trustee in bankruptcy, liquidator, assignee or other person
                          distributing
                          the assets of the Debtor or their proceeds is directed
                          to pay all payments
                          and distributions on the Junior Debt direct to the Security
                          Agent;
                          and

                      

                    

                  

          

           

        

      

      
        
          
            	 	
                    (e)

                  	
                    
                      
                        the
                          Junior Creditor must give any notice and do anything which
                          the Security
                          Agent may direct to give effect to this
                          Subclause.

                      

                    

                  

          

        

      

       

      6. ENFORCEMENT
        BY JUNIOR CREDITOR

       

      During
        the Subordination Period each Junior Creditor must not without the prior
        written
        consent of the Security Agent (acting reasonably):

       

      
        	 	
                (a)

              	
                accelerate
                  any of the Junior Debt or otherwise declare any of the Junior Debt
                  prematurely payable;

              

      

       

      
        	 	
                (b)

              	
                enforce
                  the Junior Debt by execution or
                  otherwise;

              

      

       

      
        	 	
                (c)

              	
                initiate
                  or support or take any steps with a view to:

              

      

       

      	(i)  	
              any
                insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, administration or dissolution
                proceedings; or 

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              any
                voluntary arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors;
                or
                

            

       

      	(iii)  	
              any
                similar proceedings, 

            

       

      involving
        a Debtor, whether by petition, convening a meeting, voting for a resolution
        or
        otherwise; or

       

      (d) otherwise
        exercise any remedy for the recovery of the Junior Debt.

       

      7. CONSENTS

       

      
        	
                (a)

              	
                The
                  Junior Creditor will not have any remedy against the Debtor or
                  any Finance
                  Party by reason of any transaction entered into between a Finance
                  Party
                  and the Debtor (including any Finance Document) which conflicts
                  with any
                  Junior Finance Document or results in a potential event of default
                  or an
                  event of default (however described) under any Junior Finance Document.
                  

              

      

       

      
        	
                (b)

              	
                Any
                  waiver or consent granted by or on behalf of any Finance Party
                  in respect
                  of any Finance Document will also be deemed to have been given
                  by the
                  Junior Creditor if any transaction or circumstances would, in the
                  absence
                  of that waiver or consent by the Junior Creditor:
                  

              

      

       

      	(i)  	
              conflict
                with any term of any Junior Finance Document; or
                

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              result
                in a potential event of default or an event of default (however described)
                under any Junior Finance Document.

            

       

      8. REPRESENTATIONS

      

      8.1 Representations

       

      The
        representations set out in this Clause are made by the Junior Creditor to
        each
        Finance Party.

      

      8.2 Status

       

      
        	
                (a)

              	
                It
                  is a limited liability company or corporation, duly incorporated
                  or
                  established and validly existing and, if applicable, in good standing
                  under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
                  incorporation.

              

      

       

      
        	
                (b)

              	
                It
                  has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it
                  is being
                  and will be conducted.

              

      

      

      8.3 Powers
        and authorities

       

      It
        has
        the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to
        authorise the entry into and performance of, this Agreement and the transactions
        contemplated by this Agreement.

      

      8.4 Legal
        validity

       

      Subject
        to the Reservations:

       

      
        
          	 	
                  (a)

                	
                  this
                    Agreement constitutes its legally valid, binding and enforceable
                    obligation; and

                

        

      

       

      
        	 	
                (b)

              	
                this
                  Agreement is in the proper form for its enforcement in the jurisdiction
                  of
                  its incorporation.

              

      

      

      8.5 Non-conflict

       

      The
        entry
        into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this
        Agreement do not and will not conflict with:

      
         

        	(a)  	
                any
                  law or regulation applicable to it; or

              

         

      

      	(b)  	
              its
                constitutional documents; or

            

       

      	(c)  	
              any
                document which is binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute
                a
                default or termination event (however described) under any document
                in
                each case in a manner which has a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

      

      8.6 Authorisations

       

      All
        authorisations required by it: 

       

      	(a)  	
              in
                connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability
                of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement have been
                obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;
                and

            

       

      	(b)  	
              to
                carry on its business in the ordinary course and in all material
                respects
                as it is being conducted have been obtained or effected (as appropriate)
                and are in full force and effect except to the extent failure to
                obtain or
                effect those authorisations would not have a Material Adverse
                Effect.

            

       

      8.7 Junior
        Debt

       

      	(a)  	
              It
                is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Junior Debt and of
                the
                benefits of the Junior Finance Documents to which it is a party free
                from
                any Security Interest, option or subordination in favour of any person
                other than the Finance Parties; and

            

       

      	(b)  	
              The
                Junior Debt is not subject to any set-off, counterclaim or other
                defence.

            

      

      8.8 Jurisdiction/governing
        law

       

      Subject
        to the Reservations:

      

      (a) its:

       

      	(i)  	
              irrevocable
                submission under this Agreement to the jurisdiction of the courts
                of
                England;

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              agreement
                that this Agreement is governed by English law;
                and

            

       

      	(iii)  	
              agreement
                not to claim any immunity to which it or its assets may be
                entitled,

            

       

      	(iv)  	
              are
                legal, valid and binding under the laws of its jurisdiction of
                incorporation; and

            

      

      
        	 	
                (b)

              	
                any
                  judgment obtained in England will be recognised and be enforceable
                  by the
                  courts of its jurisdiction of
                  incorporation.

              

      

      

      8.9 Times
        for making representations

      

      	(a)  	
              The
                representations set out in this Clause are made by the Junior Creditor
                on
                the date of this Agreement.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              Each
                representation in Clause 0
                (

            

       

      	(c)  	
              8.7Junior
                Debt)
                is deemed to be repeated on each date during the Subordination
                Period.

            

       

      	(d)  	
              When
                a representation is repeated, it is applied to the circumstances
                existing
                at the time of repetition.

            

       

      9. PROTECTION
        OF SUBORDINATION

      

      9.1 Continuing
        subordination

       

      The
        subordination provisions in this Agreement constitute a continuing subordination
        and will benefit the balance from time to time of all of the Senior Debt,
        regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in
        part.

      

      9.2 Waiver
        of defences

       

      The
        subordination in this Agreement and the obligations of the Junior Creditor
        under
        this Agreement will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing
        which,
        but for this provision, would reduce, release or prejudice the subordination
        or
        any of those obligations. This includes:

      

      	(a)  	
              any
                time or waiver granted to, or composition with, any
                person;

            

       

      	(b)  	
              any
                release of any person under the terms of any composition or
                arrangement;

            

       

      	(c)  	
              the
                taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or
                refusal
                or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or
                security
                over assets of, any person;

            

       

      	(d)  	
              any
                non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement
                in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value
                of
                any security;

            

       

      	(e)  	
              any
                incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or
                dissolution or change in the members or status of any
                person;

            

       

      	(f)  	
              any
                amendment (however fundamental) of a Finance Document or any other
                document or security;

            

       

      	(g)  	
              any
                unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any
                person
                under any Finance Document or any other document or security;
                or

            

       

      	(h)  	
              any
                insolvency or similar proceedings.

            

       

      9.3 Immediate
        recourse

      

      	(a)  	
              The
                Junior Creditor waives any right it may have of first requiring any
                Finance Party (or any trustee or other agent on its behalf) to proceed
                against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment
                from any
                person or file any proof or claim in any insolvency, administrative,
                winding-up or liquidation proceedings relative to any other person
                before
                claiming the benefit of this Agreement.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              This
                waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance
                Document to the contrary.

            

       

      9.4 Appropriations
        

       

      Until
        the
        Senior Debt has been irrevocably paid in full, the Security Agent may without
        affecting the liability of the Junior Creditor under this
        Agreement:

      

      
        	 	
                (a)

              	
                (i)

              	
                refrain
                  from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or right
                  held or
                  received by a Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf)
                  in
                  respect of those amounts; or

              

      

      

      
        	 	
                (ii)

              	
                apply
                  and enforce them in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether
                  against
                  those amounts or otherwise); and 

              

      

      

      
        	 	
                (b)

              	
                hold
                  in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys or distributions
                  received from the Junior Creditor or on account of the Junior Creditor’s
                  liability under this Agreement.

              

      

      

      9.5 Non-competition

       

      Unless:

      

      	(a)  	
              the
                Senior Debt has been irrevocably paid in full;
                or

            

       

      	(b)  	
              the
                Security Agent otherwise directs, 

            

       

      the
        Junior Creditor will not by virtue of any payment or performance by it under
        this Agreement or by virtue of the operation of any Clause of this
        Agreement:

       

      	(i)  	
              be
                subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable
                by any Finance Party (or any trustee or other agent on its behalf);
                or
                

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              be
                entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity in respect of
                any
                payment made or moneys received on account of the Junior Creditor's
                liability under this Agreement; or

            

       

      	(iii)  	
              claim,
                rank, prove or vote as a creditor of the Debtor or other person or
                its
                estate in competition with any Finance Party (or any trustee or other
                agent on its behalf); or

            

       

      	(iv)  	
              receive,
                claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security
                from or
                on account of the Debtor or other person.

            

       

      10. INFORMATION
        BY JUNIOR CREDITOR

      

      10.1 Defaults

       

      The
        Junior Creditor must notify the Security Agent of the occurrence of any event
        of
        default or potential event of default under the Junior Finance Documents
        promptly upon becoming aware of it.

      

      10.2 Amount
        of Junior Debt

       

      The
        Junior Creditor must on request by the Security Agent notify it of details
        of
        the amount of the Junior Debt.

       

      11. SUBROGATION
        BY JUNIOR CREDITOR

       

      If
        any of
        the Senior Debt is wholly or partially paid out of any proceeds received
        in
        respect of or on account of the Junior Debt, the Junior Creditor will to
        that
        extent be subrogated to the Senior Debt so paid (and all securities and
        guarantees for that Senior Debt) but not before all the Senior Debt is paid
        in
        full.

       

      12. PRESERVATION
        OF JUNIOR DEBT

       

      Notwithstanding
        any term of this Agreement postponing, subordinating or preventing the payment
        of any of the Junior Debt, the Junior Debt concerned will, solely as between
        the
        Debtor and the Junior Creditor, remain owing or due and payable in accordance
        with the terms of the Junior Finance Documents, and interest and default
        interest will accrue on missed payments accordingly.

       

      13. RESPONSIBILITY
        OF THE SECURITY AGENT

      

      13.1 Rights
        and responsibility of the Security Agent

       

      Subject
        to Clause 17(b)
        (Indemnity),
        the
        Security Agent will not be liable to the Junior Creditor for the manner of
        exercise of or for any non-exercise of or for any non-exercise of its powers
        under this Agreement or failure to collect or preserve the Junior
        Debt.

      

      13.2 Non-derogation

       

      Nothing
        contained in this Agreement in any manner affects the rights or remedies
        of any
        Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

       

      14. TREATMENT
        OF DISTRIBUTION

      

      14.1 Realisation

       

      If
        any
        Finance Party receives any distribution otherwise than in cash in respect
        of any
        Junior Debt from the Debtor or from any other source, the Senior Debt will
        not
        be deemed reduced by the distribution until and except to the extent that
        the
        realisation proceeds are applied towards the Senior Debt.

      

      14.2 Transfer
        of distributions

       

      The
        Junior Creditor and the Debtor must do anything which the Security Agent
        may
        reasonably require as being necessary to transfer to the Security Agent all
        payments and distributions which must be made to or held in trust for the
        Finance Parties, including endorsements and execution of formal transfers.
        

      

      14.3 Currencies

      

      	(a)  	
              All
                moneys received or held by the Security Agent under this Agreement
                at any
                time on or after the enforcement of this Agreement in a currency
                other
                than a currency in which the Senior Debt is denominated may be sold
                for
                any one or more of the currencies in which the Senior Debt is denominated
                and which the Security Agent considers necessary at the Agent’s Spot Rate
                of Exchange. 

            

       

      	(b)  	
              The
                Debtor must indemnify the Security Agent against any loss or liability
                incurred in relation to any such sale. The Security Agent will have
                no
                liability to any Party in respect of any loss resulting from any
                fluctuation in exchange rates after any such
                sale.

            

       

      15. CHANGES
        TO THE PARTIES

      

      15.1 The
        Debtor and the Junior Creditor

       

      Neither
        the Debtor nor the Junior Creditor may assign or transfer any of its rights
        or
        obligations under this Agreement without the prior consent of the Security
        Agent.

      

      15.2 The
        Finance Parties

      

      	(a)  	
              Any
                Finance Party may assign or otherwise dispose of all or any of its
                rights
                under this Agreement solely to the extent assigned or otherwise disposed
                of in accordance with the Finance Documents to which it is a
                party.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              References
                to the Security Agent in this Agreement include any successor Security
                Agent appointed under the Credit
                Agreement.

            

       

      16. MISCELLANEOUS

      

      16.1 Perpetuity

       

      The
        perpetuity period for the trusts in this Agreement is 80 years.

      

      16.2 Trust

       

      The
        Junior Creditor and the Debtor acknowledge that: 

       

      	(a)  	
              the
                undertakings given by them and contained in this Agreement;
                

            

       

      	(b)  	
              the
                other rights, title and interests constituted by this Agreement;
                and
                

            

       

      	(c)  	
              all
                other monies and assets paid to, held by or received or recovered
                by the
                Security Agent under or in connection with this
                Agreement,

            

       

      are
        held
        by the Security Agent on trust for the Finance Parties.

      

      16.3 Power
        of attorney

       

      By
        way of
        security for the obligations of the Junior Creditor under this Agreement,
        each
        of the Junior Creditor and the Debtor irrevocably appoints the Security Agent
        as
        its attorney to do anything which the Junior Creditor or the Debtor is required
        to do by this Agreement but has failed to do after (i) 7 days of notice to
        the
        Junior Creditor or Debtor from the Security Agent to do such thing or (ii)
        a
        notice has been given by the Facility Agent pursuant to clause 22.20
        (Acceleration) of the Credit Agreement. The Security Agent may delegate this
        power.

      

      16.4 Set-off

       

      A
        Finance
        Party may set off any matured obligation owed to it by the Junior Creditor
        under
        this Agreement (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against
        any obligation (whether or not matured) owed by that Finance Party to the
        Junior
        Creditor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency
        of
        either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance
        Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual
        course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

      

      16.5 Default
        interest

      

      	(a)  	
              If
                the Junior Creditor fails to pay any amount payable by it under this
                Agreement to a Finance Party, it must, on demand by the Security
                Agent,
                pay interest on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date
                of
                actual payment, as well after as before
                judgement.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              Interest
                on an overdue amount is payable at a rate equal to the aggregate
                of:

            

       

      	(i)  	
              one
                per cent. per annum; and

            

       

      	(ii)  	
              the
                rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during
                the
                period of non-payment, constituted a Loan. For the purpose of determining
                the relevant rate, the Security Agent may (acting
                reasonably):

            

       

      	(A)  	
              select
                successive Terms of any duration up to three months;
                and

            

       

      	(B)  	
              determine
                the appropriate Rate Fixing Date for that
                Term.

            

      

      
        	
                        
                  (c)

              	
                Interest
                  (if unpaid) on an overdue amount will be compounded at the end
                  of each
                  period selected by the Security Agent under paragraph (c) above
                  but will
                  remain immediately due and payable.

              

      

       

      
        	
                        
                  (d)

              	
                Any
                  interest accruing under this Subclause accrues from day to day
                  and is
                  calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and
                  a year of
                  360 or 365 days or otherwise, depending on what the Security Agent
                  determines is market practice.

              

      

       

      16.6 Certificates
        and determinations

       

      Any
        certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under
        this
        Agreement will be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence
        of the
        matters to which it relates.

      17. INDEMNITY

      

      	(a)  	
              Each
                of the Junior Creditor and the Debtor must jointly and severally
                indemnify
                the Security Agent and every attorney appointed by it in respect
                of any
                loss or liability incurred by it in connection with the enforcement
                or
                preservation of any rights under this
                Agreement.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              The
                Security Agent will not be liable for any losses arising in connection
                with the exercise or purported exercise of any of its rights, powers
                and
                discretions under this Agreement, unless that liability arises as
                a result
                of the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 

            

       

      18. NOTICES

      

      18.1 In
        writing

      

      	(a)  	
              Any
                communication in connection with this Agreement must be in writing
                and,
                unless otherwise stated, may be given in person, by post or fax or,
                to the
                extent agreed by the Parties, by email or other electronic
                communication.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              For
                the purpose of this Agreement, an electronic communication will be
                treated
                as being in writing and a document. 

            

       

      	(c)  	
              Unless
                it is agreed to the contrary, any consent or agreement required under
                this
                Agreement must be given in writing.

            

       

      18.2 Contact
        details 

      

      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided below, the contact details of each Party for all
                communications in connection with this Agreement are those notified
                by
                that Party for this purpose to the Security Agent on or before the
                date it
                becomes a Party.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              The
                contact details of the Junior Creditor for this purpose
                are:

            

       

      Address:[ADDRESS]

      Fax
        number: [FAX]

      Attention: [ATTENTION].

      

      	(c)  	
              The
                contact details of the Debtor for this purpose
                are:

            

       

      Address:[ADDRESS]

      Fax
        number: [FAX]

      Attention: [ATTENTION].

       

      	(d)  	
              The
                contact details of the Security Agent for this purpose
                are:

            

       

      Address:[ADDRESS]

      Fax
        number: [FAX]

      Attention: [ATTENTION].

      

      	(e)  	
              Any
                Party may change its contact details by giving five Business Days'
                notice
                to the Security Agent or (in the case of the Security Agent) to the
                other
                Parties.

            

       

      	(f)  	
              Where
                a Party nominates a particular department or officer to receive a
                notice,
                a notice will not be effective if it fails to specify that department
                or
                officer.

            

       

      18.3 Effectiveness

      

      	(a)  	
              Except
                as provided below, any notice in connection with this Agreement will
                be
                deemed to be given as follows:

            

       

      
        	(i)  	
                if
                  delivered in person, at the time of
                  delivery;

              

         

        
          	(ii)  	
                  
                    if
                      posted, five days after being deposited in the post, postage
                      prepaid, in a
                      correctly addressed
                      envelope;

                  

                

           

        

      

      	(iii)  	
              if
                by fax, when received in legible form;

            

       

      	(iv)  	
              if
                by e-mail or any other electronic communication, when received in
                legible
                form; and

            

       

      	(v)  	
              if
                by posting to an electronic website, at the time of posting or (if
                the
                relevant recipient did not at such time have access to such website)
                the
                time at which such recipient is given
                access.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              A
                communication given under paragraph (a) above but received on a
                non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will
                only
                be deemed to be given on the next working day in that
                place.

            

       

      	(c)  	
              A
                notice to the Security Agent will only be effective on actual receipt
                by
                it.

            

       

      19. LANGUAGE

       

      Any
        notice given in connection with this Agreement must be in English.

       

      20. SEVERABILITY

       

      If
        a term
        of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any
        jurisdiction, that will not affect:

      

      	(a)  	
              the
                legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any
                other
                term of this Agreement; or

            

       

      	(b)  	
              the
                legality, validity or enforceability in any other jurisdiction of
                that or
                any other term of this Agreement.

            

       

      21. WAIVERS
        AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

       

      The
        rights of each Finance Party under this Agreement:

      

      	(a)  	
              may
                be exercised as often as necessary;

            

       

      	(b)  	
              are
                cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law;
                and

            

       

      	(c)  	
              may
                be waived only in writing and
                specifically.

            

       

      Delay
        in
        exercising or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that
        right.

       

      22. COUNTERPARTS

       

      This
        Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same
        effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of
        this
        Agreement.

       

      23. GOVERNING
        LAW

       

      This
        Agreement is governed by English law.

       

      24. ENFORCEMENT

      

      24.1 Jurisdiction

      

      	(a)  	
              The
                English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute
                in
                connection with this Agreement.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              The
                English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to
                settle
                any such dispute and the Junior Creditor and the Debtor waive objection
                to
                those courts on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in
                relation
                to proceedings in connection with this Agreement.
                

            

       

      	(c)  	
              This
                Clause is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. To the extent
                allowed by law, a Finance Party may take:

            

       

      	(i)  	
              proceedings
                in any other court; and 

            

      
         

        	(ii)  	
                concurrent
                  proceedings in any number of
                  jurisdictions.

              

         

      

      24.2 Service
        of process

      

      	(a)  	
              The
                Junior Creditor and the Debtor each irrevocably appoint [WG&M
                Secretaries Limited, One South Place, London EC2M 2WG] as its agent
                under
                this Agreement for service of process in any proceedings before the
                English courts.

            

       

      	(b)  	
              If
                any person appointed as process agent under this Clause is unable
                for any
                reason to act as agent for service of process, the Junior Creditor
                and the
                Debtor each must immediately appoint another agent on terms acceptable
                to
                the Security Agent. Failing this, the Security Agent may appoint
                another
                agent for this purpose.

            

       

      	(c)  	
              The
                Junior Creditor and the Debtor each agree that failure by a process
                agent
                to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant
                proceedings.

            

       

      	(d)  	
              This
                Clause does not affect any other method of service allowed by
                law.

            

       

      24.3 Waiver
        of immunity

       

      The
        Junior Creditor and the Debtor each irrevocably and
        unconditionally:

       

      	(a)  	
              agree
                not to claim any immunity from proceedings brought by a Finance Party
                against it in relation to a Finance Document and to ensure that no
                such
                claim is made on its behalf;

            

       

      	(b)  	
              consent
                generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process
                in
                connection with those proceedings; and

            

       

      	(c)  	
              waive
                all rights of immunity in respect of it or its
                assets.

            

       

      24.4 Waiver
        of trial by jury

       

      EACH
        PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE
        OF
        ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED
        BY THIS
        AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO TRIAL BY COURT.
        

       

        This
        Agreement has been entered into as a deed on the date stated at the beginning
        of
        this Agreement.

       

       

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      SIGNATORIES

       

        

       

      Junior
        Creditor

       

      

        
          	
                   

                  [EXECUTED
                    as a deed by

                	
                   

                  )

                
	
                  [JUNIOR
                    CREDITOR]

                	
                  )

                
	
                  acting
                    by

                	
                  )

                
	
                  and

                	
                  )

                

        

      

       

      Director

       

      Director/Secretary]

       

        

       

        

       

      Debtor

       

      

        
          	
                   

                  [EXECUTED
                    as a deed by

                	
                   

                  )

                
	
                  [DEBTOR]

                	
                  )

                
	
                  acting
                    by

                	
                  )

                
	
                  and

                	
                  )

                

        

      

       

      Director

       

      Director/Secretary]

       

      

       

      

       

      Security
        Agent

       

      UBS
        AG,
        SINGAPORE BRANCH

       

      By:

       

        

       

      

       

      

       

        

      
        
          
            
              	 
	 	 	 

            

            

          

           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

          
            
              	 
	
                       

                    

            

            

          

        

      

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      SIGNATORIES

       

       

        Company

       

        VIASYSTEMS
        INTERNATIONAL, INC.

       

        By:/s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      

       

      Borrowers

       

      VIASYSTEMS
        KALEX PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD LIMITED

       

      By:/s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

       

      VIASYSTEMS
        ASIA PACIFIC COMPANY LIMITED

       

      By: /s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

       

      KALEX
        CIRCUIT BOARD (CHINA) LIMITED

       

      By: /s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

       

      Original
        Guarantors

       

      VIASYSTEMS
        KALEX PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD LIMITED

       

      By:/s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

       

      VIASYSTEMS
        ASIA PACIFIC COMPANY LIMITED

       

      By: /s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

       

      KALEX
        CIRCUIT BOARD (CHINA) LIMITED

       

      By: /s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

       

      VIASYSTEMS,
        INC.

       

      By: /s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

       

      

       

      VIASYSTEMS
        INTERNATIONAL, INC.

       

      By: /s/ GERALD
        GEORGE SAX

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      

       

      Mandated
        Lead Arranger

       

      UBS
        AG HONG KONG BRANCH

       

      By:/s/ AARON
        CHOW                                 
/s/ FRANCES WONG

       

       

        

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      Issuing
        Bank

       

      UBS
        AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

       

      By:/s/ AARON
        CHOW                        
/s/ FRANCES
        WONG

       

      

       

      UBS
        AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

       

      By:/s/ RICHARD
        L. TAVROW       /s/ IRJA
        R. OTSA

       

      

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      

       

      Facility
        Agent

       

      UBS
        AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

       

      By:/s/ AARON
        CHOW                       
/s/ FRANCES
        WONG

       

        

       

      Security
        Agent

       

      UBS
        AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

       

      By:/s/ AARON
        CHOW                        
/s/ FRANCES
        WONG

       

      

      
        
           

        

        
           

          
            

          

        

        
           

        

      

       

      

       

      Original
        Lenders

       

      UBS
        AG, SINGAPORE BRANCH

       

      By:/s/ AARON
        CHOW                            
/s/ FRANCES
        WONGQuickLinks
 -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.16  

 
 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT    
    

        THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 31st day of July, 2006 by and between M. Ponder Harrison (hereinafter "Employee"),
whose address is 3301 N. Buffalo Drive, Suite B-9, Las Vegas, Nevada 89129, and ALLEGIANT TRAVEL COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (hereinafter "the Company"), whose address is 3301 N. Buffalo
Drive, Suite B-9, Las Vegas, Nevada 89129. 

 
 

W I T N E S S E T H    

        WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Employee as an officer and managing director and Employee desires to be so employed pursuant to and
in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and 

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the above premises, the terms and covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by Employee and the Company, it is hereby agreed as follows: 

        1.    Employment.    The Company hereby employs Employee and Employee hereby accepts employment by the Company upon
all of the terms and conditions as are hereinafter set forth. Terms of employment with the Company are also governed by the Company's employment policies in effect from time to time. The Company shall
provide a copy of such employment policies to Employee upon request. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the generally applicable employment policies, the terms of
this Agreement shall prevail. 

        2.    Scope of Services.    

        A.    Employee
shall be employed by the Company as its Managing Director with responsibility for all marketing and sales related activities of the Company. Employee shall
report to the Company's CEO. Employee's duties shall include those indicated above and such other duties assigned to him by the CEO and the Board of Directors (the "Board") from time to time. 

        Employee's
services are mutually agreed to be unique personal services. Employee acknowledges that the Company is relying upon Employee's experience, expertise and other qualifications
in entering into this Agreement. Employee shall not assign or delegate any right, obligation or duty hereunder to any other person or entity without the express written consent of the Company. 

        B.    During
Employee's period of service hereunder, Employee agrees to perform such services not inconsistent with Employee's position as shall from time to time be assigned
to Employee by the Company's Board. During the term of this Agreement, except for disability, illness and vacation periods, Employee shall devote Employee's full productive time, attention and
energies to the position of managing director of the Company. 

        C.    Employee's
expenditure of reasonable amounts of time in connection with outside activities, not competitive with the business of the Company, such as outside
directorships or charitable activities, shall not be considered in contravention of this Agreement so long as such activities do not interfere with his performance of this Agreement. Further, it is
understood and agreed by the parties hereto that Employee is entitled to engage in passive and personal investment activities not interfering with his performance of this Agreement. 

        3.    Limitations of Duties.    Employee shall not, without consent first being given by the Company, which consent
may be general authority from the Company: 

        A.    Take
part in activities detrimental to the best interests of the Company, including rendering any services to any other firm or entity which conflict or interfere with
the performance of Employee's duties hereunder. 

        B.    Exceed
any limitations on his authority that may be established by the Board. 

 

        C.    Enter
into any contract, oral or written, in the name of, for or on behalf of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business. 

        D.    Use
any money belonging to the Company or pledge its credit other than in the ordinary course of business. 

        E.    Commit
or suffer to be committed any act whereby the Company's property may be subject to attachment or seizure. 

        F.     Cause
the Company to become a guarantor, surety or endorser or give any note for the benefit of any other person whomsoever. 

Upon
a breach of any provision under this Item 3, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement for cause as set forth in Item 6E hereof and to pursue any other remedies available to
the Company as a result of such breach. 

Employee
shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless from and against any and all damages, actions, causes of action, claims and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, directed toward the
Company by others as a result of Employee's violation of any of the provisions of this Item 3. 

        4.    Compensation.    

        A.    Base Compensation.    As base compensation for providing services hereunder, Employee shall be paid One Hundred
Eighty-five Thousand Dollars ($185,000) per annum to be paid monthly or in more frequent installments as may be agreed upon by the Company and Employee. The salary payable to Employee
shall be inclusive of any fees received by Employee as an officer of the Company or any other company or corporate body in which Employee holds an office as a nominee or representative of the Company. 

        B.    Annual Bonus.    Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Company's annual bonus program (if any) as in
effect from time to time and subject to meeting any requirements established for participation in the bonus program and may also be granted a discretionary bonus in such amount as may be determined by
the Board in its sole discretion. 

        C.    Fringe Benefits.    The Company shall provide Employee health and dental insurance for Employee and his family
and such vacation time, sick leave and other fringe benefits, including but not limited to participation in any pension, 401(k) and employee benefit plans that may be maintained by the Company from
time to time as are made generally available to other management employees of the Company in accordance with Company policies. The Company reserves the right to change the benefits available under its
benefit plans at any time or times. 

        D.    Review of Compensation.    Employee's compensation package shall be subject to review each year based on
Employee's performance, achievement of company goals, industry norms for executive compensation, and such other factors as the Company may determine to be appropriate. 

        E.    Change of Control Benefits.    In the event Employee's employment with Company shall cease within two
(2) years after a "Change of Control" (as defined below) as a result of termination by the Company without "Cause" (as defined in Item 6C) or termination by Employee with "Good Reason" (as
defined in Item 6D), the Company shall pay to Employee severance pay in an aggregate amount equal to six months of the total amount of Base Salary paid by the Company to Employee in a lump sum within
one month of the date of termination of employment. 

        F.    Definition of Change of Control.    For all purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to
have occurred if at any time after the date this Agreement is signed: (i) by any method, transaction or series of related transactions, more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Company or
beneficial ownership thereof are acquired within a period of one year by a person or group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) other than the members of 

2

 

Company's
Board, those persons who were more than 5% owners of the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, employees of the Company and any of their immediate family members and affiliates;
(ii) there is a merger or consolidation of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving entity or in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before such
transaction do not own in the aggregate at least 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the continuing or surviving entity immediately after such transaction; (iii) there is a merger or
consolidation of the Company pursuant to which the Company's shares are converted into cash, securities or other property; or (iv) the Company sells, leases or exchanges all or substantially
all of its assets or the Company's stockholders approve the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. 

        G.    Expense Reimbursement.    In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for any expenses incurred by
Employee in connection with the business of the Company, as approved by the Company. These expenses may include expenses for travel, business promotion, association memberships, and any other expenses
as may be approved by the Company from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for such out-of-pocket expenses by the tenth (10th) day of the month following the
month in which such expenses were incurred (and appropriate documentation thereof has been provided to the Company). The Company may issue to Employee a company credit card. In such event, Employee
agrees to use such card only for the expenses reimbursable under this
paragraph G. Employee agrees to keep the card securely. In the event of loss or theft, the issuing authority and the Company shall be informed immediately. The card shall be returned to the
Company forthwith on the termination of Employee's employment for any reason whatsoever. 

        H.    Deductions.    Deductions shall be made from Employee's salary for social security, Medicare, federal and state
withholding taxes, and any other such taxes as may from time to time be required by governmental authority. 

        5.    Term.    The initial term of this Agreement shall commence as of the effective date of the Company's initial
public offering (the "Effective Date") and shall continue for a period of three (3) years. The term shall automatically be extended from year to year thereafter unless either party notifies the
other of its desire not to extend the term of this Agreement as provided in Item 6. 

        6.    Termination:    

        A.    This
Agreement shall be terminated upon Employee's death or upon a physician certified disability which permanently or indefinitely renders Employee unable to perform his
usual duties on behalf of the Company. 

        B.    Employee
may, without "Good Reason" (as defined in paragraph D below), terminate this Agreement by giving to the Company sixty (60) days written notice and
such termination shall be effective on the date specified by Employee but in no event earlier than the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of such notice. In such event, Employee shall continue to
render his services up to the Termination Date (as hereinafter defined) if so requested by the Company. For all purposes of this Agreement, it shall be deemed that Employee terminated this Agreement
without cause if this Agreement expires at the end of the initial or any extended term of this Agreement as a result of a notice from Employee not to extend the term of this Agreement. 

        C.    The
Company may, without "Cause" (as defined in paragraph E below), terminate this Agreement at any time by giving to Employee thirty (30) days written
notice and such termination shall be effective on the date specified by the Company but in no event more than the thirtieth (30th) day following the date of such notice. At the option of the Company,
Employee shall immediately cease performing his duties hereunder upon receipt of the notice. For all purposes of this Agreement, it shall be deemed that the Company terminated this Agreement without
cause if this Agreement expires at the end of the initial or any extended term of this Agreement as a result of a notice from the Company not to extend the term of this Agreement. If terminated
without Cause pursuant to this paragraph C, Employee shall continue to receive his full base salary and related fringe benefits for six (6) months 

3

 

following
Employee's termination except that these benefits shall not apply in the event of termination without Cause after a Change in Control; in which event, the provisions of Item 4E shall apply. 

        D.    Employee
may terminate this Agreement immediately for "Good Reason." For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall be defined as (i) failure of the Company to
make any payment or provide any benefit to Employee hereunder, which failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after the Company's receipt of written notice of such default, or (ii) a
material diminution of Employee's duties and responsibilities or his title without Employee's consent, or (iii) the principal location at which Employee is to perform his duties is relocated to
a place more than fifty (50) miles from Las Vegas, Nevada. Any termination under this paragraph D shall take effect immediately upon the Company's receipt of written notice from Employee
after the expiration of any applicable cure period. If Employee terminates this Agreement for "Good Reason" pursuant to this paragraph D, Employee shall continue to receive his full base salary
and related fringe benefits for six (6) months following Employee's termination except that these benefits shall not apply in the event of termination of employment by Employee for Good Reason
after a Change of Control; in which event, the provisions of Item 4E shall apply. 

        E.    The
Company may terminate this Agreement immediately for "Cause." For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall be defined as any of the following: (i) Employee
shall commit a felony or other act involving moral turpitude, which other act is materially detrimental to the Company: (ii) Employee shall knowingly commit any act of prohibited conduct as set
forth in Item 3 of this Agreement: (iii) Employee shall commit any act, specifically including but not limited to drug or alcohol abuse, which act is materially harmful to the Company, or which
in the reasonable opinion of the Company's Board brings the Company into disrepute; (iv) Employee shall commit any act of fraud, dishonesty, theft or misappropriation, whether or not related to
his activities on behalf of the Company, including providing false reports or accounts to the Company or deliberately making false statements about the Company, its services, employees, customers or
suppliers; (v) intentional or repeated material neglect of Employee's duties; (vi) breach by Employee of any other material provision of this Agreement; (vii) Employee shall
become the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or otherwise make an arrangement or composition with creditors generally; (viii) Employee shall engage in anti-social behavior (such as
fighting, indecency, harassment, sexual or racial harassment or discrimination, intimidation of others, physical violence or assault) during the course of performing duties for the Company or against
another employee outside of work; (ix) Employee shall have possession of illegal drugs at the Company's workplace; or (x) Employee shall perform duties in a negligent or dangerous manner
which causes or is likely to cause material loss or injury. This Agreement shall not be terminated by the Company under subclause (v) or (vi) of this Item unless and until the Company
has provided Employee with written notice of such violative conduct and Employee has failed to cure (or fails to commence and thereafter diligently pursue the cure) such act within thirty
(30) days after Employee's receipt of such written notice; provided, however, that no right to cure shall be available for a second or subsequent violation of the same provision within any
twelve (12) month period. Any termination under this paragraph E shall take effect immediately upon Employee's receipt of written notice from the Company or expiration of any applicable
cure period, whichever is later. The failure of the Company to terminate this Agreement for cause as a result of any of the foregoing at any one or more times shall not affect the Company's ability to
terminate this Agreement for cause as a result of the subsequent occurrence of any act giving rise to "cause" hereunder, provided that Employee is still provided with a notice to cure if applicable in
accordance with the above. 

        F.     Upon
termination, Employee shall have no obligation to provide any additional services, and except as expressly provided above, the Company shall only be obligated pay to
Employee the portion of any amounts due as of the termination date, together with all unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Employee. 

4

 

        G.    Termination of Employee's Obligations. Employee's obligations under Item 7 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration
of the term of this Agreement without renewal and termination of Employee's employment as provided in such Item. 

        H.    Resignation of Positions upon Termination. On the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Employee shall
at the request of the Company immediately resign (without prejudice to any claims which Employee may have against the Company arising out of this Agreement or the termination thereof) from all and any
offices which Employee may hold as an officer or member of the Board of the Company and from all other appointments or offices which Employee holds as a nominee or representative of the Company and if
Employee should fail to do so, the Company is hereby irrevocably authorized to appoint another person in Employee's name and on Employee's behalf to sign any documents or do any thing necessary or
requisite to effect such resignation(s) and/or transfers. 

        I.     Termination Date. For all purposes of this Agreement the "Termination Date" shall refer to the effective date of
termination as set forth above. 

        7.    Restrictive Covenants.    As a material inducement to the Company's employment of Employee, the provisions of
this Item 7 shall apply. 

        A.    For
purposes of this Item, the following terms and provisions shall have the following meanings: 

        (i)    "Prohibited
Time Period" shall mean the period beginning on the date of execution hereof and ending on the date that is six (6) months after the termination of
employment for any reason whatsoever of Employee. 

        (ii)   "Prohibited
Business" shall mean the business of providing charter or scheduled airline service. 

        (iii)  "Prohibited
Geographic Area" shall mean the conduct of the Prohibited Business to or from markets in the states of California, Nevada or Florida. 

        (iv)  "Prohibited
Party" shall mean all travel partners of the Company who (a) have contracted for regular chartered air service with the Company during the one
(1) year period prior to the date of termination of employment, or (b) have been solicited as potential travel partners of the Company at a meeting held at any time during the one
(1) year period prior to the date of termination of employment of Employee. 

        (v)   "Prohibited
Employee" means any employee, independent contractor or consultant of the Company who worked for the Company at any time within six (6) months prior
to the termination of employment of Employee. 

        (vi)  The
"Western United States" includes the states of Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington and
Wyoming. 

        B.    Employee
agrees that during the Prohibited Time Period, he shall not, for any reason, without the prior written consent of the Company, on his own behalf or in the
service or on behalf of others, be involved in the Prohibited Business in the Prohibited Geographic Area or otherwise compete with the Company's operation of the Prohibited Business in the Prohibited
Geographic Area, whether as an owner, stockholder, partner, employee, consultant, agent, independent contractor or otherwise; provided, however, that this restriction shall not preclude Employee from
working (in any capacity) for an airline that provided airline service to or from the Western United States or to or from Florida prior to 1990 so long as the airline is not headquartered within the
Western United States. 

        C.    Employee
covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Time Period, he shall not, for any reason, directly or indirectly (whether as officer, director, consultant,
employee, representative, agent, 

5

 

partner,
owner, stockholder or otherwise), (i) solicit charter air services from, or market charter air services to, any Prohibited Party, or (ii) enter into a transaction with such
Prohibited Party as a result of which the Prohibited Party does, or is likely to, reduce the amount of business between the Prohibited Party and the Company. 

        D.    Employee
agrees that during the Prohibited Time Period, he shall not, for any reason, without the prior written consent of the Company, on his own behalf or in the
service or on behalf of others, hire any Prohibited Employee or request or induce any Prohibited Employee to terminate that person's employment or relationship with the Company or to accept employment
with any other person. 

        E.    The
parties agree that: (i) the covenants and agreements of Employee contained in this Item are reasonably necessary to protect the interests of the Company in
whose favor said covenants and agreements are imposed in light of the nature of the Company's business and the professional involvement of Employee in such business; (ii) the restrictions
imposed by this Item are not greater than are necessary for the protection of the Company in light of the substantial harm that the Company will suffer should Employee breach any of the provisions of
said covenants or agreements; (iii) the covenants and agreements of Employee contained in this Item have been independently negotiated between the parties and served as a material inducement
for the Company to enter into this Agreement; (iv) the period and geographical area of restriction referred to in this Item are fair and reasonably required for the protection of the Company;
and (v) the nature, kind and character of the activities Employee is prohibited to engage in are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company in that the Company will rely on Employee for
those important aspects of its business. 

        F.     Employee
acknowledges that a material breach by Employee of any part of this Item will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company and any material breach
or threatened breach of the covenants provided in this Item shall be subject to specific performance by temporary as well as permanent injunction or any other equitable remedies of any court of
competent jurisdiction. 

        G.    The
covenants and agreements on the part of Employee contained in this Item shall be construed as agreements independent of any other agreement between Employee and the
Company. The existence of any claim or cause of action of Employee against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the
Company of each of such covenants and agreements or otherwise affect the remedies to which the Company is entitled hereunder. 

        H.    If
the provisions of this Item 7 should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any jurisdiction, then such
provisions shall be deemed reformed in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic or other limitation permitted by applicable law. 

        I.     Nothing
contained in this Item shall restrict Employee from being a not more than 1% stockholder (but not an officer, director, employee, consultant or advisor) of any
corporation that directly or indirectly competes with the Company provided the stock of such competing corporation is publicly held and listed on a national stock exchange. 

        8.    Company Property.    

        A.    Employee
acknowledges that all recorded information, including without limitation all notes, memoranda, records, laboratory reports, documents, papers, computer disks,
tapes or other storage media and all other papers and documents whatsoever which may have been prepared by Employee or have come into Employee's possession or control in the course of employment with
the Company (the "Documents") and other materials owned or used by the Company shall at all times remain the sole property of the Company. 

6

 

        B.    Employee
agrees to promptly, upon request of the Company and in any event upon the termination of Employee's employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever,
forthwith return to the Company all property whatsoever belonging to the Company including, without limitation, any laptop computer belonging to the Company, security passes, credit cards and all
copies of the Documents which have come into Employee's possession or control in the course of employment with the Company and Employee shall not be entitled to and shall not retain any copies
thereof. 

        9.    Professional Responsibility.    

        A.    Employee
agrees that he will provide in connection with the performance of all services under this Agreement the skill and diligence normally provided by competent
professionals in the performance of services similar to that contemplated by this Agreement. 

        B.    Both
parties acknowledge and agree that a fiduciary and confidential relationship has commenced and will continue to exist between them and that said relationship will
continue during the term of this Agreement. 

        C.    Employee
represents that he has no conflicts of interest in rendering his professional services to the Company. 

        D.    Employee
shall not during the course of his employment (except as a representative or nominee of the Company or otherwise with the prior consent in writing of the Board)
be directly or indirectly engaged, concerned or interested in any other business which: (i) is wholly or partly in competition with any business carried on by the Company by itself or in
partnership, common ownership or as a joint venture with any third party; or (ii) is a supplier to or customer of the Company, provided that Employee may own not more than one percent (1%) of
the issued shares of any company which is publicly held and listed on a national stock exchange or on the National Market tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. 

        E.    Subject
to any regulations from time to time issued by the Company, Employee shall not receive or obtain directly or indirectly any discount, rebate, commission or other
inducement in respect of any sale or purchase of any goods or services effected or other business transacted (whether or not by Employee) by or on behalf of the Company and if Employee (or any firm or
company in which Employee is directly or indirectly engaged, concerned or interested) shall obtain any such discount, rebate, commission or inducement, Employee shall account to the Company for the
amount received by Employee or the amount received by such firm or company. 

        F.     As
an inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, Employee represents and warrants that: (i) he is not a party to any other agreement or obligation for
personal services; (ii) there exist no impediments or restraints, contractual or otherwise, on Employee's power, right or ability to enter into this Agreement and to perform his duties and
obligations hereunder; (iii) the performance of his obligations under this Agreement do not and will not violate or conflict with any agreement relating to confidentiality,
non-competition or exclusive employment to which Employee is or was subject; and (iv) Employee has not been involved in any legal proceedings that would be required to be disclosed
in response to Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As an inducement to Employee to enter into this Agreement, the Company
represents and warrants that there exist no impediments or restraints, contractual or otherwise, on the Company's power, right or ability to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties and
obligations hereunder. 

        10.    Privacy Waivers.    

        A.    The
Company reserves the right to stop and search any employee or property of any employee when entering or leaving the Company's premises. 

7

 

        B.    The
Company reserves the right to monitor at any time telephone calls, electronic communications and information transmitted on Company networks or on computer equipment
which is owned by the Company or on computers on Company premises that are used for Company business. 

        11.    Notice.    All notices required or sent hereunder shall be sent by personal delivery, overnight priority mail
via a nationally recognized overnight delivery company, or by certified mail, return receipt requested to the address of the party entitled to receive the notice as set forth above. Notices sent in
accordance with this paragraph shall be deemed received upon personal delivery, twenty-four (24) hours after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight delivery company or five
(5) days after mailed, as aforesaid. 

        12.    Breach by the Company.    If there is a dispute regarding the payment of any sum by the Company hereunder, the
Company shall not be deemed to have failed to have made a payment hereunder if pending the resolution of such dispute, the Company pays the amount in dispute into court or into an escrow account at
the Company's bank or with the Company's counsel. 

        13.    Remedies Not Exclusive.    The rights, remedies and benefits herein expressly specified are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights, remedies or benefits which any party may otherwise have. 

        14.    Invalid Provisions.    The invalidity of any one or more of the clauses or words contained in this Agreement
shall not affect the reasonable enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement, all of which are inserted herein conditionally upon being valid in law; and in the event that one or more
of the words or clauses contained herein shall be invalid, this instrument shall be construed as if such invalid words or clauses had not been inserted or, alternatively, said words or clauses shall
be reasonably limited to the extent that the applicable court interpreting the provisions of this Agreement considers to be reasonable. 

        15.    Binding Effect.    This Agreement, as it relates to restrictions applicable to Employee, is a personal contract
and the rights and interests of Employee hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated. However, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Company
and its successors and assigns including, without limitation, any corporation or other entity into which Company is merged or which acquires all or substantially all of the outstanding ownership
interests or assets of Company. 

        16.    Jurisdiction.    Each of the undersigned further agrees that any action or proceeding brought or initiated in
respect of this Agreement may be brought or initiated in the United States District Court for the State of Nevada or in any District Court located in Clark County, Nevada, and each of the undersigned
consents to the exercise of personal jurisdiction and the placement of venue in any of such courts, or in any jurisdiction allowed by law, in any such action or proceeding and further consents that
service of process may be effected in any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 14.065 of the Nevada Revised Statutes or in such other manner as may be permitted by law.
Each of the undersigned further agrees that no such action shall be brought against any party hereunder except in one of the courts above named. 

        17.    Attorney's Fees.    In the event an action is taken by either party to enforce this Agreement or resolve a
dispute in connection herewith, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs incurred with the prosecution and defense of such action, including reasonable attorney's fees. 

        18.    Miscellaneous.    This Agreement shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Nevada other
than its conflicts of laws principles. This Agreement contains the complete understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements,
understandings and negotiations relating to the same subject matter. This Agreement may only be modified by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto. No provisions of this Agreement
will be interpreted in favor of, or against, any of the parties hereto by reason of the extent to which any such party or its counsel participated in the drafting thereof or by reason of the 

8

 

extent
to which any such provision is inconsistent with any prior draft hereof or thereof. Failure to require strict compliance with any term or provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a
waiver of a party's right to insist upon strict compliance with each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of
any subsequent breach of that or any other term of condition. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and same instrument. This Agreement may be executed by any party by delivery of a facsimile signature, which signature shall have the same force as an original signature. Any
party which delivers a facsimile signature shall promptly thereafter deliver an originally executed signature to the other party; provided, however, that the failure to deliver an original signature
page shall not affect the validity of any signature delivered by facsimile. The paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not be deemed to impart substantive
meeting to any provision of this Agreement. Each party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to
have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request and direction of the parties, at arm's length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance with its
terms and without favor to any party. 

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed, sealed and delivered as of the date and year first above written. 

	 	 	EMPLOYEE:
	

 	
 	

 M. Ponder Harrison
	

 	
 	
COMPANY:
	

 	
 	
ALLEGIANT TRAVEL COMPANY
	

 	
 	

By:	

 
	 	 	 	

	

 	
 	

Title:	

 
	 	 	 	

9

QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

W I T N E S S E T H

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00109-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00109-of-00352.parquet"}]]